THE RUN [042-011-066-4.9]

By: Stuart Woods

Synopsis:

In this sequel to Grass Roots (1989), Woods gives us another strong and
suspenseful political thriller. The novel's premise is certainly
unusual, perhaps even slightly contrived: first, the vice-president of
the U.S. reveals that he has been diagnosed with Alzheimer's disease;
shortly thereafter, the president suffers a stroke that puts him in a
coma, and the vice-president is forced to assume the presidency. Now
Senator Will Lee is faced with a tough choice: announce his own
candidacy for the presidency in 2000, or hold off in anticipation of
taking over the vice-presidency. In lesser hands, this novel might have
collapsed under the weight of its own setup, but Woods is a careful,
talented writer, and he makes his unlikely premise seem entirely
plausible. What follows is a clever, well-constructed story of political
ambition and behind-the-scenes skulduggery that should please not only
Woods' fans but anyone who loves good political fiction.


A NOVBL

STUART WOODS This is a work of fiction. The characters, incidents, and
dialogues are products of the author's imagination and are not to be
construed as real. Any resemblance to actual persons, living or dead, is
entirely coincidental.

the run. Copyright 2000 by Stuart Woods. All rights reserved. Printed in
the United States of America. No part of this book may be used or
reproduced in any manner whatsoever without written permission except in
the case of brief quotations embodied in critical articles and reviews.
For information address HarperCollins Publishers Inc." 10 East 53rd
Street, New York, NY 10022.

HarperCollins books may be purchased for educational, business, or sales
promotional use. For information please write: Special Markets
Department, HarperCollins Publishers Inc." 10 East 53rd Street, New
York, NY 10022.

FIRST EDITION

Printed on acid-free paper.

Designed by Phil Mazzone

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data has been applied for.

ISBN 0060191872

00 01 02 03 04 : /RRD 10987654321 This book is for Melody Miller United
States Senator William Henry Lee IV and his wife, Katharine Rule Lee,
drove away from their Georgetown house in their Chevrolet Suburban early
on a December morning. There was the promise of snow in the air.

THE RUN

Kate sipped coffee from an insulated mug and yawned.

"Tell me again why we drive this enormous fucking car," she said.

Will laughed.

"I keep forgetting you're not a politician," he said.

"We drive it because it is, by my reckoning, the least offensive motor
vehicle manufactured in the state of Georgia, and because Georgia car
workers and their union have shown the great wisdom to support your
husband's candidacy in two elections."

"Oh," she said.

"Now I remember."

"Good. I'm glad I won't have to put you in a home right before
Christmas." He looked in the rearview mirror and saw another Suburban
following them.

"They're there," he said.

"They're supposed to be."

"How did they know?"

"Because I called them last night and gave them our schedule."

The week before there had been a terrorist attack on CIA employees as
they had left the Agency's building in McLean, Virginia, and certain
Agency officials had been given personal protection for a time; Kate
Rule was the deputy director for Intelligence, chief of all the Cia's
analysts, and was, therefore, entitled.

"Oh," Will replied, sipping his own coffee and heading north toward
College Park, Maryland, and its airport.

"They're not going to follow us all the way to Georgia, are they?"

"I persuaded them that wouldn't be necessary."

"Good."

"It's a little like having Secret Service protection, isn't it?" she
nudged.

"Does it make you feel presidential?"

"Nothing is going to make me feel presidential, at least for another
nine years."

"What about the cabinet? If Joe Adams is elected and wants you for
Defense or State or something, will you leave the Senate?"

Joseph Adams was vice president of the United States and the
way-out-in-front leader for the Democratic Party's nomination for
president the following year.

"Joe and I have already talked about that. He says I can have anything I
want, but he doesn't really mean it."

"I always thought Joe was a pretty sincere guy," Kate said.

"Oh, he is, and he was sincere with the half-dozen other guys he told
the same thing. But I don't really have the foreign-policy credentials
for State, and while I think I really could have Defense, I don't want
it. I don't want to spend eight or even four years doing battle with
both the military and Congress; the job killed James Forrestal and Les
Aspin, and it's ground up a lot of others."

"What about Justice? Your work on the Senate Judiciary Committee should
stand you in good stead for that."

"I think I could have Justice, if I were willing to fight for it tooth
and nail, and there's a real opportunity to do some good work there."

"Well?"

"I think I'll stay in the Senate. Georgia's got a Republican governor at
the moment, and if I left, he'd get to appoint my replacement, and we
don't want that. Also, if Joe's elected, three or four top Senators will
leave to join the administration, among them the minority leader, and
I'd have a real good shot at that job. And if we can win the Senate
back, then the job would be majority leader, and that is very inviting."

"It's the kind of job you could keep for the rest of your career," she
said.

"It is."

"But you don't want to spend the rest of your career in the Senate, do
you?"

"You know I love the Senate."

"Will, you've been awfully closemouthed about this, but I know damned
well you want to be president."

"One of these days, sure," Will replied.

"You mean after Joe has served for eight years?"

"I'd only be fifty-seven. Why not? I might even appoint you director of
Central Intelligence."

"Yeah, sure," she said.

"The world would fall on you."

"If Jack Kennedy could appoint Bobby attorney general, why couldn't I
appoint my wife to be head of the CIA?"

"Well, it's a nice thought, anyway," she said.

"Listen, here's a thought; Joe's going to owe me after the election, and
if I'm not going to ask him for a cabinet job, I could ask him to
appoint you DCI."

"Would you really do that?"

"Let's just say that I know the candidate well and have the highest
confidence in her. It's not as though you're not supremely well
qualified."

"Mmmmm. I like the sound of it."

"Of course, I'd want my back scratched a lot if I pull this off, and I
mean that in the literal, not the figurative sense."

"I'll start growing my nails now." She laughed.

"Promises, promises."

"I think about it sometimes," she said.

"Scratching my back? Less thought, more action!"

"No, I mean your being president."

"And what do you think when you think about it?"

"Mostly about what a huge pain in the ass being first lady would be."

"Oh, it might have its upside--weekends at Camp David, travel on Air
Force One, that sort of thing."

"I'd have to make a lot of speeches, and you know how I hate doing
that."

"Well, how about this? If Joe has already appointed you DCI, I could
reappoint you. Then I could hire a first lady."

"Just run an ad, you mean?"

"Why not?"

"Well, I must admit, the idea of being appointed and then reappointed
has its appeal, but the substitute wife doesn't."

"I'm glad to hear it." Will turned into the entrance of the little
airport at College Park, which had been founded by the Wright Brothers
and was located on the grounds of the University of Maryland. He drove
down the taxiway to where his airplane was tied down, got out of the
car, and unlocked the cabin door. The airplane was new, a Piper
Malibu-Mirage, a six-seat, pressurized single engine aircraft, loaded
with the latest equipment. Will had traded his elderly Cessna for it a
couple of months before, and it made trips back to Georgia a lot faster
and more comfortable.

He climbed in and lowered the rear seat backs, then stowed the luggage
Kate handed him. She drove the Suburban back to the little office and
parked it there.

Will had nearly finished his preflight inspection when Kate returned.

She started to say something, but her voice was drowned out by the noise
of a large helicopter setting down on the grass nearby. Will recognized
it immediately.

So did Kate.

"I thought the president had already gone home to California for
Christmas," she said.

"I thought so, too," Will said. The air stair door of the helicopter was
lowered, but the engines were kept running. A young Marine officer in a
crisp uniform left the craft and came jogging toward where Will and Kate
stood.

He ran up to them and saluted smartly.

"Senator, Mrs. Lee."

"Good morning. Lieutenant," Will said.

"The vice president and Mrs. Adams would be honored if you would join
them for breakfast at Camp David," the officer said.

Will and Kate looked at each other.

"We were just about to take off for Georgia," Will said.

"The vice president instructed me to insist," the Marine replied.

"We'll have you back here before noon, and our people will get you an
expedited clearance to Georgia."

"We'll need to change clothes," Will said. There was no telling who
might be there.

"That won't be necessary, sir; it will be just the two of you and Vice
President and Mrs. Adams."

Will looked at Kate and shrugged. She shrugged back. He locked up the
Mirage and followed the Marine back to the idling helicopter.

A moment later they had taken off and were headed northwest across the
Maryland landscape.

Kate leaned over and spoke into Will's ear.

"You have any idea what this is all about?"

Will shook his head.

"Not a clue," he said. As they approached Camp David, it began to snow,
and they could see nothing from the helicopter except whiteness. Kate
squeezed Wills hand.

"I don't like this," she said.

"How are they going to land?"

"Don't worry, they'll get us in safely."

He was right. At around five hundred feet they could see the interstate
highway, then a deep forest, and then the big chopper alit gently on the
pad. Will had been to Camp David only once before, in summer, and the
contrast was startling. The trees were bereft of leaves, and the summer
golf-cart transportation had been replaced by a Secret Service Ford
Expedition. It had not been snowing long, but already a broom machine
was sweeping the roads and paths ahead of them. They drove past a number
of buildings, then stopped before a large structure of timber and stone.

"This is Aspen Lodge," Will said, as they got out of the car.

"It's the president's residence here." A Secret Service agent escorted
them up the path to the door, on which hung the seal of the vice
president.

He opened the door for them and ushered them in. Past the foyer they
emerged into a large, luxuriously furnished living room, with deep sofas
and chairs scattered artfully about. The walls were hung with fine
paintings, mostly American landscapes, chosen by the president and first
lady from the collection of the National Gallery of Art.

"Vice President and Mrs. Adams will be with you shortly," the agent
said, then left them alone in the room.

A Filipino butler entered.

"Good morning, Senator, Mrs. Lee," he said.

"May I get you some refreshment?"

"A V-8, please," Kate replied.

"Orange juice," Will said.

The man disappeared and returned with the juices. They stood in front of
the huge fireplace and warmed their backsides while they waited.

"This is quite a place," Kate said.

"No wonder presidents love it so much."

"If you were first lady, it would be yours," Will whispered.

"It's too early in the game to start tempting me. Will; there's plenty
of time for that."

"Tempting you has always been one of my chief pleasures," Will said.

"I wonder what's keeping Joe and Sue?"

"They're entitled."

As if on cue, the vice president and his wife entered the room from a
rear hallway.

"Will!" Adams said, ignoring the outstretched hand and embracing him.

"It's good to see you!"

The women, who were less well acquainted than their husbands, touched
cheeks and exchanged pleasantries.

"Have you had breakfast?" the vice president asked.

"Not really," Will replied.

"Neither have we." Adams nodded at the waiter.

"Tell Carlos what you'd like."

"An egg white omelet, dry toast, and coffee," Kate said.

"Scrambled eggs and smoked salmon, home fries, English muffin, and more
orange juice," Will said, ignoring a sharp glance from his wife.

"Coffee later."

The Adamses ordered, then joined Will and Kate before the fire. "I love
this place in winter," Adams said, "and the president was kind enough to
offer us the lodge. Where is Peter? I thought he'd be with you."

"It's his dad's turn to have him for Christmas," Kate said of her son.

"He's going to Boston."

"And how old is he now?"

"Sixteen. A sophomore at Choate, his father's school."

"I know you're proud of him."

"I certainly am. He's doing very well in school; sports, too.

Where are your children, Mr. Vice President?"

"Its Joe and Sue, please," Adams said.

"They're already at my folks' place in Florida. We're flying down to
join them this after noon."

"How was New York?" Will asked. The vice president's trip had been in
the news he'd made some speeches while his wife Christmas shopped.

"Just lovely this time of the year," Adams replied.

"We got to the theater a couple of times. It was almost a vacation."

"Have you got your shopping all done, Kate?" Sue Adams asked.

"I'm relieved to say I have," Kate replied.

"We sent Peter's gifts to Boston earlier in the week, and I found a very
nice lump of coal for my husband."

The Adamses laughed, then the food arrived, and everyone dug in, keeping
up an animated conversation. Will knew Joe Adams very well Adams had
been the first senator to befriend him as an equal, when Will had
arrived on the Hill as a senator, instead of as a senatorial aide, and
he had known him through committee work before that.

While their conversation was the chat of good friends, Will thought he
caught something strained in Adams's behavior, and in his wife's, too.

Finally, the dishes were cleared away, and a pot of coffee was set on
the table. Sue Adams poured for everyone, then sat down. There was a
moment of complete silence, then the butler came back.

"Would you and your guests like anything else at all, Mr. Vice
President?" he asked. "Thank you, Carlos, no. Would you tell the Secret
Service man at the door and your own staff that we don't wish to be
disturbed for a while?"

"Of course, Mr. Vice President." Carlos bowed and left the room.

The silence came back. Will waited for someone to break it.

Joe Adams finally did.

"Will, Kate," he said, "we've asked you up here to give you some news
personally." He paused and cleared his throat. Sue Adams stared out a
window at the snow.

He's not going to run. Will thought. Is he insane? The office is his for
the taking. Has he had an affair? A stroke? What the hell is going on?

"First of all, I want you to know that this room is not bugged, and our
conversation is not being recorded. I had the Secret Service
double-check that earlier today. What I'm about to tell you and Kate I
intend to tell only you and Kate--you, Will, because, more than anyone
else besides Sue, you have a right to know. You're as close a friend as
I have, and you've put more into my presidential effort than anyone
else. Kate, I want you to know, because I don't want Will to have to
keep this from you. I know that I don't even have to ask you both to
keep this in the strictest confidence."

Will and Kate nodded. The atmosphere in the room had become somber. Sue
Adams got up and went to the window, turning her back to them. She
produced a tissue and dabbed at her face.

"Our trip to New York wasn't just for speeches, the theater, and
shopping," Joe Adams said.

"There was another reason."

Oh, God, Will thought. / don't know what this is, but I know I'm going
to hate it.

Joe Adams took out a handkerchief, blew his nose, returned the
handkerchief to his pocket, then continued. The vice president took a
sip of his coffee and began to speak.

"The week before last I had my annual physical at Walter Reed Hospital.

It went beautifully, and I got a clean bill of health.

Ironically, it was the first time I can remember when everything-weight,
cholesterol, blood pressure, the works--was right on the money." He took
another sip of his coffee.

"But I wasn't entirely frank with the staff at Walter Reed."

Will shifted uncomfortably in his seat. If his friend had a clean bill
of health from Walter Reed, what the hell could be the matter?

"There was something they didn't pick up on at the hospital," Joe Adams
said, "something they wouldn't have detected unless they had been
looking for and tested for it specifically. I'd had some symptoms that
only Sue and I knew about; that's why we arranged the New York trip. My
old college roommate is now one of the two or three top neurologists in
the country, and he put together a very thorough series of tests, some
of them quite new.

Those things that had to be accomplished at a hospital were done in the
middle of the night, and under an assumed name, with a minimum of
trusted staff present. The other tests were conducted in a suite at the
Waldorf Towers, adjacent to our own quarters.

The results of all this testing, by the top experts in the field, were
conclusive." He looked at Kate, then back at Will.

"I'm in the early stages of Alzheimer's disease."

Will had been holding his breath; he let it out in a rush.

"Joe..."

he began.

Adams held up a hand.

"Please; let me tell you everything. I know your first question will be,
shouldn't I get a second opinion.

My testing encompassed three opinions, independently arrived at.

They were all in complete agreement. I have it; it's going to get worse;
and, unless I get lucky and have a coronary, I'm eventually going to die
from it."

Sue Adams returned from the window and took her seat. Her eyes were red.

Kate put her hand on Sues.

"Joe and I have a hard road ahead of us," Sue Adams said, "and we're
going to need your help."

Adams continued.

"Your next question is going to be, I know, will I resign? The answer is
no, and I'll tell you why. I talked with the president yesterday, before
he left for California, and I told him I was thinking of resigning my
office in order to pursue my presidential campaign full-time. He neither
encouraged nor discouraged that action. As you know, he hasn't made any
promise to support my candidacy.

We weren't the best of friends or the closest of colleagues before we
were elected--he picked me as his running mate for purely pragmatic
reasons--and we've disagreed as often as we've agreed on issues. So I
asked him, frankly, who he would appoint as my successor if I resigned."

Given what he had heard so far. Will was very anxious to hear the
president's answer to this question.

"To my surprise," Adams continued, "the president told me he had
anticipated my thoughts about resigning. He knew that not being vice
president would allow me to disagree with his policies more often. As a
result, he said he had given a lot of consideration to whom he might
appoint. I half expected him to ask for my recommendation, and I was
going to recommend you. Will."

"Why thank you, Joe," Will managed to say.

"But he didn't ask. Instead he told me he had decided not to appoint a
new vice president. He's under no constitutional obligation to do so, of
course, and he said that, with barely more than a year left to serve, he
thought that the speculation surrounding the appointment and the
jockeying for advantage by various groups would create too much
distraction from the important issues he wants to resolve before he
leaves office. As it happens, I think he's right, but if I resigned, his
failure to appoint a successor would leave us with an unacceptable
situation: It would put the Speaker of the House in line to succeed the
president, if he should die before his term ends."

Will nodded his understanding.

"Now, I've always made a great effort to have good relations with the
Speaker, and I've tried to consider his position on various issues, but
I have to tell you that his positions are so bizarre, sometimes, and
always so self-serving and partisan, at the expense of the country, that
I swear, if he became president, I'd have to shoot him myself."

Will and Kate both laughed.

"But rather than entertain that possibility," the vice president
continued, "it seemed simpler just not to resign my office and continue
to campaign for the presidency as vice president."

Will blinked.

"Continue to campaign?" he asked incredulously.

Adams held up a hand.

"Easy, Will; I'm not crazy yet. In my condition, I'd never try to be
elected president. There'll come a right moment to leave the race, and
when it happens, I'll recognize it, but it's not now. The best medical
advice I can get is that the progress of my disease will be slow, and
that there's no reason why I shouldn't serve out my term. I'd like to do
that, especially because I know now that I can never be president. I
think that I can have a positive influence on events and, particularly,
on the next session of Congress, if I remain in office."

Will conceded to himself that that was so. "However, I don't want my
medical condition to become public knowledge as long as I can lead a
fairly normal life. That would keep me from having any influence on
events, and I don't want that while I can be a positive force in
national affairs. I announced for the presidency early on, in order to
discourage some other potential candidates, and if I withdraw now, I'll
have to explain why, and I can't think of an explanation that would ring
true. I'd have the press all over me, probing into my life for the real
reason, and eventually they'd find it."

"That's true enough," Will said.

"So I plan to continue as if nothing were wrong," Adams said.

"I'll do my job as vice president, I'll do the minimum necessary in the
way of campaign appearances, and I'll continue to raise money."

"Joe," Will said, "that troubles me, because when you finally do
withdraw from the race it will be apparent that you will have been
accepting campaign donations under what amounts to false pretenses.

I don't think you can do that."

"I've already addressed that problem," Adams said.

"What I plan to do is to make an offer to every campaign contributor at
the time of my withdrawal. I'll give them a choice: I'll refund their
donation;

I'll direct it to the campaign of any candidate they designate; or I'll
turn it over to the Democratic Party. I'll mail a form to every
contributor that they can fill out, sign, and return, and I'll act on
those wishes."

"Have you given any thought as to when you might withdraw?"

"Early on, but after the Iowa caucuses and the earliest primaries, like
New Hampshire."

Will nodded.

"Are you sure you're doing the right thing, Joe?"

"No, I'm not. I'm just making the best decision I can in the
circumstances.

If I announce my condition and resign now, then all I can do is go home
to Florida, sit on the beach, and wait to go crazy and die. If I stay
on, I can have some real influence on the presidents legislative program
and on next year's congressional elections. The Republican majority in
both houses is razor-thin, and I want to win back both the Senate and
the House, as well as a great many governorships. If I'm out of office,
I'll leave a vacuum, and I don't want that."

"I can understand your position, Joe," Will said.

"Sue supports me in this," Adams said.

"She's always been my closest advisor, and she's going to stick close to
me to be sure that I don't do the wrong thing because of a memory
lapse--which, by the way, is my principal symptom so far--short-term
memory loss. I'd like to stress that I am not delusional. I plan to deal
with my memory lapses by having notes taken at every opportunity, so
that nothing will get by me. I'll depend a lot on Sue for that."

"That's a good idea," Will said.

"There's something else, Will," Adams said.

"When I withdraw, I'm going to do so in your favor. I'm going to ask my
contributors to assign their contributions to your campaign."

Will had not yet given any thought to his own position, and he was
stunned.

"That's incredibly generous of you, Joe," he managed to say.

"But Kate and I are going to have to talk about this."

"Of course you will," Adams replied.

"Fortunately, you have the holidays ahead of you, and there'll be time
before you announce."

"Announce?" Will said.

"I want you to announce for the presidency right after New Year's; I
want you to have established yourself as a candidate independent of me
in the minds of the electorate before I withdraw."

"I'll have to give that a lot of thought, Joe."

Sue Adams spoke up.

"Will, speaking for myself, I think you're now the Democrat who is best
qualified for the presidency. You're well established at the center, as
well as at the heart of the party, and Joe and I want to see you elected
next November."

"We certainly do," Adams said.

"You are superbly qualified by temperament, training, and intellect. As
far as I'm concerned, nobody in either party comes close."

Will warmed to the praise, but he was being sucked into this little
conspiracy, and he wasn't entirely comfortable with it.

Adams seemed to sense his disquiet.

"Will, all I'm asking you to do is to help me make a graceful exit from
public life, while accomplishing as much as I can in the time remaining
to me. Is that too much to ask of a close friend?"

"No, certainly not," Will replied.

"Good," Adams said.

"Call me when you've made a decision about announcing."

Will took off from College Park Airport and called Washington Center for
his clearance, as the Marine lieutenant had instructed him to do. To his
surprise, he was cleared direct to his home airport in Warm Springs,
Georgia, instead of being routed on airways. He climbed to his assigned
altitude of 18,000 feet, leaned the engine, punched the identifier for
Warm Springs into his GPS computer, switched on the autopilot, and sat
back, doing an instrument scan every minute or so.

Hardly a word had passed between him and Kate on the helicopter ride
back to College Park, and until now, he had been too busy flying to
talk. He wanted to talk.

"This whole thing scares me to death," Will said.

"You? Scared of running for president?"

"Not that, so much; it's Joe's situation. It's like a bomb that may or
may not go off."

"Do you really think he's doing the right thing?"

Will shrugged.

"I'm not sure there's only one right thing," he said.

"It would be right if he announced his condition publicly and resigned,
but who's to say that what he's doing is wrong? He has some very good
points about his usefulness to the party and the country over the next
months. I certainly wouldn't deny him that."

"You understand that, if the bomb goes off, it's going to hurt you, as
well as Joe."

"Maybe; that's entirely unpredictable. I've been thinking back over the
history of the presidency, and the only thing I can think of that
resembles this situation is Woodrow Wilson's illness in office, and his
wife's acting for him. Of course, it's not quite the same thing;

Joe's not president. If he were, I think he'd have to resign, regardless
of the consequences."

"Do you think Reagan was in the early stages of Alzheimer's during his
last term?"

"I don't know; it's possible, I guess, and it's also possible that
nobody really noticed. After all, he was the oldest president, and you'd
expect some slowing down at that age."

"Remember when he had to testify in court? He said "I don't recall'
dozens of times. At the time I thought he was dissembling, but maybe he
really didn't remember."

"Maybe not."

Kate was quiet for a while, then she spoke.

"If you do this, it's going to play hell with our lives."

"That's true of everybody who ever ran for the office," Will replied.

"Do you not want me to do it?"

"Oh, Will, I think you'd make a superb president, you know that."

"I'm glad you think so. What we have to get clear between us is what
your role is going to be."

"What do you want my role to be?"

"We have two choices, I think: One is that you resign from the Agency
and play the campaign wife. I know you don't want to do that, and I
don't expect you to. The other is for you to remain at the Agency and do
your job. I can say, in campaigning, that my wife and I are both public
servants and that we decided, together, that the country would be best
served by your remaining at the Agency."

"Sounds good to me," Kate said.

"Understand, though, that there are times when I'll want you at my side:
at the convention, for instance, and, if I get the nomination, on
election night."

"At the whole convention, or just for the smiling and waving at the
end?"

"At the whole convention, I think. There has to be some time when the
party and the press get to feel that you're a real person and not just a
cardboard cutout that's set up for photo ops."

"All right, I can take vacation time for the convention."

"Also, when I make evening appearances in or around Washington, I'd like
you on the platform, work permitting."

"Work permitting, okay. What about Peter?"

"The last night of the convention and election night only; that's all
I'll ask of him. I don't want to interfere with his schooling or with
his relationship with his father."

"Yes, that would really set Simon off."

"I don't want you to press Peter to do this; I'd rather not have him
there than have him think I'm imposing on our relationship."

"Peter loves you, Will; you know that. He'll be glad to help."

"You're going to have to warn him about the press, too, and..."

Will stopped.

"Tell him to stay out of trouble?"

"Well, yes. He's a normal kid, and I want him to stay that way, but I
don't want him getting busted for smoking pot, or anything like that."

"I think that's a reasonable request"--she laughed--"and I think he'll
think so, too."

"I'll need to talk about this with my folks, of course," Will said.

Kate laughed.

"You think they're going to discourage you? It's their dream come true!"

"Well, yes."

"Who else should you talk to?"

"I wish Ben Carr were still alive; I'd sure like to talk to him."

"Who else?"

"Tom Black, of course; I'd want him to run the advertising and to
advise, in general. I'll want Kitty Conroy and Tim Coleman on board
right away." Conroy was the chief of his Senate staff, and Coleman, his
press secretary.

"You need a top politician to be campaign manager," Kate said.

"Maybe another senator, to do for you what you were going to do for Joe
Adams."

"I'll have to think about that," Will replied.

"Nobody jumps to mind, and a third of them will be running for
reelection."

"Thank God you don't have to make that decision--whether to run for
president or for reelection to the Senate. At least, if you lose, you'll
still be in the Senate."

"There is that."

"All in all, Senator, I'd say you were in pretty good shape."

"Sure, all I have to do is beat a big field in the primaries and a
Republican in November and, along the way, raise sixty or seventy
million dollars."

"Oops, forgot about that."

"I'm not president yet. Of course, in the event that I actually get
elected, the problem of your role is going to be a thorny one."

"Will, I cannot be Nancy Reagan or Rosalyn Carter or Eleanor Roosevelt."

"I understand that, but even if you stay at the Agency, there'll be a
lot of times when you'll have to be at the White House--interviews,
events, state dinners, and receptions--and probably some foreign
travel."

"I know the situation is different now than when we talked this
morning," she said, "but do you really think that, if you were
president, you could appoint me head of Central Intelligence?"

"I think a better thing would be for me to appoint a group to evaluate
candidates and make a recommendation. If you were among the recommended,
it would be a lot easier to appoint you. Certainly, there's no precedent
for a first lady holding down a top government job. Not even Bobby
Kennedy's appointment as attorney general was as sensitive as that. Can
we leave it that I'll do the very best I can?"

"I suppose we'll have to leave it that way."

"At worst, you could stay in your present job. And anyway, if I'm not
elected, you have no guarantee of ever having the top job. The fact that
you're my wife would probably weigh against you with almost any
president, certainly with a Republican."

"You mean, my best shot is having my husband in the White House?"

Will laughed.

"You said that; I didn't."

"All right, I'll accept that: Nepotism is my best hope. But how am I
going to hold down a full-time job at the Agency and still attend all
these state dinners and receptions?"

"Listen, I'd have to hold down a job as president, while attending
them."

"Touche," she said. They were met at the Warm Springs airport by Henry',
the African-American retainer and factotum who had served the Lee family
for decades. Will shook Henry's hand, inquired after his health and that
of his wife, Marie, and got a satisfactory reply. Henry looked little
older than he had ten years before.

Henry dropped them at Will's lakeside cottage and drove on to the main
house. Will and Kate showered and rested a while, then walked up to the
main house for dinner. The house, a brick-and-granite Georgian
structure, had been copied from Wills mothers family home in County
Cork, Ireland, and Patricia Lee had acted as the general contractor,
supervising every detail of the building. It was fifty years old, and
had a patina of maturity about it, wearing its age well.

Henry brought them drinks in the library, and a moment later Billy and
Patricia Lee entered. Patricia was nearly eighty and her husband five
years older, but they both looked remarkably well, Will thought whenever
he saw them. Billy had had two heart attacks during the past twenty
years and walked with a cane, but he was pink faced and healthy-looking.

There was an exchange of embraces and kisses, more drinks were brought,
and they settled in to catch up.

"We were so sorry Peter couldn't be with us," Patricia said, "but we
know it's his fathers turn. How is the boy?"

"Thriving," Kate replied.

"Will he come back to us this summer?"

"For at least a month," Kate said.

"I'm not sure there are enough girls in Delano to suit him."

"I'll see what I can do," Patricia replied, smiling.

Will's father spoke up.

"How come you were so late, Will? We were expecting you for lunch."

"I'm sorry about that, Dad," Will replied, "but we were diverted before
we -could take off. The vice president invited us to Camp David for
brunch."

Billy cocked his head.

"That's a little odd, isn't it, right at the beginning of the Christmas
holiday?"

Will and Kate exchanged a glance, which was not lost on Billy Lee.

"What's up?" Billy asked.

"I can't tell you all of it," Will said, "and what I do tell you can't
go any farther."

"Shoot."

"It looks as though Joe won't run for president."

Everybody in the room sat stock-still for a long moment.

"He's ill, then," Billy said with finality "I didn't say that."

"You didn't need to. Heart? Cancer?"

"Nothing like that. I can't tell you more at the moment."

Billy nodded.

"Then you'll be running." It wasn't a question.

"Very likely. I haven't made a final decision."

"What decision? There's no decision to make. If Joe Adams is out, you
have to be in."

Will didn't quarrel with his father.

"I haven't decided when to announce. Joe wants me to come out the first
of the year."

"He's right; time is short. Who else knows about this?"

"Just Joe and Sue."

"That's what he told you, anyway. Joe's a pretty sly politician."

"I believe him," Will said.

"Believe him, if you like, but don't act on that belief."

"You're not getting cynical on me, are you. Dad?"

"Just realistic."

It wasn't bad advice. Will knew. He nodded.

"We'll have a lot to talk about over this holiday," Billy said.

"Let's not rush it, Dad."

"At my age, I have to rush everything. I wouldn't want to kick off next
month without having given you the benefit of my wisdom."

"Well, you've never denied me that." Will laughed.

His mother laughed with him.

"It's been pretty good wisdom, hasn't it?"

"It has."

"I still know a few people around the country who could help," Billy
said.

"Of course, there are fewer of them than there used to be."

"I'm going to need all the help I can get," Will said.

Billy nodded.

"Just be careful what you have to give for it."

Henry came in to call them to dinner.

For the first time he could remember, sex did not render Will
unconscious.

He and Kate made love in their usual slow, caring way, and soon Kate was
snoring softly and Will was staring at the ceiling. He got out of bed as
quietly as he could, went to the kitchen, and poured himself a glass of
milk. He took it into the living room and sat in his leather recliner.

Normally, decisions came easily to Will; he had an orderly mind, and he
organized and considered alternatives quickly. But this situation
resisted resolution. Try as he might, he could not arrange the problem
in a way that suggested a course of action. There were too many
variables--Joe Adams's illness, its current state and its rate of
progression; the president's preferences with regard to the Democratic
nomination; other potential candidates; his own loyalty to Joe. If Joe
had simply resigned and gone home to Florida, it would be easier, but he
wasn't going to do that. He was going to hang on to what power he had.

Will thought, for as long as he could. What would he, himself, do in the
same situation? Maybe the same thing. He could hardly urge Joe to get
out and make way for him.

He sat for a good two hours thinking about all this before he got
sleepy. Finally, he crawled into bed beside his sleeping wife and
drifted off. Sleeping on it would help, he knew. And when he woke up, he
had made a decision.

They brought muffins and coffee to the bed and propped themselves up,
watching the Today show.

"Why do they allow all those people in the street to make such fools of
themselves?" Kate asked.

"Careful," Will replied.

"Those people are voters."

"I've never understood why Americans go nuts in front of a TV camera,"
she said, shaking her head.

"And even less, why a television network would inflict them on us."

"I'm not going to do it," Will said suddenly.

Kate turned and stared at him wide-eyed.

"You're not going to run?"

The phone rang.

Kate looked at the bedside clock.

"Its not seven-thirty yet; your parents would never call this early."

Will picked up the phone.

"Hello?"

"Senator Lee?"

"Yes."

"This is the White House operator. Will you speak to the vice
president?"

"Of course.

There was a click.

"Hello, Will?"

"Good morning, Joe."

"I hope I'm not calling too early."

"No; I was about to call you."

"I wanted to have your views on our conversation of yesterday, after
you'd slept on it."

"Joe, I understand what you're doing and why you're doing it. In your
place, I might very well do the same thing."

"Is there a'but' at the end of that sentence?"

"There is."

"Give me your best advice, Will."

"I'll try, Joe, but you have to consider that my advice may be colored
by my own interests."

"I doubt it, but I'll take that into account."

"Joe, I think you should wait until after the holidays, then resign."

There was a long silence before Adams spoke, and when he did, Will
caught a hint of hurt in his voice.

"Give me your reasons," he said.

"Whatever the state of your illness and its progression, the public
perception of it is one of decline and delusion. You couldn't continue
in office if the country knew, and I don't think you should keep this
from the country."

"Are you worried about how I might behave if I continue in office?"

"No, I think you and Sue together could figure out if you got to the
point where you couldn't make good decisions. But you can't predict
accurately if or when that might happen. There's also the danger of this
getting out."

"I believe I have it contained," Adams said.

"Still, there are a number of people who know, and if there were a leak,
you wouldn't be able to control the situation."

"That's possible but not likely."

"Joe, I tell you this as your friend and admirer: The only way you can
control this situation is to announce it and resign. If you don't,
control will eventually pass to someone else, perhaps not someone of
your choosing. If you leave office, you can still have influence.

People will judge you by the quality of your reasoning and your
statements. If you keep this quiet, and it becomes known, then doubt
will be cast on your every action and utterance during the time it was a
secret. You must see that."

"I certainly see that as a possibility. Its a question of how much risk
I'm willing to assume."

"I suppose it is," Will replied.

"But I wouldn't be your friend if I didn't tell you exactly how I felt."

"I thank you for your advice, Will, and for your honesty and candor,"
the vice president said.

"I'll be in touch. Merry Christmas to you and your family."

"And Merry Christmas to you and yours, Joe."

The line went dead. Will turned to Kate.

"I'm not going to announce while he's still a candidate; people would
think I'm crazy if I did. And when Joe finally did pull out, they'd
think that he and I had somehow colluded to get me the nomination, and
they'd be right. They'd think I was using Joe's illness to my own
advantage."

"That's not true; you'd never do that."

"The appearance would' be there." Will sighed.

"I wish I didn't know about this; I wish Joe hadn't called us up there
and told us. I'd rather have found out at the same time as everybody
else."

"In my business," Kate said, "there's no such thing as too much
information. At the very least, Joe has given you time to think and
plan. That's a great gift."

"It's one I'd rather not have."

"Nevertheless, you're stuck with it."

By midmorning they were up and dressed and had stopped talking about Joe
Adams. There didn't seem to be anything else to say.

Will was trying to read a novel, a pleasure denied him except when he
was at home in Georgia, and Kate was rummaging through the Atlanta
Constitution, looking for international news. There was a knock on the
door, and Henry entered.

"Morning, Senator, Mrs. Lee," he said, handing them each packages.

Will's office was already sending him papers to read, and Kate got a
daily pouch from the Agency that was, somehow, hand-delivered each
morning, even when they were in Delano.

Will noticed that Kate also got an ordinary letter through the U.S.
mail, which surprised him, since she never got any mail there, except
from Peter. The letter was not on the stationery that they had given the
boy. She went through the pouch first, then made a call to her office on
the secure line that the CIA had provided, leaving Will wondering about
the letter. Finally, she opened it, read it more than once, returned it
to its envelope, and put the envelope in her purse.

Kate looked at her watch.

"I need to take the car," she said.

"I'll be gone for several hours."

"What?" Will asked, surprised. Kate never went off on her own when they
were in Georgia. "It's business," she said.

That ended the discussion. They had long ago agreed that Kate would not
discuss her work.

"Sure," he said.

"What time will you be back?"

"In plenty of time for dinner," she said.

"Probably in time for a long walk, if you're up to it." She was always
at him about his lack of exercise.

"I'll borrow Dad's cane," Will said.

She pecked him on the cheek, took the car keys, and left the house.

Will tried not to be curious about Kate's work, but she had never had
business in rural Georgia before, and he couldn't help wondering about
it.

After Kate had gotten onto the interstate and headed north toward
Atlanta, she took out the letter and read it again. It was written in a
hand she had not seen for many years.

Dear Kate, I know about J.A. s problem. It is most important that you
and I meet without delay. You can come anonymously anytime between
eleven and two, weekdays. Any other time, you "II have to show some
official ID. This is important to Will's future.

E.R.

Kate felt sick to her stomach.

Atlanta Federal Penitentiary was on the map and easy to find. She found
a visitors parking space, went to the main gate, and made her request.

After half an hour's wait she was taken into the main building, down a
series of corridors and to a small room, divided by a heavy wire mesh,
with a door at each end. After another ten minutes a man in a suit
arrived.

"My name is Hill," he said.

"I'm an assistant warden. May I see some identification?"

Kate showed him her D.C. driver's license.

He handed it back to her.

"You're going to have to do better than that."

She gave him her Agency ID.

"I don't want an official record of this visit," she said.

"It will have to be entered in his record," Hill replied, "but I doubt
if anyone will ever look at it."

She nodded.

"Is the room wired?"

The man shrugged.

"Would you rather see him outside? It's pretty cold."

"Yes, I don't mind."

"Do you have any problem with not being physically separated from him?"

"No."

"Please wait." The man left, then returned five minutes later.

"Follow me." He led her to a door that opened into a small courtyard
that had been planted as a garden, now dormant in winter. Ed Rawls stood
up from a teak bench; he was wearing civilian clothes and a warm jacket.

"Hello, Kate," he said, opening his arms wide.

Kate ignored the gesture.

"Hello, Ed," she said.

"You're looking well. Prison must agree with you."

"I've lost a few pounds, I guess. Please, come sit down." He beckoned
her to the bench.

It was the only place in the courtyard to sit, so she joined him.

"Did he make you show Company ID?"

"Yes. You knew he would. That means I'll have to write a report on this
meeting."

Rawls nodded.

"Can I have the letter back? That way, you won't have to turn it in."

He handed her another letter.

"This one reads better, I think."

Kate glanced at it. It was a more conventional note, saying that he
missed seeing her and wanted to apologize in person. She removed his
original note from its envelope, handed it to him, then replaced it with
the second letter.

"All right, Ed, what is it?" She had not seen him for twelve years, not
since he had pleaded to a single charge of espionage and been sentenced
to life without the possibility of parole.

She had been entirely responsible for putting him in prison. Once, they
had been friends, confidants; he had been her mentor in the Agency.

After the passage of so much time, she felt no anger toward him anymore,
but she was determined to be cold and businesslike.

"This is a funny place these days," he said, looking around.

"It was closed some years back, then parts of it were reopened for
various populations. It's still more than three-quarters empty." Kate
said nothing.

"Millie remarried, you know."

"I heard."

"Pete Warburton, one of the old crowd. After so many years, she didn't
know anybody that wasn't Company."

"I suppose not." She wished he'd get on with it, but he had the upper
hand, and she couldn't rush him too much.

"I'm seventy-one, you know," Rawls continued.

"I gave Millie pretty much everything, but I hung on to an old family
place in Maine, at Dark Harbor, on the island of Isfesboro. Do you know
it?"

"I visited you and Millie there, once."

Rawls chuckled.

"I'd forgotten. An old school chum of mine rents it for me, keeps a roof
on it and the garden weeded. Puts what little profit there is in the
bank for me. I still have some savings; I pleaded guilty so I wouldn't
have to spend it on lawyers. I'd like to spend the rest of my years in
Dark Harbor, winter and summer. I always loved the Maine winter."

"Would anybody speak to you?" she asked.

"A few people would," he replied.

"Fewer each year."

"It sounds as though you have a plan to get out of here."

"Just the beginning of one," he said.

"I want a presidential pardon.

That's where you come in."

"Ed, be realistic; the Agency would oppose a pardon, and they wouldn't
let me do anything to further one."

"I know about Joe Adams," Rawls said. "What are you talking about, Ed?"

This was why she had come, to ask this question.

"I know he's ill."

Kate was stunned. She and Will had only found out about it the day
before; how could a federal prisoner know it even sooner? The postmark
on Ed's letter was three days old.

"Ed..."

"You wouldn't be here if you and Will didn't know about it, would you?

It was all I had to get you here. It's all I have, period."

"Ed, what do you want of me?"

"This is how I see it playing out," Rawls said.

"Adams drops out of the race. Will runs, Will gets elected." He turned
and looked at her.

"Will pardons me."

"Do you really think you can blackmail Will through me?"

Rawls shook his head vehemently.

"I don't want to blackmail him; I want to help him. I think Will's a
good man and a fine senator;

I want to see him be president. I can help put him there."

"Ed, you're delusional."

"One Republican politician already knows about Joe," he said.

Kate could not prevent a sharp intake of breath.

"Exactly. He's holding his peace, at the moment, but he may decide to
move. Let's say he's having a little tussle with his conscience."

"How the hell could you possibly know all this?"

Rawls chuckled.

"Everybody thinks when you're in prison, you're out of it. I know a guy
in here who's built a substantial fortune in the stock market from a
laptop in his cell; I know another one who knows about fixed horse
races, who makes big bets. I know guys with cell phones in their
pockets. There are all kinds of people in here, Kate; they're smart,
they're bored, and they're on the make, just like people on the outside.

Just like me."

"What are you proposing, Ed?"

"I can tip you early to some events, possibly even influence them.

I may even be able to prevent this Republican politician from revealing
what he's learned about Joe Adams."

"I can't be a party to this, Ed," Kate said, "and neither can Will. I'm
not going to trade you my influence with my husband for your help; I'm
just not."

Rawls smiled.

"I didn't expect you to, Kate. You don't have to be a party to anything.

I'm going to do whatever I can to help Will get elected, and if he is
elected, and if I helped get him there, then all I want from you is a
word in his ear when he's in office."

Kate started to speak, but he held up a hand.

"You don't have to make me any promises; I'll rely on your sense of
fairness and your good heart. You and I have no deals--I'm not proposing
any. Will's conscience will be clear, and so will yours."

Kate stood up.

"I have to go, Ed. As far as I'm concerned, this conversation never took
place. We just chatted for a few minutes. I'll send in my report, and I
won't mention the pardon business."

Rawls stood up, too.

"That's fine. You'll hear from me from time to time--untraceable
messages, nothing that could possibly get you into trouble. I'll use a
code name: Jonah." He grinned.

"In the belly of the beast."

Kate held up a hand.

"Don't, Ed, please don't."

"And when it's all over, I know you'll do the right thing."

"How do I get out of here?"

Rawls walked to the door through which Kate had entered and rapped on it
sharply. A moment later. Assistant Warden Hill opened it and beckoned
for Kate to follow him.

Kate didn't say goodbye to Rawls, didn't even look back.

She ran the meeting over and over in her mind as she drove back to
Delano. She could fudge her report on the meeting; Ed's second letter
would help with that. Somebody would interview her about it; she could
handle that part. What she couldn't handle was Ed Rawls. He was smart as
a whip and as skilled in intelligence work as any man alive. He would do
what he was going to do, and she couldn't stop him. Even if she called
the warden and had him locked down until after the election, he would
find a way. But how much did he know? He had said that Joe Adams was
"ill," but did he know the nature of the illness?

She would not tell Will any of this. That she could not do. Will left
the farm and drove into Delano, to his and his fathers law office. The
firm of Lee & Lee had been central to the family's life since Billy had
founded it after his return from World War II. It provided a business
center for the family and outside income from cases, local and
statewide, which had helped the Lees build a comfortable life. Now the
firm was called Lee, Lee & Robertson, to include their partner of recent
years, Tim Robertson, who, since Billy's virtual retirement and Will's
election to the Senate, had essentially run the firm.

Will was stopped half a dozen times between his parking place and the
front door of the little office building they had erected years before.

Everyone in town knew him, of course, and he knew practically everyone.

Small talk of families and friends was exchanged, and, finally, he made
it into the building. His office was neat and dusted, and a stack of
mail and telephone messages was waiting for him. He went through it
quickly. Apart from a personal letter or two from old friends, most of
it was requests for constituent services. He stuffed those into a large
envelope and marked it for forwarding to his Atlanta constituency
office, then turned to the phone messages, answering a couple and
scribbling notes for Tim Robertson or his secretary to answer the
others. The last message in the pile gave him pause. It read, "Charlene
Joiner would like to speak with you urgently," and the return number was
in the 310 area code.

Will stared at the message, and a flood of memories came back.

He remembered defending her boyfriend, one Larry Eugene Moody, against
charges of rape and murder in a trial that fell in the middle of his
first campaign for the Senate; he remembered losing the trial;

and, most of all, he remembered a hot summers afternoon spent, naked,
with the beautiful Charlene in the little lake beside his cottage and in
his bed. He and Kate had not yet been married, or even engaged, and they
had been estranged at the moment when Charlene turned up at the cottage.

He remembered the flurry that the brief affair had caused in his
campaign, and how it had probably worked out to his benefit in the
election. But most of all, he remembered Charlene, naked, uninhibited,
and imaginative. He felt a married mans guilt for the stirring that came
with the memory.

After a moment's thought, he dialed the number.

"Hello?" she said after the fourth ring. Her voice was sleepy, husky.

"Charlene? It's Will Lee."

"Will? How are you?" She was suddenly wide-awake.

"I'm very well. I'm sorry to call so early; I forgot about the time
difference between here and L.A."

"It's all right; I've got a ten o'clock call today; I'd have to get up
anyway."

"I saw one of your movies on TV not. long ago--the one about the
singer."

"Country Blues? Oh, yeah; I got a nomination for that."

"I thought you were terrific; I'm glad about the way your career has
worked out."

"Thank you. Will; that's nice to hear."

"You're living in L.A. all the time, then?"

"In Malibu; that's where I am now. Keep the number, so if you're out
here, maybe we can get together."

Will didn't want to reply to that.

"What are you doing next?"

"I've just signed to do a film with Vance Calder next summer," she said.

"Movie stars don't get any bigger than that," he said.

"It's a wonderful script; my agent thinks its going to do a lot for me.

I'll be doing an English accent, if you can believe that."

"I think you can do anything you want to." He stopped talking; it was
time to find out why she had called.

"Ah, Will," she said, somewhat hesitantly, "the reason I called is about
Larry Moody."

The mention of the name soured Will's stomach.

"What about him?" he asked cautiously.

"I'm going to finance an appeal for Larry; I'd hoped you might represent
him again."

Will resisted the temptation to respond with anger.

"Charlene, I've been in the Senate for nine years now; I don't try cases
anymore, and I was never an appeals lawyer."

"I just thought that since you originally represented him, you might
consider it."

"The only conceivable grounds for appeal I can think of is that he was
inadequately represented by his lawyer, and you can hardly expect me to
argue that before an appeals court."

"Oh, well, I just wish you would represent him."

"I'm afraid I can't."

"Can you recommend somebody?"

"I'm sorry, but I'm so outside the loop on appeals of criminal cases
that I couldn't even do that. Do you have an L.A. attorney?"

"Yes, but he's an entertainment lawyer."

"He'll have some networking connection with a good appeals man. Talk to
him and get him to research it for you."

"All right, I'll do that."

"Charlene, hasn't Larry already been through the appeals process?"

"Yes, but he wants to try again. He's looking at the electric chair, you
know, and sooner rather than later."

"I know." He was silent again.

"Well, I won't keep you, Will. I really would love to see you, though;
it's lovely out here in Malibu, the beach and all." She paused.

"We'd be discreet, of course," she breathed.

"Thanks, Charlene, but I rarely get to L.A. I'll look forward to the new
film with Vance Calder, though. What's the title?"

"It's called Spin; it's a political thriller."

"I can't wait. You take care of yourself, now."

"You too. Will. And I hope you'll call."

"Bye." He hung up, and he was sweating a little. His phone buzzed, and
he picked it up.

"Yes?"

"Tom Black is on the line for you," Betty, the office manager said.

"Will you speak to him?"

"Yes," Will said, but he paused a moment before pushing the button.

Tom Black was the political consultant who had run both of Will's Senate
campaigns. When he was ready to announce for the presidency, Tom would
be the first person he would call, but he wasn't ready for that yet. He
wondered why Tom would be calling at this time, when they hadn't spoken
for months. He pressed the button.

"Tom?"

"Will, how are you?"

"I'm extremely well; and you?"

"Just great. And Kate?"

"She's wonderful; what are you up to?"

"Oh, I'm just getting some ducks in a row for next year," Tom said.

"I'm afraid Joe Adams's candidacy has squelched a lot of others.

Nobody wants to oppose him for the nomination, and that's not good for
my business."

"You'll stay busy, Tom; I'm sure you've already got half a dozen
congressional and Senate candidates lined up." Black's business was big
now.

"Oh, we'll be well represented next fall, I guess. I wish you were
running."

"One of these days," Will replied. He was on thin ice here, and he
wanted to head off any direct questions from Tom. "Will," Tom said, "I'm
trying to set my house in order for 2000, and I want to ask you a
question."

Will winced. How could he head this off?

"As long as you don't expect an honest answer," he said. Would Tom get
that?

He got it.

"Let's make this a purely hypothetical question," he said.

"Okay, hypothetical is all right, I suppose."

"Okay, here it is: Will, if Joe Adams, for some hypothetical reason,
decided to pull out of the race, would you, hypothetically, consider a
run?"

Will phrased his answer as slowly and carefully as he could.

"Well, hypothetically speaking, if Joe were, hypothetically, out of it,
I might consider a purely hypothetical run. You understand, don't you,
Tom, that right now, my first obligation is to Joe, and that I would
never oppose him? That, apart from my friendship with Joe, I would be
cutting my own throat in the party if I opposed him?"

"I understand that completely, Will, and I agree with you. You certainly
should not oppose Joe."

"I'm glad you grasp that, Tom."

"One more question, then I'll let you off the hook."

"A hypothetical question?"

"Absolutely."

"Shoot."

"If you should make this hypothetical run, would you want me in on it?"

"Hypothetically? You bet your ass, I would."

"I was hoping you'd say that."

"Who else would put up with me?"

Tom laughed. He seemed about to say something, then stopped.

"You have a great holiday, Tom," Will said.

"Sure, Will; you too. We'll talk again after New Year's?"

"I'm sure we will, Tom. Goodbye." He hung up.

Tom Black knew something, Will was sure of that. But what did he know?

And who else knew? Christmas dinner at the Lee farm was much the same as
Christmases past, with Billy and Patricia Lee, Will and Kate and Will's
Aunt Eloise, Billys younger sister. They ate goose, which Kate preferred
to turkey, and they drank a sturdy California Cabernet.

Will reflected that theirs might be the only Christmas table in
Meriwether County with a wine bottle on it.

After lunch and coffee in the library, Billy took Will's arm and led him
out in back of the house. It was an uncharacteristically warm day for
late December, with the temperature in the mid-sixties, and they took
seats on some teak chairs beside the swimming pool, which had been
covered for the winter. A light breeze played through the bare oak trees
around the backyard of the house, but the sun was warm on their faces.

"I want to talk to you," Billy said.

"Sure, Dad."

"I've reached a peculiar time in my life," Billy said.

"My political career is over; my legal career is over; my health is less
than perfect.

Still, I'm well enough to enjoy the comfortable life your mother and I
have built for ourselves." He paused and looked out over the little lake
beside Wills cottage.

"But I'm not enjoying it very much."

"What's the problem, Dad?"

"I thought I had just explained that. I miss the action. I miss problems
to solve. I miss the give-and-take of politics and the courtroom.

I miss doing something."

"I'm sorry if I was dense; I understand."

Billy held up a hand.

"Now don't suggest that I take up a hobby. I read a lot, and that's
enough hobby for me. I wish that, when I was in office, I had read what
I've read now. I'd have been a better governor, and maybe more."

"What can I do to help. Dad?"

"You can run for president, that's what you can do. That'll keep me
going for a few more years."

"Dad, I'd love to run, but..."

"All right, all right. Now, I know something's wrong with Joe Adams, and
I know you can't tell me about it. I'd be disappointed in you if you
breached a confidence, even to me."

"I'm glad you understand."

"I take it that whatever is wrong with Joe isn't going to be revealed
immediately. I remember that, a week or two ago, he had his annual
physical at Walter Reed, and that his office released the results in a
routine manner. So whatever's happened has happened since then."

Will didn't say anything.

"What I'm trying to say to you is that you have to make the most of the
period between right now and the time Joe drops out."

"How can I do that?"

"Without breaching a confidence? Come on, boy, you're a better
politician than that. You've got to put together a core of people to get
a campaign organized. It's late. Will, very late to be starting from
scratch, and you're going to have to find a way to let your key people
know what's coming. If you wait and let them be surprised when Joe pulls
out, they'll be insulted, because you didn't trust them."

"I see your point," Will said.

"Tom Black called me yesterday and asked a lot of hypothetical
questions, and I gave him a lot of hypothetical answers."

"That's good enough," Billy said.

"Now you've got to start talking hypothetically with some other people.

How much money have you got at this moment in time?"

"I've got a little over three-quarters of a million dollars in my
campaign fund."

"That'll get you started while you get a fund-raising campaign under
way."

"I can't spend any of that on a presidential bid right now," Will said.

"You can spend it on your next Senate race, can't you?"

"Well, sure, but that's three years off."

"Listen, you can turn a Senate race into a presidential race in the
blinking of an eye."

"I suppose so. What do you think I should do right now?"

"Pick people for your key campaign slots and tell them to start putting
together a plan right now, something that can be put into immediate
effect when the moment comes."

"I guess I can do that, if I do it carefully."

"Also, I think you should start accepting speaking engagements in states
with large blocks of electoral votes--California, New York, Illinois,
and so on. And New Hampshire, of course. I've still got a few friends
around the country; I'll see if I can arrange a few speaking
invitations."

"Dad, we can't let it get out that you're doing this."

"Of course not," Billy snorted.

"And you shouldn't be giving blatant political speeches. What you should
do is select topics that are important to your audiences and give good,
common-sense speeches on those issues. Your goal is not to win votes
right now, but to impress the people you're talking to. That way, when
you announce, you'll have people out there who'll remember that they
liked what you said or the way you said it. You should include
statements in each speech that will be quoted prominently in the press,
too."

"I suppose you have some topics in mind."

"Oh, I guess so." Billy laughed.

"I think the situation in Russia and our relationship to that regime
would be a good one. It's a dangerous situation, and it's not getting
the attention it should either in the press or in Congress. It's not too
hard to envision circumstances that could lead to a nuclear incident."

"You're right about that. What else?"

"Start suggesting solutions to some big problems--saving social
security, better health care, that sort of thing. If you show people now
that you have some ideas for solving these problems, they'll remember
that when you're a candidate."

"Dad, will you write me a long memo on all this?"

"Sure I will; give me something to do. Lately, I've been thinking too
much about dying. Be nice to have something else to think about."

"Have you been feeling ill. Dad?"

"No, just more tired than I want to feel."

"Have you talked to your doctor?"

"He said there's nothing much wrong with me except the two heart attacks
I've had. He told me to get a hobby." Billy smiled.

"You're going to be my hobby. Will. I can't think of anything more fun
than getting you elected president. I'm beginning to understand how Joe
Kennedy must have felt when he was out to elect Jack. I only wish I
could buy you an election, the way he did."

Will laughed.

"I wish you could, too."

Will and Kate returned to Washington after Christmas, and Kate returned
to work at the Central Intelligence Agency the following morning. Kate,
as deputy director for Intelligence, or DDI, was in charge of all the
Agency's analysts. She had risen through the ranks on the Soviet Union
desk and had distinguished herself throughout her career. She arrived in
her large, corner office at 8 a.m." and was surprised to find a note on
her desk asking her to report to Elliot Baskin, deputy director, the
number-two man at the Agency. She went up to the executive floor and was
admitted to his office.

"Good morning, Kate, welcome back," Baskin said, rising to shake her
hand.

"Good morning, Elliot," she replied.

"Hey, Kate," said a voice from the other side of the room.

Kate turned to find Hugh English sitting on the sofa before the
fireplace, where a cheery blaze was burning. English was deputy director
for Operations, DDO, head of the spy department.

"Morning, Hugh," she said.

Baskin waved her toward the fireplace.

"Take a pew; let's talk."

Kate walked over and sat in a leather armchair, while Baskin took a seat
beside Hugh English. She wondered why he had done that; he could have
taken the other chair. The seating arrangement seemed, somehow,
adversarial. "Good holiday?" Baskin asked.

"A quiet one," she replied.

"We spent it with Will's parents in Georgia."

"So I hear," English said.

"Why, Hugh," Kate said, smiling, "I thought you were barred from
conducting domestic intelligence operations." Something was up.

"Just an ear to the ground," English said, waving a hand.

Baskin spoke up.

"I hear you visited Ed Rawls in Atlanta," he said.

Kate nodded.

"Yes, I did."

"You should have reported it, Kate."

"You haven't been reading your mail, Elliot; I did report it."

Baskin reddened slightly.

"I haven't caught up after the holiday.

Tell us about it."

"The day after I arrived in Delano, a letter from Ed came for me, asking
me to visit him. I enclosed his letter with my report."

"What did he want?"

Kate shrugged.

"I think he was lonely. He seemed apologetic about his crimes, though he
didn't quite apologize."

"How many times have you seen Rawls since his conviction?"

"This was the first."

"Heard from him? Written to him?"

"No."

"Why do you think he really wanted to see you, Kate?"

Kate had already decided to stick strictly to her report.

"If he had a real reason, he never got around to it. He talked about his
place in Maine, said he'd like to finish out his days there."

"Is he planning an escape?" Hugh English asked, chuckling.

"I got the impression he hopes for a pardon."

"From whom?" Baskin asked.

"I suppose from the president, since no one else can pardon him."

"I'd certainly oppose that," Baskin said.

"The director would, too, I think."

"I expressed that opinion to Ed," she said. "The son of a bitch,"
English said heatedly.

"He cost me half a dozen good agents."

Kate turned to him.

"My recollection, Hugh, is that you were working in the Bangkok station
when Ed was caught."

"I meant Ops. He cost Ops some good men."

"And women."

"Yeah. All because he couldn't keep his dick in his pants."

"So gracefully expressed, Hugh," Kate said.

"All right, you two," Baskin interjected, "let's not get off the
subject."

"What exactly is the subject, Elliot?" Kate asked.

"Your visit to Rawls."

"I don't see how you could even sit in the same room with the bastard,"
English said.

"We were once good friends," Kate said.

"You may have heard that he was one of the best people the Agency ever
produced, and that, at the time he was arrested, he was the leading
candidate for your job."

English squirmed a little.

"You might remember what he did."

"And you might remember that I put him out of business," she said.

"I don't like him for what he did, but I don't hate him for it, either."

She turned to Baskin.

"If you don't want me to see him again, all you have to do is say so."

She saw Baskin and English exchange a quick glance, and she wondered
what it meant.

"Oh, no," Baskin said.

"See him anytime you like, just report the content of your
conversation."

"I don't have any plans to visit him again." She looked at both men.

"I don't get this. Ed is no longer a threat to anybody. Why are you two
so exercised by my visit?"

"Kate," Baskin said, "I want to ask you a very serious question."

"Shoot."

"Your marriage has always been something of a concern to me, and to the
director."

"And why is that?"

"Do you ever discuss Agency business with your husband?"

"No," she said immediately.

"When Will and I got married, we agreed that we would not talk about my
work."

"You talked about it before you were married?"

"Elliot, you might remember that, before we were married, and before
Will was elected to the Senate, he was the counsel to the Senate
Intelligence Committee. We had occasion to discuss business--always, I
think, to the benefit of the Agency."

Baskin nodded.

"Does he know about your visit to Rawls?"

"No. When he asked me where I was going, I told him it was business, and
he dropped it, just as he always does."

"You're sure about that?"

"I am. I'd be pleased to take a polygraph, if you like."

"Oh, no, no," Baskin said.

"That won't be necessary."

English spoke up.

"I'd like her to take a polygraph."

"I said it wouldn't be necessary," Baskin said sharply.

"I'd be happy to take a polygraph and have you administer it personally,
Hugh," she said.

"Now, either do it or never question my word again."

"I'll question your word whenever I feel like it," English said.

"Now, people," Baskin interjected.

"This is unnecessary."

"Apparently it is necessary," Kate said.

"I insist on a polygraph, and I want it done before lunch." She stood
up.

"I'll be in my office;

call me when you're ready."

"I'm ready right now," English said, getting to his feet.

"Both of you, shut up!" Baskin barked.

"I'm not going to have this sort of childish display at the upper levels
of the Agency."

Kate wheeled on him.

"Childish? You haul me in here and accuse me of an unreported visit to a
jailed officer, when my report is already on your desk; then Hugh as
much as accuses me of some sort of treasonous behavior. Then you imply
that I'm discussing Agency business with my husband. If you think I'm
going to put up with it for a minute, you're very, very wrong."

"Kate, I apologize if it seemed that way, and I'm sorry I didn't look
for your report before calling you in." He turned to English.

"Hugh, I think you owe Kate an apology, too."

"Sorry," English said, not looking at her.

"Will that be all?" Kate asked.

"Yes, of course. Again, I'm sorry about the tone of this meeting, and I
fully accept your representations both about your meeting with Rawls and
about your conversations with your husband."

"Thank you," Kate said, then walked out of the office. All the way back
to her floor and her own office she fumed inside, while greeting people
pleasantly in the hallways. Back at her desk she took deep breaths and
tried to cool down. She wished she'd never gone to see Ed Rawls. On New
Year's Eve Will and Kate threw a dinner party, a nearly annual event,
with a guest list of fifty. At the time of their marriage they had each
owned a small town house in Georgetown; they had sold them both and
bought a bigger house with a wider facade and three stories and a garage
in the basement. It was perfect for entertaining, which they did fairly
often, ranging from intimate dinners of eight or twelve to the New
Year's bash. They had it down to a science, and, except for work on the
guest list, it had become an almost effortless exercise. A perfectly
trained caterer took over the house;

all Will and Kate had to do was get dressed.

Guests were due at seven, and at six-thirty, the doorbell rang. Joe and
Susan Adams had been invited to come early. To Wills surprise, they were
accompanied by Senator Frederick Wallace of South Carolina and his wife,

Betty Jane. Will tried not to seem annoyed; he had wanted a few minutes
alone with Joe and Sue.

"Come in, come in," Will said, kissing the women and shaking the men's
hands.

"How are you, Freddie?" he asked the elderly senator.

"Better than can be expected," Wallace rumbled. An ancient tuxedo
covered his bulk, and his wife was dressed in a lace gown.

They looked like something out of the forties. Will thought.

"Kate will be down momentarily," he said.

"Everybody have a seat, and we'll get you a drink. Anybody want
champagne?"

Nobody spoke. A moment later, each guest had been served with his
usual--bourbon for the men, white wine for the women.

"Freddie and Betty Jane were on the way, so we gave them a lift," Joe
Adams said.

"I don't get to ride in many limousines," Wallace said.

"Couldn't turn it down."

"Come on, Freddie," Adams said, "half the lobbyists in Washington have
limousines. You could have one at your door on command."

"Wouldn't seem seemly to South Carolina's voters," Wallace said, looking
cherubic, with his shock of white hair and his pink face.

"I might get my picture taken in one, and we couldn't have that, could
we?"

"I'm surprised you aren't riding around town in a BMW," Will said!
"since they opened that factory in South Carolina."

"We're happy to have them there," Wallace said, "but they make German
cars."

"My limo is a Cadillac," Adams said.

"And you're looking for an even bigger one next election, aren't you?"
Wallace asked, chuckling.

"I'll ride in whatever comes with the territory, Freddie," Adams
replied.

"The territory ain't yours yet." Wallace grinned.

"Tell me, Freddie," Will said, "if you could choose the next president,
who would it be?"

Wallace lowered his chin and peered at Will over the gold half glasses
that seemed permanently attached to his nose.

"Jefferson Davis," he rumbled.

Everybody laughed.

"Old Jeff would know how to handle you liberals," Wallace said,
grinning.

"I'll accept the characterization as a comparative one," Will replied.

"Next to you, Freddie, Jesse Helms was a liberal."

"He was a goddamned socialist!" Wallace laughed.

Joe Adams spoke up.

"I was hoping to get Freddie to cross party lines and support me."

Wallace snorted.

"I don't think you could afford to lose that many votes, Joe," Will
said, getting a laugh. He looked up to see Kate coming down the stairs,
stunning in a black Ralph Lauren dress. The men got to their feet, and
she greeted everyone. A waiter brought her a glass of champagne on a
silver tray.

"I hope that ain't French," Wallace said.

"It's Schramsberg," Kate replied.

"German?"

"Californian."

"Damn near as foreign," Wallace replied.

"Californians are your countrymen, Freddie," Kate said.

"Not my countrymen," Wallace said blandly.

"You know, there's something you two fellows have never figured out."

He nodded at Will and Joe.

"A senator can have nearly about as much power as a president, if he's
smart, and he don't have to please anybody from California or New York
or anywhere but his home state, and he only has to please fifty-one
percent of the actual voters there!"

"You've got a point there, Freddie," Adams agreed.

"You fellows don't know when you're well-off," Wallace said.

"Look what you got up on the Hill: You got a nice big office with a
loyal staff who does your bidding; you got a nice place to have lunch
every day; you got somebody to cut your hair when you need it and a girl
to massage you, whether you need it or not; you got free medical care,
free parking, and free trips to nice places overseas; and on top of all
that, you get paid pretty good money!"

"Yeah, Freddie," Adams said, "but if you're president, you get all that,
plus a very nice house with a swimming pool, a putting green, and a
movie theater; a bulletproof limousine to ride around in, a helicopter
and a 747 to take you wherever you want to go--and no waiting for your
luggage. Plus you get Camp David for week53 ends and you can play golf
anywhere in the world you want to."

Wallace snorted.

"I can play at Burning Tree anytime, and in my underwear, if I've a mind
to, and that's good enough for me."

"I'm trying to summon up that image," Kate said, "but the mind boggles."

"And," Joe Adams said, "when you've served your eight years--or even if
you're kicked out after four--you get a great big presidential library
to hold all the documents that make you look good in the eyes of the
world. And when you finally pack it in, you get a free plot in Robert E.
Lees front yard and a very nice funeral."

Wallace raised his hands in mock surrender.

"Well, I guess we know what's important to you, Joe."

"What's really important," Will said, "and what separates the big guy
from all the pretty big guys in the Senate is the veto."

"Yeah," Wallace agreed, "and if the Supreme Court had just let it get
by, the line-item veto. Somebody once said that if Lyndon Johnson had
had that, he'd have been a Nero. Shit, if I had it, I'd be God!"

Will got up to answer the doorbell. Now, the deluge.

They began arriving in clumps, now--three or four senators from each
party, plus a few congressmen; columnists, TV reporters, cabinet
members, a couple of sports figures, and a movie star. Will's press
secretary made up the guest list, and few people were invited in
successive years, except the president and the vice president, and the
president had never shown.

Champagne was poured, scotch was dispensed, canapes were distributed,
and rumors were exchanged, but no news was made.

Will extracted a moratorium from all the journalists invited.

Dinner was served--racks of lamb, haricots verts, pureed carrots, and a
huge spinach souffle for the vegetarians. The wine was a California
Caber-net, not for patriotic reasons, but because Will preferred
California wines to French. People sat everywhere--on sofas and chairs,
on the stairs, on the floor. The talk was high-spirited without being
raucous. Will was waiting for someone in the powder room under the
stairs to finish when he was joined by Paul Epstein, the Washington
bureau chief for the New York Times.

"Good party. Will."

"Thanks, Paul; we're glad you could come."

"Will, while I've got you here, there's something I need to ask.

Certainly, I won't quote you on your answer." Will said nothing, to show
disapproval that a journalist would question him in his own home.

"One of my people heard that Joe Adams might not be well.

Anything to that?"

"Jesus, Paul." Will sighed.

"Walter Reed published the result of his last physical less than a month
ago. You want to know his cholesterol count? His triglycerides? I'm sure
Joe's office would be happy to send you a copy of all the results. And I
happen to know that Joe played squash this afternoon with somebody
twenty years his junior, and Joe cleaned his clock. You ever played
squash?"

"No."

"The game is a man killer; I wouldn't touch a squash racquet with a
fork."

"Will, we hear it might not be physical."

Will pointed to the living room.

"He's sitting right over there; go talk to him and tell me if you think
he's nuts."

"Well..."

To Will's relief, the powder-room door opened and an undersecretary of
state vacated.

"See you later, Paul," Will said, closing the door behind him. He used
the toilet, noticing that his pulse rate was up. He splashed some cold
water on his face and looked at himself in the mirror. The face that
stared back at him looked worried.

"Come on, boy," he said to his reflection.

"Go back out there looking happy."

On New Year's morning, Will arrived at his hideaway office in the
Capitol at ten. Tim Coleman, his chief of staff, and Kitty Conroy, his
press secretary, were waiting for him.

"Happy New Millennium!" Will cried, eliciting flinches from both people.

"Senator, I hope this isn't your idea of a joke," Tim groaned.

"I was out until four."

"I haven't even been to bed," Kitty said.

"Sorry about that; my last guests didn't leave until after two, so I'm a
little fuzzy around the edges myself."

"So what's up?" Kitty asked. She was the less patient of the two.

"I wanted to talk to you today, because the building is pretty much
empty, and I didn't want anybody around."

"You firing us?" Tim asked.

"No, I'm doubling your workload."

"Swell," Tim replied.

"This stays among the three of us, until I say differently, agreed?"

"Agreed," the two said in chorus.

"No spouses or lovers to know."

"Agreed," they said again.

"I want you two to start--today, right now--to put together a plan for a
run for the presidency."

"The presidency of what?" Tim asked, looking blank.

"The United States of America."

Tim's expression didn't change, and Kitty looked just as blank.

Will sat there and let it sink in.

"Okay" Kitty said finally "I'll bite. What's the punch line?"

"I started with the punch line," Will said.

"Senator," Tim said slowly, "don't you think it's a little early to
start planning a campaign for eight years hence?"

"I'm running this year," Will said.

Kitty piped up.

"I didn't see the Post this morning; did Joe Adams drop dead last
night?"

"I saw him at midnight, and he looked fairly alive to me."

"Let me get this straight," Tim said.

"You, of all people, are going to run against Joe Adams?"

Will took a deep breath.

"I can't answer many questions," he said.

"Just take my word for it."

Tim and Kitty exchanged a long look.

"Well," Tim said, "can we assume that you know something we don't?"

"Tim, Kitty, its not inconceivable that someday someone may ask you for
an account of this conversation. I'd like you to be able to answer,
truthfully, that I didn't tell you anything, except that I intended to
make the run, and that you took my word for it."

"All right," Tim said, "you're running, and I'm going to do everything I
can to help."

"Me too," Kitty echoed.

"But we can't tell anybody we're helping?"

"Not for the moment."

"Then how can we organize a campaign?"

"I want you to put together a structure that will serve us from the day
I announce until the second Tuesday in November--everything from issues
to fund-raising. Make a chart. Next to every box I want you to write a
name--more than one--we won't get everybody we want. There should be a
campaign manager at the top, and I don't want a figurehead; I want a
working manager. You know what the other boxes will be; they won't be
all that different from the senatorial campaigns."

"Are we going to get Tom Black in on this?" Kitty asked.

"Not yet. Tom's on hold; he won't commit to anybody else. I want to keep
this as close as the three of us and Kate--and Kate, although she knows,
will be at arm's length throughout, for obvious reasons.

She's not going to quit her job.

"Back to your chart: On the day we're ready, I want to be able to call
everybody we need very quickly. When this happens, its going to happen
fast; I doubt if we'll have a week between the moment of the final
decision to go and the announcement, and I want to have everybody who's
really important to us aboard during that week. I want to hit the ground
running so fast that nobody will ever be able to catch us. Right now,
our only advantage is that my eventual opponents don't know they're
running."

"How much time do we have before you make the absolutely final decision?

I mean, when is go day?" Tim asked.

"I can only guess, but I should think it will happen this month."

"How much can we spend?"

"Nothing. We've got about three-quarters of a million in my campaign
fund, but we can't touch it yet. One of the first things we'll have to
do on go day is round up enough people in enough states to get enough
signatures on petitions to qualify for federal campaign funding. Pay
particular attention to that."

"Of course," Tim said.

"Forgive me for stating the obvious, but I want every base covered.

Kitty, of course you'll pay particular attention to the press operation,
but I want you also to concentrate on finding us the right person to
assemble and train a staff of advance people. We'll want someone who can
pick up the phone and recruit at least a dozen experienced people on day
one."

"We're going to need a campaign headquarters in Washington," Tim said.

"Put that at the top of your list."

"Can I feel out some people on real estate?"

"Absolutely not. Your effort has got to be completely secret until we
go, and I'll tell you how secret: I gave you both briefcases for
Christmas?"

"Yes, thanks very much," Kitty said.

"Me too," Tim echoed.

"They have locks on them. I don't want you to create a piece of paper
that won't fit into those briefcases, and I want you to be practically
handcuffed to them. In the unlikely event that you have time to go out
to dinner or to the movies, I want those briefcases securely locked in a
safe. You are to talk to no one, not even each other, about this on the
telephone. You are to create no computer files, not so much as a memo on
this subject. You are not to talk to each other about this anywhere
except in this room, in your offices or homes, or in my office, and then
only behind a locked door.

"You're going to have to keep regular office hours and do your regular
work. I don't want anyone on the staff to know or even suspect what
you're doing. Don't say anything to anybody that might make them think
you're working on anything special."

"Whew!" Kitty said.

"This is going to be tough."

"It won't have to be secret for all that long; just in this initial
organizing phase. We ought to be able to get a lot done today, since
nobody is going to come looking for us until dinnertime."

They both nodded.

"And I want you to find me a Holy Man."

Tim's eyes narrowed.

"What?"

"I don't mean a guru or a television evangelist; I mean a man or a
woman--a lawyer--who is so clean, so upright, that no one would ever
believe him capable of doing a wrong thing. I want this person to be in
charge of two things: one, to see that we strictly conform to both the
letter and the spirit of the campaign-finance laws; and two, to serve as
a sounding board on ethics, so that if anyone on the campaign has the
slightest doubt that what he is about to do comes close to the line, he
can call the Holy Man and get advice. The Holy Man's opinion will be
final."

"Someone from academia," Tim said.

"Or a retired federal appeals court judge," Kitty chimed in.

"You're getting the picture. If Oliver Wendell Holmes could be
resurrected, he'd be ideal."

"How are Kitty and I going to divide our time between the office and the
campaign, once we're under way?" Tim asked.

"You're not. It has to be one job or the other; I don't want anyone to
be able to say that I'm using Senate staff to run my campaign.

Frankly, I'd like you both on the campaign, but I'll leave the final
decision to you."

"I want the campaign," Kitty said.

"Me too," said Tim.

"Fine with me. Start thinking about finding your replacements, and think
about who else from the staff we'll want on the campaign."

"You know," Kitty said wonderingly, "until a few minutes ago, I had a
hangover; now it's gone."

Will laughed.

"Me too. Now let's get to work."

Kate looked at him across the kitchen table.

"How do you feel now that you've started?" she asked. She had whipped up
a dinner of leftovers from their New Year's party and had opened a
bottle of merlot.

"Strange," he said.

"Exhilarated; tired; a little scared."

"I don't blame you, on any of those counts."

The phone rang.

Will picked it up.

"Hello?"

"Will, it's Susan Adams; how are you?"

"Great, Sue; let me put you on the speaker so Kate can hear." He pressed
the speaker button.

"Okay, we're here."

"First of all, I want to thank you for such a wonderful evening on New
Year's Eve. It was a great way to finish out the millennium."

"We were delighted to have you both," Kate said.

"How's Joe?"

"As you saw the other night, he's doing well. Which brings me to my
point. I have some good news, some bad news, and some good news."

"Shoot," Will said.

"First, the good news: Joe is going to make his withdrawal announcement
next Friday."

That took Will's breath away; he hadn't expected Joe to move so soon.

"We both felt we should get it over with and give the other candidates
as much time as we can."

"I expect you're right," Will said.

"I know this won't give you as much time as you'd like to prepare, Will,
but at least, you're getting most of a week."

"I can't complain, Sue."

"Now the bad news: I'm going into Walter Reed tomorrow for a
lumpectomy."

"Oh, Sue," Kate said, "I'm so sorry. I assume it's contained, if you're
not having a radical mastectomy."

"That's what my doctor assumes, too. I'm not real exercised about it;
I'm sure everything is going to be okay. The other good news is that Joe
is going to have an excuse to drop out of the race:

more time with me, and all that, and it won't be a lie. We've both
become very conscious that our time together will be a lot shorter than
we'd planned."

"I see your point," Will said.

"It's going to be a shock any way you put it, but--"

"We're going to let a rumor out starting on Wednesday," Sue said, "just
to give some sort of media transition. By Thursday night, it'll probably
make the news. Joe thinks you should announce on Saturday; that'll give
you a shot at the Sunday-morning TV shows."

"That makes sense, I guess," Will said.

"You can say that I told you today. Let's not refer to our meeting at
Camp David; it would hurt a lot of feelings around town, if people
thought you knew that far in advance."

"Good point."

"You won't have to lie. Will; I know how you feel about that.

After all, I did tell you today, just now."

"I'm okay with that," Will said.

"Oh, I'm being called to dinner," Sue said.

"I'd better run."

"Thank you. Sue, and thank Joe for the warning. And our prayers will be
with you tomorrow." They both hung up.

"Well, it's really on, I guess," Kate said. "Looks that way."

"I'll tell you the truth," she said, "I'd half suspected that Joe would
have second thoughts and let the clock run out through the campaign
before he pulled out. That would have made him more the kingmaker."

"That wouldn't be like Joe," Will said.

"I know, and I feel guilty about thinking that."

The phone rang again, and Will picked it up.

"Hello?"

"Will, it's Joe."

Will punched the speaker button.

"Hi, Joe; Kate can hear you, too. We were both sorry to hear about Sue's
illness."

"It's going to be okay; don't worry. The reason I called is that Sue
forgot to tell you something."

"What's that?"

"I'm going to wait a while after my announcement on Friday before I make
an endorsement. I'm not sure just how long."

This was a blow, but Will took it as well as he could.

"I understand, Joe."

"I think my endorsement will mean more after all the candidates have had
an opportunity to establish a presence in the campaign and had an
opportunity to have their positions on the issues known."

"You have a point, Joe," Will said.

"Don't worry. Will; I still think you're the best man for the job, and
I'm sure I'll still think so closer to the convention."

"Thanks, Joe."

"They're holding dinner for me, so I'll say good night, and thanks again
for the great evening."

"Good night, Joe." Will hung up.

"Well," Kate said, "now I don't feel so guilty about thinking Joe wanted
to be a kingmaker."

"Oh, I don't know; this might be the best thing. The endorsement might
mean a lot more later, when he can say he's considered everybody."

"You noticed, didn't you, that he didn't exactly say he was going to
endorse you?"

Will poked at his food.

"Yeah, I noticed that."

"He's playing his cards close to his chest; he's going to want something
when the time comes."

"He already knows he can have anything in my gift."

"So, how do you feel now?"

"A little deflated, and more scared than ever. Somehow I thought I was
going to have most of January to plan. I guess not."

"Six days is better than nothing, which is what the other candidates
will have."

"Don't worry about them; when the rumor hits the streets, people all
over town are going to start making plans." He punched the speaker phone
and started dialing.

"Excuse me." It took less than a minute to conference Tim Coleman and
Kitty Conroy.

"You both listening?"

"Yes," they said simultaneously.

"I'm going to announce on Saturday," he said.

"This coming Saturday?" Tim said, aghast.

"It can't wait; you'll know why later in the week. We'll start calling
the people on our list on Friday. Kitty, wait until then to stake out
the Capitol steps for the announcement."

"This is all very strange," Kitty said.

"It'll make a lot more sense by the end of the week," Will said.

"Will," Tim said, "I think our first calls on Friday should be to your
Atlanta office. You've got a hard core of supporters there who'll
volunteer to man a campaign office until we can get up and running.

Let's get a couple dozen people on a chartered bus Saturday morning and
have the office open on Monday."

"Sounds good, but we're going to have to find a headquarters, and we
can't start looking until Friday."

"Can't we fudge the date just a little?"

Will thought about it.

"All right, you can start on Wednesday morning but do it through a third
party. I'll see what I can do, as well."

"Okay," Tim said. "Kitty, start working on a draft of a two-minute
announcement speech, with the appropriate built-in sound bites."

"Right. I've got an idea for Saturday."

"Shoot."

"Let's get that bus started up here from Atlanta on Friday night and
have you surrounded by supporters for the announcement."

"Good idea. Call the Atlanta office and tell them to book the bus, but
don't tell them why. Book some hotel rooms around town for these folks
to stay in."

"Consider it done."

"Okay, people, I want to see you both in my hideaway at 7 a.m., so get a
good night's sleep. It might be your last for a while." He hung up.

Kate put a hand on his cheek.

"I think maybe you've had your last good night's sleep for a while,
too."

Will had already made coffee in his hideaway office when Tim and Kitty
arrived.

"First things first," Will said.

"I want each of you to write a campaign manager's name on a piece of
paper; I'll do the same."

They each did so.

"Lets see yours, Tim," Will said.

Tim held up a sheet that read Sam Meriwether.

Kitty held up hers: Sam Meriwether.

Will grinned and showed them his: Sam Meriwether.

"It's unanimous.

You both realize, you're going to be working for him, as well as me."

They both nodded.

Sam Meriwether was Will's own congressman, representing Georgia's fourth
district, which included Delano. He was in his late thirties, smart,
energetic, and supremely well organized.

"Kitty, call Sam at home and ask him to come and see me here as soon as
he can."

Kitty went to the other side of the room and picked up a phone.

She came back a moment later.

"He's on his way; he was already in his office."

"Good. Now, tell me: Who did you two come up with for the Holy Man?"

"Mason Rutledge," Tim said, "known as Rut to his friends."

"I know him vaguely," Will replied.

"Bring me up-to-date on him."

Tim read from a sheet of paper.

"Harvard Law, class of '52; private practice with Woodman & Weld in New
York for thirty years, with occasional leave for public service; worked
for Archibald Cox when he was independent counsel, during the Watergate
investigations; was axed with Cox during the Saturday Night Massacre; an
assistant attorney general under Griffin Bell during the Carter years,
responsible for, among other things, campaign-law violations; said to
have turned down the AG job when Clinton offered it to him. Clinton
appointed him to the Court of Appeals. Rumor had it he would have
appointed him to the Supreme Court, but the Republicans on the Senate
Judiciary Committee would have obstructed, so he walked away from that.

Last year he retired from the court, and he now holds a chair in
constitutional law and legal ethics at Harvard Law. Married forty years,
two sons--one an assistant AG, the other at Woodman & Weld.

Old New England stock, spotless character, only a little pompous."

"Will he do it?"

Kitty spoke up.

"I know the son, Arthur, who's at Justice. We had lunch a couple of
weeks ago, and Artie said his father missed public life a little. My
impression is he'll do it, if he can stay in Cambridge."

"No reason why he couldn't do it with a phone and a fax machine, is
there?"

"Not that I can see. I don't think Harvard Law would require him to take
a leave if he's just a consultant on campaign law and ethics."

"Put him high on the list to call on Friday." Will consulted his notes.

"Who to run the advance operation?"

Tim shuffled some papers.

"We think Leo Berg would be good."

"Secret Service guy?"

"Retired. He ran the White House detail for four years; before that he
was their top advance man. He'd be good for liaison with the Secret
Service detail, too. He's well liked in the Service."

"Good choice; I would never have thought of him. Tim, you call him
Friday afternoon."

"Right." Tim made a note.

"Kitty and I both think that Mimi Todd would be good to run Issues.

She's done a great job in the Senate office, and she's already trained
an assistant."

"I agree. On Wednesday, have her start rewriting everything, removing
references to Georgia and putting a national cast. I want us all to
review each issue before anything is carved in stone."

There was a rap at the door, and Will pressed the button under his desk
that released the lock. Sam Meriwether walked in. Tall, shambling,
always slightly disheveled, he gave an almost opposite impression of the
man he really was.

"You're up early, Sam," Will said.

"Shoot, I've been at my desk for at least two hours." Sam grinned.

"Come sit down," Will said.

"I've got some good news for you."

Sam folded his length into a chair.

"Always like getting good news."

"Sam," Will said, "I've decided to make you a United States senator."

Sam smiled broadly.

"Well, I guess I could choke that down." He half rose.

"You want to switch seats now?"

"Sit down, Sam." Will laughed.

"I didn't say I was going to do it today."

"How long do I have to wait?"

"A little over three years, if you're lucky."

"What do I have to do to get lucky?"

"You have to get me elected president of the United States."

"Is that all?"

"It's the only way you're going to pry me out of my Senate seat."

"Well, shoot, it might be worth it to get you out of the state of
Georgia. How am I supposed to help you?"

"I want you to manage my campaign."

Sam looked at Will narrowly.

"You're still drunk from New Year's Eve, aren't you?"

"I'm as sober as a Supreme Court justice."

Sam looked around at his companions.

"Are you three planning to assassinate Joe Adams?

"Cause, if so, I'm calling the Secret Service right now."

"I can't tell you all the details until Friday, but around noon on
Saturday, on the Capitol steps, surrounded by friends and supporters,
I'm going to announce."

Sam stared at him, speechless.

"Sam," Tim said, "it's all right; he's not crazy. Say yes."

"Hell, yes," Sam said.

"You want me to resign from the House?"

"No, keep your seat. You're going to be based in Washington, anyway, so
you can make all your votes. If you get me elected, you can come to the
White House with me, and after two years, you can run for my seat
against whoever the next governor of Georgia appoints to replace me."

Sam frowned a little.

"If our Democratic colleague gets elected to that office, who do you
think he might appoint to fill your term?"

Will laughed.

"Okay, Sam, if I get elected, and you want my seat right away, I'll do
everything I can to get you appointed. If he won't do it, or if the
Republican beats him, then you stick with me?"

"Jesus," Sam said, "I don't think I can get a better deal than that."

He leaned over and shook Will's hand.

"Welcome aboard," Will said.

"Your first job is to find us a national campaign headquarters without
letting on to anybody that it's for me." Will scribbled a name on paper
and handed it to Sam.

"This guy just built a new office building downtown that's renting. I
think there's some storefront space available, and we'll need a floor
for offices, too. Feel him out."

"I know him a little," Sam said.

"I don't think he'll figure out that I'm doing it for you."

"Good. You've got to play this very closely until, say, Friday
afternoon.

If we can really get rolling this week, we'll have at least a few days'
jump on the competition."

"Who else knows about this?" Sam asked.

"Just the people in this room and Kate."

"Does Joe Adams know about it?"

"I can't answer that right now, Sam.

You're going to have to trust me to do the right thing."

"Shoot, Will, I trust you, and I'll keep my mouth shut."

"As soon as I announce, you're going to have to get your own office
organized to run pretty much without you. I'm going to keep you real
busy."

"Whooeee!" Sam said.

"Sometimes your life just changes in the blinking of an eye!"

Will and his little core of a campaign staff worked steadily at adding
names to their list of campaign people. They had now added, from Will's
computer files, possible state chairmen in each of the fifty states, and
they were working on county chairmen in large municipalities. They
divided the names among themselves, each with a list to telephone before
the announcement--Will's made up of those people who would be insulted
if not asked directly by him, Sam's of people just below that level, and
Tim or Kitty to call the rest.

Late Tuesday afternoon, the vice president's office announced that Mrs.
Joseph Adams had undergone a lumpectomy at Walter Reed Hospital. In
Wednesday morning's Washington Post a columnist reported that Vice
President Adams, the leading candidate for the Democratic nomination,
was considering not running in 2000 because of his wife's illness. The
story was all over the evening network news shows, and the vice
president's press secretary had declined comment. Adams was said to be
spending a lot of time at Walter Reed with his wife.

On the day of the surgery. Will had dispatched two dozen yellow roses to
the hospital in advance of the announcement, and early in the afternoon
on Wednesday he called the vice president at Walter Reed. "How'd it go,
Joe?"

"Perfectly, Will; she's already recovering beautifully, and her doctor
is pretty confident that she won't need further surgery."

"I'm glad to hear it, and so is Kate."

"How are you coming on your campaign plans?"

"Well, we've been mostly confined to making lists of people we want, but
Sam Meriwether has signed on as campaign manager."

"A great choice."

"I'm going to want some of your people, as soon as you cut them loose,"
Will said.

"When can I start talking to them?"

"Not until after my announcement on Friday," Adams said.

"And, at this stage, there are only a couple who aren't already on my
current staff. I hope you won't steal too many of those."

"You tell me if there's someone you don't want me to ask."

"I'll leave it up to them, Will, but you have to realize that this is
going to come as a great disappointment for all of them. They've been
looking forward to the campaign. Maybe you should give them a few days
to get used to the idea."

"Sure, I will."

"I'd better get back to Sue; I'll tell her you called."

"Give her my love." Will hung up and went back to work. Ten minutes
later, the phone rang.

"It's Senator Kiel," his secretary said.

Will picked up the phone and spoke to the minority leader of the Senate.

"Afternoon, George," he said.

"You okay, Will?"

"You bet. What's up?"

"I was a little annoyed that I didn't know Susan Adams was having
surgery, until I saw it on CNN."

"I don't think she wanted anybody to know until she was sure it went
well."

"But you knew." Kiel sounded a little peeved, but then he usually did.

"Sue called us over the weekend. She and Kate are..." Will let his voice
trail off; he had been about to say that they were close, and that
wasn't exactly true. He knew what was coming next.

"What about this thing in the Post this morning?"

"I haven't read all the Post yet. Which thing?"

"The thing about Joe might be dropping out."

Now Will was stuck.

"I heard about that," he said.

"Is it true?"

"If it is, I'm sure you'll be hearing directly from Joe," Will said.

"If it's true, are you going to run?"

Will knew that Kiel would likely be his biggest opposition.

"Tempting, isn't it?"

"Sure is. You know damn well I'll run. What about you, no kidding?"

"You never know," Will said.

"But if I do, you'll be among the first to know."

"I like you, Will," Kiel said, "and I'd hate to have to clean your clock
in the primaries." He chuckled unconvincingly.

"I'd hate that, too, George." Will laughed.

"Who do you figure for the Republican nomination?"

"Eft Efton, Hale Roberts, or Mike Knowles." Howard "Eft" Efton,
congressman from Texas, was Speaker of the House, Hale Roberts was
governor of Ohio, and Michael Knowles was senator from Kansas.

"That's what I figure, too. You reckon either you or I could beat one of
them?"

"Why not?" Will replied.

"Of course, I'd rather have been vice president for the past seven
years, like Joe."

"Joe won't give it up," Kiel said.

"He's wanted this for a long time, and it's his for the taking. Nobody
just walks away from the presidency."

"That would certainly be unlike Joe," Will said.

"Okay, see you later," Kiel said, and hung up. Will punched a button and
called Tim Coleman into his office.

"I want you to call Moss Mallet and commission a nationwide poll of
likely Democratic voters and find out who they'd vote for in the
primaries with Joe Adams out of the race."

"That's going to cost."

"We're going to have to have it anyway, and I'd like to have it before
Joe withdraws and muddies the waters. Don't tell Moss anything, and
swear him to secrecy on who ordered the poll. Tell him we might let him
release the results as his own poll--if we like the results."

"And if we don't?"

"He can reveal all in his memoirs."

"I'm on it."

"And I want it no later than noon Friday. Tell me to make sure there are
half a dozen names on the list, not just George Kiel and me."

"Done." Tim went back to his office.

Will realized he had been reluctant to commission the poll, because he
might not really want to know the results. George Kiel was on television
three or four nights a week, and he was a lot better known than Will.

Thursday morning, Sam Meriwether called.

"I think I got that real estate I was interested in," he said guardedly.

"How much?"

"More than I want to pay, but it's a prime location."

"Nail it down."

"I can't write a personal check for this, Will; I'm not a senator, you
know."

"Nail it down with your personal word of Southern honor, instead of
money."

Sam laughed.

"Yeah, that ought to do it."

"Tell him he can have a check on Saturday."

"Okay--hang on a minute, Will." Sam covered the telephone.

Will waited impatiently; he had a lot to do. Sam came back on.

"Turn on CNN," he said.

"I'll hang on."

Will took the remote control from a desk drawer and switched on the TV,
which was already tuned to CNN. A reporter was standing on the White
House lawn.

"...  unusual for this president to cancel all his appointments without
some sort of announcement from the White House press secretary," he was
saying.

"The Israeli ambassador was told only after he had arrived for a meeting
with the president. We'll keep you posted."

"What is that about?" Sam asked.

"I don't have a clue; he canceled his morning appointments?"

"All his appointments for the day, apparently."

Tim Coleman and Kitty Conroy walked into Will's office, and he pointed
at the TV.

"We heard," Tim said.

"What's going on?"

"Maybe we're at war, or something," Sam said over the phone.

"With whom?" Will asked.

"We're not that mad at anybody, are we?"

"I don't know," Sam said.

"Wait a minute, here comes more."

Will turned back to the TV. The anchor-woman was being handed a sheet of
paper.

"We're going to the White House, now, for some sort of announcement by
the president's press secretary." The camera switched to the White House
briefing room, where the press secretary was approaching the podium.

"I have an announcement," he said, "and I will not take any-repeat--any
questions. This morning, before dawn, the president's valet found the
president on the floor of his bathroom in the White House family
quarters, unconscious. He had apparently fallen and struck his head. He
was seen by his doctor a few minutes later, and as a precaution, he was
taken by helicopter to Walter Reed Hospital, where he is undergoing
tests. I do not expect to have any further announcement about the
president's condition until around three o'clock this afternoon, when
the test results are expected. The vice president has been informed and
is meeting with the White House staff as I speak. I stress that this is
a normal procedure, in the event of the president's illness or temporary
incapacitation. I will speak to you again around three o'clock." He
turned and walked off the stage and through a door as a chorus of
questions was shouted at him.

"Holy shit," Sam Meriwether said. Will picked up the phone and called
the vice presidents private office number. The phone rang six times
before someone picked it up, but no one spoke into the phone, although
he could hear voices at the other end.

"Hello?" Will said repeatedly. Finally he recognized the VP's
secretary's voice.

"Yes?" she said.

"Catherine, it's Will Lee; is the vice president available?"

"Hello, Senator," she replied.

"I'm sorry, he's over at the White House. He's asked me to tell everyone
calling this line that he won't return any calls today, and probably not
tomorrow, but I'll add your name to the list. I'm sure he'll get back to
you as soon as possible."

"I understand, Catherine, and thank you. Can you tell me what's going on
over there?"

"I'm afraid I don't know any more than was said at the news conference.

All I know is that the congressional leadership and some others are
meeting with the vice president now."

"Thank you, Catherine; goodbye." Will hung up and looked at Tim and
Kitty.

"Joe is meeting with the congressional leadership now, and he won't be
calling me back today."

"Sounds bad," Kitty said.

"Not necessarily," Tim said.

"This is all standard operating procedure when the president is ill."

"Yes," Will agreed, "and we don't know how ill. It might just be a bump
on the head."

CNN had another report. Trading had been halted on all the stock
exchanges for the remainder of the day after stocks had taken a steep
dive.

"Tim, Kitty, start calling your contacts at the White House," Will said.

"See if you can get any information at all."

They left the room, and as they did. Will suddenly remembered something:
at their meeting at Camp David, Joe Adams had said that, if he resigned
the vice presidency, he would recommend to the president that Will be
appointed in his place. Now it occurred to him that, should the
president die, Joe might very well wish to appoint him vice president.

And that was an earthshaking thought.

Kitty came back into the room.

"Nobody I know at the White House is taking calls. In some cases, the
switchboard wouldn't even put calls through to their offices."

Tim joined them and gave the same report.

"Senator," he said, "has it occurred to you that, if the president dies,
Joe Adams might appoint you vice president?"

"It crossed my mind," Will said.

"That would certainly change everything to do with our plans," Tim said.

"None of our planning would be wasted; I'd still be running this year."

Tim looked at him oddly.

"Do you really think that, if Adams became president, he'd decline to
run?"

Will shrugged.

"I can't get into that. Just continue to work on the campaign as if
nothing has happened."

Tim and Kitty looked at each other, then at Will, askance.

"Don't ask," Will said.

At three o'clock they gathered around the TV set and waited for the
press conference. The White House press secretary strode onto the
platform and took his place at the podium. A hush fell over the room.

"Same rules as this morning," the man said.

"Absolutely no questions." He took a sheet of paper from his inside coat
pocket and read from it.

"Tests being conducted on the president at Walter Reed Hospital are not
yet conclusive. The press office will issue bulletins as information
comes in. The vice president will address the nation on television at
six o'clock this evening, eastern time. I will be making no further
statements between now and then." He turned and walked from the stage.

An uproar ensued.

"Is the president conscious?" someone screamed, but the press secretary
left the briefing room and closed the door behind him.

"This doesn't look good," Tim said.

"We've no way of knowing that," Will replied.

"We don't know what's happening." He picked up the phone and called a
couple of people close to the president, but got nowhere. He hung up.

"Everybody is just shutting down," he said.

"We're just going to have to wait."

The phone rang, and Will picked it up.

"Hello?"

"Its Kate; I gather you're going to be late for dinner this evening."

"Quite possibly."

"Have you heard anything?"

"Nothing. Nobody's talking."

"Neither have I. I'll see you when I see you."

They both hung up.

Will, Tim, Kitty, and Sam Meriwether were gathered in Will's office at
six o'clock. An announcer intoned, "Ladies and gentlemen, the vice
president of the United States."

Joe Adams came on screen looking calm and confident. He was sitting at a
desk, but it looked like a studio set, not a real office.

"Good evening," he said.

"As you have, no doubt, already heard, the president suffered a fall
early this morning and was taken to Walter Reed Hospital, where he
underwent a battery of tests. The doctors there have determined that his
fall was very likely the result of a stroke, and the concussion
resulting from his fall has complicated his condition. As of this time,
the president has not regained consciousness, and the prognosis is
guarded. The first lady is with him in the hospital.

"Upon receiving this news, I convened meetings with the leaders of both
parties in Congress, the members of the cabinet, the national security
advisor, and the Joint Chiefs of Staff. At that time, since the
president has been at least temporarily incapacitated, all the necessary
steps were taken to have the vice president assume the role of acting
president, with all the powers of that office. This is a day that I
hoped would never come, but I have always worked to keep myself ready
for the possibility. I will act as president until such time as his
doctors feel the president is ready to assume his proper role again.

"I want to assure you that the business of government will continue
without pause, and that the interests of the American people are being
looked after in the same way as they were yesterday. I intend, during my
stewardship, to continue the policies of this administration as they
have been formulated over the past seven years.

"Effective immediately, I will move into the Oval Office, bringing only
a few of my vice-presidential staff with me. The remainder of the
vice-presidential staff will remain at their desks in the Executive
Office Building, to do their work as before. All the members of the
president's staff have agreed to continue their work as usual, for which
I am very grateful. The first lady will continue to live in the White
House, and my wife and I will continue to live in the vice presidential
residence at the Naval Observatory."

Adams paused, then continued.

"Now I must tell you of a personal decision which was speeded by the
events of today. As you will have heard, my wife underwent surgery
yesterday at Walter Reed.

The surgery was a success, and she is doing well. Her full recovery and
her continued enjoyment of our life together is, of course, very
important to me. Last year I let it be known that I would be a candidate
for my party's nomination for the presidency, and many of you have been
kind enough to offer your support. However, my wife's illness, combined
with the incapacitation of the president, has caused me to make the
irrevocable decision to withdraw from the race. I shall not be a
candidate for my party's nomination. I shall, instead, devote myself to
the work of acting president until the president recovers, and to my
wife's full recovery and future happiness.

"I know that there are other able men and women of my party who may have
been kept from the presidential race because of my presence in it. I now
leave the field open to them, and I encourage them to take their ideas
to the American electorate with enthusiasm and without delay. In order
to have the fullest and widest-ranging discussion of the issues by all
the qualified candidates, I have decided that I will not endorse another
candidate before the Democratic convention in August. At that time,
depending on the circumstances, I may or may not choose to do so. I ask
all members of my party to respect my wishes in this matter.

"Now, it remains only for all of us to extend our heartfelt sympathies
to the first lady, to pray for the presidents full and speedy recovery
and return to office, and for me to ask for your prayers in my execution
of the work ahead.

"Thank you, and good night."

Will stared blankly at the TV screen.

"That went very well," Tim said.

"I think everybody is going to be reassured."

"Will," Kitty said, "what's wrong?"

Will's consciousness returned to his surroundings.

"Nothing," he said.

"Joe's speech was good." And now, he thought, we have a president of the
United States who has Alzheimer's disease. Will was discussing Joe
Adams's TV address with Tim, Kitty, and Sam Meriwether, when his phone
buzzed. He picked it up.

"Yes?"

"Senator," his secretary said, "the president is on line one."

"What?" Could he have dreamed all this?

She repeated herself.

Will picked up the phone.

"Hello?"

"Will," Joe Adams's voice said, "I'm sorry I couldn't call you before
now, but you've no idea what it's been like around here today."

"Mr. President," Will replied, "that's quite all right; I understand
perfectly."

"You've got a scrambler on that phone, haven't you?"

Will had a scrambler because of his membership on the Senate Armed
Services Committee.

"Yes, sir."

"Turn it on."

Will pressed the button.

"It's on," he said.

"Good; I don't want this to go any further." Adams took a deep breath.

"The president is in a deep coma; he may well be dying."

"I see," Will said, conscious that others were in the room.

"I took his doctor aside and had a frank talk with him. The presidents
chances of survival are poor, in the short term."

"I see," Will repeated.

"That means that I have to start planning right now. I want you to know
that, if the president dies, I'll appoint you as vice president.

I would expect the Senate to confirm you without delay."

"I see," Will said.

"Will, are you alone?"

"Not exactly."

"Oh. I was wondering about your reaction. Don't say anything else,
except yes, you'll accept."

"Yes, of course I will."

"Good. My first impulse was to install you in my EOB office right away,
so we could get your feet on the ground as soon as possible, but on
reflection, I think it would be better to wait until we have more word
on the president's condition. The next few days are, apparently, going
to tell the story."

"I see."

"And the president has a living will, in which he requests a do
not-resuscitate order be issued, in the event of something like this, so
he won't be put on a respirator."

"I see."

"I think you should go ahead with your campaign announcement, just as
you had planned. I hope being vice president will give you a big leg up
on the nomination."

"Thank you, sir. I appreciate your statement on television. That will
make it much easier for me to proceed."

"Then go to it, boy!"

"I will."

"Goodbye until later. I'll let you know if there's a change in the
presidents condition."

"Thank you, sir. I hope Sue continues to improve."

"She's coming home tomorrow."

"Give her my love."

"I will. Goodbye."

"Goodbye, Mr. President." Will hung up.

"Which president was that?" Sam Meriwether asked.

"The new one," Will said. "And what did he have to say that needed
scrambling?"

"I can't go into it," Will replied.

"He did say that we should proceed with the campaign announcement as
planned."

"Great! And because of what he said on television, nobody can fault you
for jumping in."

"Along with  a number of others," Will said.

"Now we all have a lot of telephoning to do, so let's get started."

Everyone left to return to his or her own office.

Will took a handwritten list from a desk drawer and began dialing.

He called Tom Black first.

"Yeah?" Tom said into the phone.

"Its Will. Saturday at noon, on the Capitol steps, I'm announcing for
the presidency."

"Hot damn!" Tom yelled.

"We're busing a bunch of folks up from Georgia for background and to
staff a Washington campaign office."

"Great! I'll have a camera crew there to film the announcement.

We can use it in commercials. Let's you and I get together tomorrow and
go over your actual words, so I can lift some sound bites."

"Let's do it Saturday morning," Will said.

"Come to the house for breakfast at seven."

"I'll be there."

"By the way, Sam Meriwether is campaign manager."

"Good choice; I can work with him."

"Keep this as close to the vest as possible. Word is bound to leak, as I
start calling people, but I don't want Saturday to be an anticlimax."

"All Right." Will said goodbye and hung up. The phone rang, and Kate was
on the line.

"I don't want to talk right now," Will said.

"I'll bring you up-to date at home tonight, okay?"

"Okay," she said, and hung up.

He thought about who his next call should be to, and he dialed the
number. "Yes?"

"Mason Rutledge?"

"Yes."

"Mr. Rutledge, this is Will Lee; how are you?"

"I'm very well, Senator," Rutledge replied.

"I hope you are, too."

The voice was slow and patrician.

"I am, thank you. I'm calling you because I've decided to run for
president this year."

"That's good news," Rutledge said.

"I think you'll make a fine candidate."

Will noted that he had not said "fine president."

"Thank you, sir.

I've called to ask for your help."

"Well, I'm not a rich man. Senator, but I suppose I could manage
something."

"I'm sorry, I didn't intend to ask you for a contribution to my
campaign--at least, not a financial one."

"What sort of contribution would you like me to make?"

"One I believe would not take you away from Harvard Law or your duties
there. I want my campaign to be on a firm legal and ethical footing from
day one. I want someone to consult on campaign financing issues and to
offer advice on ethical matters. I'd be very pleased if you would serve
that function in my campaign."

"Well, that's very flattering. Senator," Rutledge said, "but I can't
honestly say that I've already decided to vote for you. I'd like to see
who else is running."

"It's not necessary that you vote for me, Mr. Rutledge," Will said.

"I think you'd be making a fine contribution to the political process,
in general, if you could help keep just one major campaign on track. I
don't want to see the excesses of the past races this year, and I'm sure
you don't, either. Your work at the Justice Department and your personal
reputation make you an ideal person to make this contribution."

"Would you expect to use my name?"

"Yes. I would release your name, along with a list of other people who
are assisting my campaign, and a description of your function."

"Well, I suppose that would be all right. The purpose is a noble one,
and I wouldn't appear to be taking a partisan political stand."

"I'm not sure that's the case," Will said.

"The mere mention of your name in conjunction with my campaign will
cause many people to infer that you're supporting me. You would be free,
of course, to clarify your position to your colleagues at Harvard Law
and to the press. You need never make a statement supporting me, not
even if you decide to. I'm quite content to have you as an outside,
objective advisor to my campaign."

"I appreciate your candor. Senator," Rutledge said.

"On that basis, I accept. I would be grateful if you would write to me,
setting out what you expect my contribution to be, and I will respond in
writing. Down the road a piece, it might be good to have such a
communication on the record."

"I will do so immediately," Will said, "and I'm delighted that you'll
serve in this capacity. I'm announcing at noon on Saturday, on the
Capitol steps. Everyone so far associated with my campaign will be
there, and we'd be very pleased if you would join us. When I introduce
you, I'll stress your objective status."

"I'd like very much to meet your people," Rutledge said, "and I'd like
to be there."

"Good. I'll have my office arrange airline tickets, and if you'd like to
stay overnight, my wife and I would be very happy to have you as our
guest in Georgetown."

"Thank you. Can I let you know?"

"Of course. My office will be in touch about the tickets today."

Will gave him his private office number.

"I hope you'll feel free to call me if you have any questions for me or
any member of my staff."

"Thank you," Rutledge replied.

"I look forward to receiving your letter, and I'll see you on Saturday."
Will said goodbye and hung up. Immediately, he dictated a letter to
Rutledge. Now he had a campaign manager, a political consultant, and a
Holy Man. It was a start. Will and Kate sat before a blazing fire in his
Georgetown study.

He had poured her a scotch and himself a bourbon.

"A lot happened today," he said.

"I expect so. Tell me about it."

"Biggest news first: Joe Adams called me right after his TV address and
told me that, if the president should die, he will appoint me as vice
president."

Kate began choking on her scotch. Will got up and clapped her on the
back a couple of times.

"I'm sorry," she said.

"I took it pretty much the same way, but others were in the room, and I
couldn't let on."

"Is the president going to die?"

"The prognosis is poor," Will said.

"You know, I was never his biggest fan, but he did a good job, and he
was nice to his wife."

"I hope when I go, someone will speak as well of me." Will laughed.

"The statement applies to you in full, except that I'm your biggest
fan."

"Kate, sometimes I wonder about that."

"If I'm your fan? You can't be serious."

"It's just that you never seem to get very excited about anything that
happens to me. Sometimes I'm not even sure that you approve of my line
of work."

Kate put down her drink, got up, and sat on his lap. She kissed him
thoroughly.

"I'm sorry if I seem that way," she said.

"Just for the record, quite apart from loving you dearly and completely,
I want to see you go all the way this year. If I sometimes seem
reticent, it's because I'm selfishly thinking what this is going to mean
to me."

"I know that you're accustomed to our life the way it is, my love, but
try and look at this optimistically. If I win, our lives are going to be
more exciting than we could ever have dreamed, and if I lose, we'll be
back to normal by Thanksgiving."

"Don't kid yourself, pal," she said, kissing him again.

"Once you make that announcement on Saturday, nothing is ever going to
be the same again. It may be better, it may be worse, but it won't be
the same."

"You have a point."

"I just hope that, no matter how hard the wind blows, I can hang on to
my job."

"I'll do everything I can to see that you do," he replied.

She kissed him again, then went back to her chair and her scotch.

"Oh, Jesus," she said suddenly.

"What's wrong?"

"If you're vice president, we'll have to move into the vice-presidential
residence, won't we?"

"You know, I hadn't given that a thought."

"I believe you are acquainted with how much I hate moving."

"I believe I am. Maybe, since this would only be for the year, we could
stay here."

"I'd love it if we could," she said.

"If somebody makes us move, then I suppose we could just pack our
clothes and leave everything else here as it is for our return."

"I'll believe that when I see it," she said.

The telephone rang, and Will picked it up.

"Hello?"

"Senator, it's Tim. I'm in a car about a few blocks from you with Leo
Berg, who's agreed to run our advance operation."

"That's great news, Tim; tell him I'm very pleased."

"You'll get to tell him yourself; we'll be there in five minutes."

"What for?"

"I'll explain when we get there. We'll try not to interfere with your
dinner." Tim hung up.

"We're about to have visitors--Tim Coleman and a man named Leo Berg, who
used to run the White House Secret Service detail. I don't know what
they want."

The doorbell rang, and Will got up.

"Tim lied; they weren't a few blocks away, they were outside." He let
the two men in.

"Senator," Berg said, "thank you for the opportunity; I'm looking
forward to it."

"I'm glad to have you aboard, Leo. Now what can I do for you two?"

"Senator, Tim tells me that there was an attempt on your life some years
ago by a right-wing militia group."

Will glanced at Tim sharply.

"I'm sorry, Senator, but I felt Leo should know about this."

Will turned back to Berg.

"That's correct. It was a group calling themselves The Elect, and it was
run by a retired general named Willingham. Both Willingham and the
assassin died in the attempt."

"Because of that. Senator," Berg said, "I want to ask for Secret Service
support earlier than it would ordinarily be granted in a campaign."

"Do you really think that's necessary?"

"Sir, these militia groups are in touch with each other; if you've
annoyed one of them, you've probably annoyed more."

"I don't know, Leo," Will said.

"I don't want to ask for anything that other candidates won't be
getting."

"They can make their own requests," Berg replied.

Kate piped up.

"Listen to the man, Will," she said firmly. Will sighed.

"All right, I'm listening."

"I'd like to do a sort of preliminary survey for the Service," Berg
said.

"Then I'll contact them tomorrow to arrange for your protection from
Saturday, and if you'll allow me to do this now, I think I can save you
some intrusion by a lot of agents."

"Come into the study," Will said.

"Can I get you a drink?"

"Scotch," Tim replied.

"Nothing for me," Berg said.

Will introduced Berg to Kate, and they all sat down.

"Now," Berg said, "let me familiarize you with what's going to happen
from the point of view of the Secret Service, and Mrs. Lee, I'm glad
you're here to hear this, because its going to affect you, too."

"I'm all ears," Kate said.

"The Service will likely assign you a detail of sixteen men, Senator,"
Berg said.

"A dozen of them will work in four-man teams on eight-hour shifts, and
they'll be with you wherever you go. The other four will float,
depending on the circumstances. Mrs. Lee, there'll be six assigned to
you, and two will remain with you at all times."

"I don't think that will be entirely necessary, Mr. Berg," Kate said!
"since I work at the CIA, and that is a very secure environment.

They can escort me to and from work, though."

"Good point," Berg said, taking notes.

"Is there a downstairs bedroom in the house?" Berg asked.

"Yes," Kate replied.

"There's a maid's room at the rear. We don't have any live-in help, so
it's empty."

"Good. There'll be two men in the house at all times, and that will
allow them to take turns sleeping at night."

"Do they have to be in the house?" Kate asked plaintively.

"I'm afraid so. Don't worry, they're trained to be as unobtrusive and
discreet as possible. Senator, they'll be in your office, as well, and
in the corridor outside. And anywhere either of you goes, you'll be
driven in a Service automobile, probably a Lincoln Town Car."

"How nice," Kate said dryly.

"Who lives in the big house across the street?" Berg asked.

"It's dark."

"The ambassador to Saudi Arabia," Will said.

"They're not there much."

"Good; maybe the Service can arrange to use it as an outpost.

They'll go through the State Department for that. What's out back?"

"A garden, and beyond that another garden and another house," Will said.

"The owner does something at Justice, I believe."

"Good. They'll want to know about that. Your neighbors on either side?"

"The Times of London rents the one on that side for their bureau chief,"
Will said.

"The other one is owned by a lawyer with Ropes & Gray."

"Neither of those should be a problem," Berg said.

"Leo," Will said, "I want you to stress to the Service that life on this
street should not be disrupted in any way."

"You're dreaming, Senator," Berg replied.

"The first time something controversial happens in the campaign, you'll
have two dozen press out there, howling for a statement, and there'll be
sightseers, too."

"Rather than have that happen, ask them to block off the street and
allow only residents through," Will said.

"I mean it, Leo, I'm not going to let this disrupt my neighbors' lives.

Tell the Service I'll be intractable on this point."

"I'll see what I can do," Berg said, making a note.

"You have a security system in the house, of course?"

"Yes."

"I'll want to see the central box and then check every window and door.

There's every likelihood that it'll have to be beefed up."

"All right."

"The Service will want their own phone lines in the house, too. I notice
you have a garage downstairs."

"Yes, the house is unusual in that respect."

"Two cars?"

"Yes."

"The Service will like that. What brand of garage-door opener?"

"I haven't a clue," Will said.

"I'll check it out, and we'll order some extra remote controls."

"As you wish."

"How many cars do you have here?"

"Two: a Suburban and a Lincoln Continental."

"Is there someplace you can store them?"

"What?"

"The Service will want their sedans in the garage. Don't worry, you
won't be needing a car between now and the election."

"I suppose I could park the Suburban in my parking space in the Senate
garage."

"And I could park the Lincoln in the Agency garage," Kate said.

"Perfect. Now, could I look around the house?"

"Sure."

Tim stood up.

"You go ahead and have dinner," he said.

"I'll show Leo around."

"Thank you, Tim," Will said.

He and Kate went into the kitchen, and Kate took some steaks out of the
fridge.

"So, it begins," she said, and there was a little sadness in her voice.

Will worked on a combination of Senate and campaign business through the
morning, then, just before lunch, his pollster. Moss Mallet, arrived and
was shown into Will's office.

"It was tight, but I have the results of your poll," Moss said.

"Tell me about it."

"There's good news, and there's bad news."

"Shoot."

"The good news is that nearly a third of likely Democratic voters have
heard of you."

Will winced.

"What's the bad news?"

"The bad news is that less than a third of likely Democratic voters have
heard of you." Moss handed him a sheet of paper.

Will looked at the paper.

"Jesus, nine years in the Senate, and I register with only thirty-two
percent of Democrats?"

Moss handed him another sheet of paper.

"Relax, it's not as bad as it sounds. Only forty-six percent know who
George Kiel is, and he's the minority leader in the Senate."

"So much for an informed electorate."

"Listen, Will, this could be a lot worse. This is the first national
polling we've done, you know, and I've seen guys you'd think were
well-known who hardly raised a blip."

"That's comforting."

"Okay, here's something that is comforting," Moss said, handing him
another sheet of paper.

"Of those likely Democratic voters who know both you and Kiel, forty-one
percent would vote for Kiel, in a head-to-head race, and forty-six would
vote for you."

"What about the other thirteen percent?"

"A plague on both your houses, more or less."

Will sighed.

"Can't you see what this means?"

"Tell me."

"It means of those who know you both, you get a more favorable rating
than Kiel."

"Should that make me deliriously happy?"

"I can promise you, it'll depress the shit out of Kiel."

"Well, that's something, I guess."

"Look, Will, if we can extend these numbers, it means that, as people
get to know you, they'll like you better than Kiel. What more can you
ask?"

"I guess you're right," Will said.

"I promise you, Tom Black is going to love these numbers."

"I'll feel better if he does," Will said.

"Anything else?"

"That's it for now. Later, we'll do polling on issues, running mates,
the works, but for right now that tells you where you have to go."

"And where is that?"

"On TV, my friend, and the more often, the better. I'd recommend doing
an immediate campaign designed to raise public awareness of you."

"We don't have the money yet."

"Then get all the free time you can grab. Just remember, hardly anybody
outside of Georgia knew who Jimmy Carter was when he announced. You're a
lot better off than he was."

Kitty stuck her head in the door.

"There's a report on CNN that George Kiel will announce on Monday," she
said. "That's good news," Will replied.

"We'll beat him by forty-eight hours."

"Not really, not unless we start spreading the word now. This means
people are already hearing Kiel's name, and not yours. I've had a bunch
of calls from press asking what you're going to do, and I've been coy. I
think it's time to telegraph your entry into the race."

"Okay, do it; tell them I'll have an announcement to make tomorrow, and
you'll get back to them on time and place. Start angling for the
Sunday-morning TV shows, too."

Moss stood up.

"I've got to run, Will. I'm going to put together a polling proposal for
the next month and send it to Tim. Let me know what you want to do."

Will stood up and shook his hand.

"Thanks, Moss; I'll be in touch."

Late in the afternoon Tom Black came to Wills office, and the two of
them compared notes on the announcement speech.

"Yours is too long," Will said.

"I'd like to make it easy for the networks to run the whole thing on the
news."

"Not going to happen," Tom replied.

"If you give them a minute, they'll run seven seconds; if you give them
five minutes, they might run half a minute. Our job is to break the
announcement into segments, any one of which they can pick up at
different times, and to have one paragraph loaded with the gist." He
tapped Wills sheet of paper.

"I like this: "It's time to make a new center that we can all gravitate
to." Make that New Center, in caps, and we can craft something that will
be a theme for the whole campaign."

"Start Grafting," Will said.

"I've got to make some begging calls to scrape up some money. Moss wants
us to run a national TV campaign to increase awareness that I'm alive
and running." He handed Tom the poll results.

"Not bad," Tom said, "but national TV spots are not going to happen
anytime soon. We're going to have to put the money into specific states
to win primaries, and let the media make you famous for it."

"You've got a point, but we're going to need the money, anyway, so I'd
better get started."

"You do that."

Will started with a list of a hundred men and women who'd given
substantial sums to the party in the past during his elections.

Eighty-one of them were Georgians. At the top of the list was one Lurton
Pitts, fried chicken king. Using a private line that he paid for
himself, Will dialed the number. In a moment, he was put through.

"Will, how are you?" Pitts boomed.

"I'm real good, Lurton; how's the chicken business?"

"Not bad."

"That's good, because I'm about to hit you up for some money."

"I knew there must be a reason for that sinking feeling in my stomach.

What's going on? You're not running this year."

"Yes, I am."

There was a brief silence.

"Oh, Jesus," Pitts said.

"You're going to go for it."

"That's right; I wanted you to be the first to know."

"Well, I'll be damned. I knew you'd do it eventually, but I guess with
Joe Adams out, the time is now."

"I couldn't have put it better myself."

"How much you want?"

"Just a thousand."

"I can handle that."

"Plus a thousand from everybody you know and all their friends and
relatives and all their friends and relatives."

"How about PACS?"

"Nope." Will had never taken any money from a PAC.

"How about soft money?"

"Not until after the convention. I'll have to take it as long as
everybody else does."

"Damn, Will, I think my pulse just went up about twenty points."

"Mines been that way all day."

"Where do I send it?"

Will found the number of his new post office box and gave it to Pitts.

"Will, you remember that first time, when I got those fellows together
to talk to you about your Senate run?"

"I'll never forget it."

"I want to do that again."

"You bet. Sam Meriwethers going to be my campaign manager;

he'll be in touch."

"Go get'em, Will!" Pitts cried, then hung up.

That was why he'd called Pitts first; he needed to hear that kind of
enthusiasm. He went on telephoning, and by dusk, he had raised a good
seventy thousand dollars, and it would turn into a lot more when the
people he'd called had had a chance to call their friends.

Tom Black handed Will a new sheet of paper.

"Try this on."

Will read it.

"It's good. Take it to Kitty and Tim, and see what they can do to help
it."

Will watched him go, then went back to his telephoning. It kept him from
thinking about how nervous he was becoming as his announcement
approached. Will stood on the Capitol steps in the still, cold winter
air, in bright sunshine, surrounded by a busload of Georgians and a
horde of television cameras.

"Good morning," he said.

"During the past few days, we've seen American history take a sudden
turn. The sudden and tragic illness of our president and the withdrawal
of the vice president from the presidential race have cast the 2000
election in a whole new light, and a whole new slate of candidates is
now stepping forward. I'm pleased to be among the first of them.

"I'm here to announce my candidacy for president of the United States."

The little crowd went as wild as a little crowd could.

Will waited until the cheering began to subside, then continued.

"And I'm here to tell you why I'm running." He paused for a moment, then
took a deep breath. This would be the sound bite that would be on every
news program that evening.

"I'm running because I see my country torn apart by partisan wrangling;
I'm running because I see the political parties jockeying for petty
advantage, instead of doing what we were sent to this building to do."

He gestured over his shoulder at the Capitol.

"I'm running because I want to lead this country toward a New Center, a
New Center where every voice can be heard--Democratic and Republican. A
New Center where conciliation and consensus can overcome ideology of any
stripe and take us on toward new heights in the new millennium to come.

We are a diverse country, but one idea has always driven us:

We are all in this together!" Will paused for more cheering, smiling
broadly, knowing that it was at this point that the TV news shows would
move on to something else.

"I run as a Democrat," he said.

"Make no mistake about that. I run on the ideals that have helped our
party help this country to be great: individual liberty, without undue
interference from government;

good public education for all; a safety net for the elderly and the
disadvantaged; sensible, cost-effective programs to help our weakest
citizens become strong and self-sufficient; a strong and lean national
defense; and above all, the guaranteed equality of all our people."

More cheering.

"But I will tell you this: We can only have what we can pay for.

We have lived beyond our means, and we can no longer do that. As I
speak, the federal budget is balanced, and the administration I lead
will keep it that way." More cheering.

"As I go out into this country I'm going to address all the issues that
are vital to us; I'll praise good ideas and condemn bad ones-and the
people who put them forward. But I'll do so in a constructive way that
will build consensus. I invite every one of you to come along on this
journey.

"I hold out my hand to every American--not just every Democrat, but
every Republican and every independent in this land.

I tell you that, together, we can do anything; that, from a New Center,
we can take this country anywhere we want to go!" Will stepped back from
the microphones, waving both hands and smiling.

While the applause raged, he shook the hands of those around him, then
stepped forward to the microphones again.

"I want to introduce you to some of the people who will be making this
journey with me. First among equals is my wife, Kate." He held out his
hand; she took it and joined him for a moment.

"You're going to be seeing a lot more of me than you will of Kate,
because she has important work to do here in Washington, and I'm not
going to take her away from it. Wouldn't be good for the country." He
introduced Sam Meriwether, Tim Coleman, and Kitty Conroy.

"Finally, I want to introduce you to someone who hasn't decided yet
whether to vote for me. I'm determined that this campaign will follow
the letter and the spirit of the laws governing campaigns, and that the
actions we take will be not just legal, but ethical. With that in mind
I've asked former federal appeals court judge Mason Rutledge to be an
objective arbiter of all our actions. Judge Rutledge has had a long and
highly distinguished career at the bar, in the Justice Department, and
in the courts. He has been, since his retirement from the bench, a
professor of constitutional law and legal ethics at Harvard Law School.

He will remain there during the campaign, but he will be on call when we
need him to help us make the right decisions. And if he feels we
haven't, he'll be free to call a press conference and tell you why.

Judge Rutledge?" He beckoned the tall, handsome man forward.

Rutledge faced the cameras for only a moment.

"I'm here," he said, "because I was impressed with Senator Lees
insistence on running a clean campaign, and I'm happy to help him do it.

I expect I'll decide sometime before the first Tuesday in November
whether I'll vote for him." He stepped back.

Will came back to the microphones.

"Now we're going to invite you all to join us on a brief tour of our new
national headquarters.

There are buses here for those of you who need a ride, and the rest can
follow. We won't keep you long. And the next time I see all you folks
watching on TV, I'll be asking you for money." Loud laughter.

Preceded by two Secret Service agents, Will boarded a bus with his
campaign workers and chatted with them while they were driven to the
downtown office building that housed the headquarters.

Will, Kate, Sam, Tom, Kitty, and Judge Rutledge sat in the Lee kitchen
and ate hamburgers while they watched the evening news and Will's
performance before the cameras. They made the top, or near the top, of
every newscast.

"It went beautifully. Will," Tom Black said.

"I can cut at least three good commercials out of the footage we got."

"I was very impressed," said Judge Rutledge, who was staying the night.

"It was a good announcement, not too long."

"I hope I can make'not too long' the hallmark of my campaign," Will
said.

Kate spoke up.

"And I'm grateful, sir, for having been publicly let off the hook so
early in the campaign."

"I promised, and I meant it," Will said.

"Tom, what's next?"

"Buy some long underwear," Tom said.

"We're going to New Hampshire."

Zeke Tennant woke habitually at dawn, and Sundays were no exception. He
left the bed gently, so as not to wake his sleeping wife, Bonnie. He got
out of his flannel pajamas and into long underwear, jeans, a flannel
lumberjack shirt, and heavy socks and boots, then tiptoed out of the
room.

Zeke's sixteen-year-old son, Danny, was leaning against the inside of
the front door, peering out of a narrow slat at the world outside.

"Morning, Daddy," he said.

"Morning, Danny. What kind of night did we have?"

"I thought I heard a noise, but I couldn't spot anything with the night
goggles. Heard a helicopter, though; I'm sure of that. Must have been
two, three miles off, to the west."

"Yeah, they come around with their heat-detection systems, trying to
catch one of us out of the house at night."

"We had a couple of inches of snow, but it's stopped."

"You keep watch, and I'll get you some breakfast, then you can go to
bed."

"Okay, Daddy."

Zeke threw some homemade sausage in the pan and got some eggs from the
gas-operated refrigerator, then sliced some of Bonnie's bread. A few
minutes later, he set two plates on the table by the front window, and
they sat down to eat. "That mirror plastic stuff on the outside of the
windows was an ace idea," Danny said.

"Nobody can see in."

"Yeah, there was a time when we wouldn't dare sit down in front of the
window like this." The window was made of steel, and the panes of
armored glass. As the sun came up, the scenery outside took on a gray
cast from the mirrored material. They could see down the mountain road,
some five miles, to the highway. Zeke had chosen the site to provide an
early warning.

"You going to church?" Danny asked.

"You know we can't do that right now. I'm going over to Harv Shelton's
place for a little meeting, though. You'll be okay here; the younger
kids can keep a lookout, and I don't think they're going to try anything
in broad daylight. And if they do, they'll have to deal with the land
mines. You feed the dogs, then let them in."

"Daddy," Danny said hesitantly, "is anybody for sure looking for you
right now?"

"You never can tell," Zeke said.

"I've got a failure-to-appear warrant out on me in Georgia; they can
always use that for an excuse."

"But that's ten years old, isn't it?" the boy asked.

"All they need is an excuse to come up here legal, and if they want to,
they'll do it."

"How long you reckon we could hold out against them?" Danny asked.

Zeke looked at him sharply.

"As long as we have to, boy; you remember that."

"Yes sir," Danny said.

Zeke finished his breakfast and took a turn around the house.

There were three bedrooms and two baths, a little office for himself, a
kitchen, and a large family room. He and his family and co-militiamen
had built the log cabin themselves, and not from a kit. It had taken
them two years, but they had done it. They were completely
self-sufficient.

The well had been drilled first, then the house built over it, so nobody
could poison them; the cellar was stocked with dried and canned food, a
year's worth. There were two huge propane tanks sunk into the
earth--enough for two, maybe three years--and, if worse came to worst,
there was the escape tunnel that ran two hundred yards under the woods,
connecting with an old mine. On top of the house, reached by a ladder
from the family room, was an eight foot turret. Like the rest of the
house, it had been built of two layers of logs and was lined with
sandbags. The roof was six inches of poured concrete on top of logs,
lined with cedar shingles and, on the southern exposures, an array of
solar panels that kept a large bank of batteries in the cellar charged
and ready. The whole exterior house had been repeatedly sprayed with a
fire retardant. The place had been built so that no small arms could
ever penetrate; it would take heavy military weapons to breach the
walls, and the feds couldn't do that, for fear the media would find out.

And if they did anyway, he had two M60 machine guns, with mounts in the
turret.

Zeke got into a shoulder holster and jammed in his 9mm automatic, with
two extra clips. He put a smaller automatic in his coat pocket, then
strapped another to his ankle. He put on the sheepskin coat Bonnie had
made for him and walked into the connecting utility building. He took
the three-wheeler--not enough snow for the Sno-Cat, and too much for the
pickup. He popped the steel garage door, started the engine, and drove
out. The door closed automatically behind him. The two German shepherds
on the front porch lifted their heads and watched him go. Keeping a
sharp eye out, he roared down a well-beaten trail, scattering powder
snow in his wake, and plunged into the woods. He drove for nearly two
miles along the trail, then stopped at a heavy fence topped with razor
wire and whistled loudly. A moment later, he heard another whistle, and
a section of the fence swung open. He gunned the engine and continued
toward the cabin ahead of him.

The garage door was open; he parked inside and pressed the button to
close it. He walked into the house, hung his coat on a hook in the
mudroom, and went into the living room. Half a dozen men greeted him.

"Hey, Zeke," Harv said.

"You had breakfast?"

Ill "Oh, yeah," he said.

"We just finished some eggs Benedict and champagne," Harv said.

"Too bad you're late."

Everybody laughed.

Zeke lowered himself into a chair by the fireplace.

"I could use a second cup," he said.

"Mary!" Harv shouted.

"Get Zeke some black coffee, will you?"

"Coming," a female voice said from the kitchen. A plump, pretty woman in
her late thirties brought in the coffee.

"Morning, Zeke," she said.

"Morning, Mary, and thanks."

"Mary," Harv said, "if you'll excuse us, now, we've got some business to
discuss."

"Bye, gentlemen," Mary said, closing the door behind her.

"Well," Zeke said, "what did it come to?"

Harv grinned.

"A little over a million eight," he said.

"I guess you want yours now."

"I reckon I do," Zeke said.

"I reckon everybody does. Did you have to launder it?"

Harv shook his head.

"Nah, it was all fresh out of three or four banks, a good mix of
denominations, old and new bills. I put away some bundles of sequential
serial numbers, nearly half a million."

"Why didn't you fence it?"

"Too soon. Everybody in the Northwest has heard that an armored car got
hit. The feds are everywhere. We'll keep it a year or two, then sell it
to somebody who can get it out of the country."

"Makes sense," Zeke said.

Harv went to the woodbox beside the fireplace and removed six bundles,
tossing one to each man.

"A quarter of a million each," he said.

"I took my organizational fee and some expenses off the top."

"Fair enough," Zeke said, examining the bundle. The money was tightly
packed and shrink-wrapped, then wrapped in brown paper.

"Don't go splashing out that stuff," Harv said.

"The feds will be sniffing around, and we don't want some citizen
reporting that he took a lot of cash in payment for something. Let it
cool off for a while."

The other men nodded.

Harv glanced at his watch and picked up a remote control. The satellite
TV came on. They were on mountain time, and the Sunday morning political
shows were coming on.

"Take a look at this guy," Harv said.

"Any of you know him?"

"I know him," Zeke said.

"That's right, you're from Georgia. What do you think about him?"

"I think he's everything that's wrong with this country, all wrapped up
in one man."

"Maybe we should turn our attention to him; it's been a while."

"You better believe it," Zeke growled.

"Some friends of mine tried to take him out nine years ago, when he was
first running for the Senate, but it all blew up in their faces."

"Was this Willingham and The Elect?" Harv asked.

"Yeah; he and another guy bought it, and the rest scattered, including
me. That guy has been too hot to touch since then."

"What do you think about now?"

"I think if he got elected president, things would get worse for us.

Christ knows I don't have any use for Republicans, but I'll be goddamned
if I want another Democrat running things, especially this one."

"Well, we're refinanced now," Harv said.

"You want to take this on?"

"It would be my privilege," Zeke said.

"I'll take ten thousand from each of you for expenses."

The others nodded and began breaking open their packets of bills.

Zeke watched the image on the screen.

"He's got it coming," he said. It was Will's third Sunday-morning
television program. He sat behind a desk and stared into the hot eyes of
Barnabas Pauling, a right-wing political commentator known inside the
Beltway as the Prince of Fucking Darkness, or Pod, for short.

"Senator Lee," Pod was saying, "your past is riddled with incidents of
your placing expensive social programs ahead of fiscal responsibility


"Name three," Will said.

"Let's take welfare reform," Pod said.

"I voted for welfare reform," Will said.

"You also voted for a number of amendments designed to destroy welfare
reform, before you finally gave in and cast your vote."

"There were gaping holes in the welfare-reform bill and there were a lot
of children in those holes. I and some other sensible people tried to
make the blow fall less harshly on them."

"Whatever," Pod said.

"Now, your love for these liberal programs..."

"What programs are those?" Will asked.

"You know very well which programs I mean," Pod replied hotly.

"Do you mean bills designed to improve public education? To fortify the
Head Start program? To subsidize school lunches for kids whose parents
can't afford them? Those are programs that the vast majority of
Americans think are very important to the kind of country we live in."

Will was glad it was color television, because Pod was turning red, now.

"Sir," Pod said, his voice rising, "this country cannot afford a lot of
new social programs."

"They're hardly new," Will replied.

"Our people have been relying on them for a long time."

Pod turned to the moderator, who was suppressing a smile.

"Ben, it's clear I'm not going to get any straight answers out of
Senator Lee."

"Come on, Barney," Will said, "ask me some straight questions."

"All right, Senator," Pod spat, "where do you stand on the balanced
budget amendment?"

"I'm all for a balanced budget and against the amendment. I think we
ought to have the guts to balance the budget without mangling the
Constitution."

"I thought so. How about gun control?"

"I've hunted all my life, and I don't want to make it more difficult for
legitimate sportsmen to own hunting rifles and shotguns, but guns ought
to be licensed so we know who owns them."

"So they can be confiscated by the government?"

"I don't know of any law that allows the government to go around
confiscating lawfully owned weapons, do you?"

"That's what people of your political stripe want, isn't it?"

"Nonsense. What I want is to keep as many guns as possible out of the
hands of criminals and crazy people."

"The criminals are going to get handguns, anyway," Pod said.

"Not if we stop them."

With that, the moderator called on another commentator for questions,
and Will greeted them with a smile.

Will walked quickly toward the car, with Tim Coleman hurrying to keep
up.

"Senator, I don't think you ought to get nose-to-nose with guys like
Pauling this early in the campaign."

"It's a dirty job, but somebody's got to do it," Will said.

"Besides, Moss is telling us that I need name recognition out there in
the country. I wouldn't mind being remembered by the voters as the guy
who didn't take any shit from the Prince of Fucking Darkness."

"Maybe you're right," Tim said.

"I hope so."

"Moss is doing another poll tomorrow, to see if the announcement and the
Sunday-morning shows have had any effect."

"I wouldn't count on too much."

"I'll take whatever I can get. Until we can qualify for public campaign
financing we're going to be chronically short of money. I had to pay all
the rent on the new headquarters in advance, and that wasn't much fun."

They got into a car driven by a volunteer. A man Will didn't know was
sitting in the front passenger seat.

"Morning," Will said, sticking out his hand.

"We haven't met; I'm Will Lee."

"Agent Williams," the man said.

"Secret Service. We had trouble catching up with you this morning,
Senator."

"I didn't mean to be evasive, but we've been moving fast."

"There's another agent behind us in the car. With your permission, I'd
like one of our people to do the driving from now on. This young lady
wouldn't give up the wheel."

"Kathy," Will said, laughing, "next stop, let the man drive."

"I want to see his license," the girl said. Everybody laughed, including
the agent.

"It's just that we're trained in evasive-action techniques," the agent
said.

"I could have used you in the television studio a minute ago," Will
said.

They drove to the new headquarters, and Will mingled with the Georgia
volunteers, accepting a slice of pizza along the way. There were two
television crews in the building, and he was giving running interviews.

"We hear Kiel is announcing tomorrow," a reporter said to Will. "Be nice
to have somebody to argue with besides Barnabas Pauling," Will said.

"Looks like you had the morning shows all to yourself," the reporter
said.

"I'm sure Mr. Kiel will be all over them next week."

"Nevertheless, you got the jump."

"I'm going to need all the jumps I can get."

Will sat at the kitchen table with Kate, eating pasta and shrimp and
watching a videotape of his performance on the Sunday shows.

"You stopped Pod in his tracks," Kate said.

"That's no real victory," Will replied.

"The hard-core right wing will see it as Pod's win, not mine."

"The rest of the country would have enjoyed it, though."

"I hope so."

"What's on for tomorrow?"

"Didn't I tell you? First trip to New Hampshire. The primary is only
seven weeks away."

"You didn't tell me."

"I'm sorry, Sweets; it's going to be like that for a while."

"I suppose so. You better take your long underwear."

"I don't have any long underwear. Anyway, Tim says they're having their
mildest winter in years."

Kate put her hand on his cheek.

"Just don't freeze your ass off.

It's mine, remember?"

Will stood at the factory gate, freezing his ass off in eight inches of
fresh snow, his chest racked with coughing and his nose streaming, and
wondered why he had ever wanted to do this. His shoes were soaking wet,
his overcoat was not heavy enough for a New Hampshire winter, and his
new long underwear clung damply to his body, making him colder instead
of warmer. All he could think of was bourbon and a roaring fire. It was
five o'clock and already dark.

This was his eighth appearance of the day, and he still had two to go.

Two Secret Service agents lurked a few feet away; Will had demanded that
they back off.

The whistle blew, and, a moment later, men and women began streaming out
of the plywood plant, gathering their winter clothes about them. Will
saw they were all wearing snow boots. Why hadn't somebody thought of
that?

"Hi," he said, taking off a thin glove and thrusting a bare hand at an
approaching man.

"I'm Will Lee, and I'm running for president."

The man stopped but didn't take the offered hand.

"You a Republican or a Democrat?"

"I'm a Democrat," Will replied, smiling.

"Then go fuck yourself," the man said, and continued on his way.

Will's instinct was to aim a kick at the man's ass, but a woman was
standing in front of him, shaking his hand.

"Hey," she said.

"I heard you say something at the football game last night. I liked it,
and I might vote for you."

"I really appreciate that," Will said, wiping his nose with a sodden
handkerchief. He was probably going to give half the town his cold.

"I like that stuff about the middle," she said.

"The New Center," Will corrected. He was anxious to stop some of the
other people who were moving past him.

"Good luck to you."

"And to you," she said, then went on her way.

Will got a couple of dozen people to acknowledge his presence before the
crowd was gone, and he was left standing in the snow. A campaign
volunteer, a college student from south Georgia, handed out the last of
her leaflets and came over to him.

"Senator, you look awful," she said.

"I feel awful," he replied.

"I hope the van is running; I'm freezing, too."

"I'll get it started," she said cheerfully, and ran ahead.

Will trudged through the wet snow, feeling like a character out of Dr.
Zhivago. An agent opened the door for him, then got into the backseat.

The van was cold soaked, and the girl was having trouble getting it
started. Finally, it came to life, and a rush of icy air came out of the
vents.

"Don't switch this thing off again, until we return it to the rental
company," Will said.

The girl, whose name he could not remember, ran her gloved hand over the
icy inside of the windshield, where their breath had frozen, and cleared
a tiny portion of the glass. She drove, seeing nothing that could not be
seen through the six-by-six-inch spot.

"We're going to end up in a snowdrift, and they won't find us until
spring," Will said.

"How do people live in weather like this?"

"It ain't Georgia, is it?" the girl said.

"Freeze your buns off." As she turned a corner, the van began to move
sideways.

"Oh, shit," she said under her breath as she spun the wheel into the
skid. She was too late; the van slid, broadside, into a large SUV idling
at the curb.

"I'll take care of this," the agent said, opening the rear door. "No,
I'll do it," Will said.

"You stay out of it." He waited while the girl inched the van forward so
that he could get the door open.

Thank God there was no TV crew, he thought.

A large man was climbing out of the vehicle, while a woman waited in the
front seat.

"It was our fault entirely," Will said, preempting the man's coming
outburst.

"My driver has never driven in snow before, and I want to make this
right. What do you think the damage is?"

The man stopped in his tracks and turned to look at his damaged car.

"I reckon a good fifteen hundred bucks," he said.

Will dug a checkbook and a pen out of his pocket.

"Let's make it two thousand; body work is expensive these days."

"Fifteen hundred will do it," the man said wearily.

"Make it out to Harry Hoskins."

Will wrote the check and handed it to the man.

"I'm really very sorry," he said.

"I know what an inconvenience this is going to be for you, and I wish
there were something more I could do." He stuck out a hand.

"I'm Will Lee, and I'm running for president. I hope this won't cost me
your vote."

The man laughed.

"Senator, you're the fifth candidate I've met today; there's two in the
supermarket over there. Good luck to you." He got into his car and drove
away.

Will climbed back into the van, which was now a few degrees warmer than
the outside air.

"Let's go."

The girl was practically in tears.

"I'm so sorry, Senator; I don't know what happened."

"It wasn't your fault, Mary Ann," he said, suddenly remembering her
name.

"Make a note to rent cars with snow tires from now on."

"Yes sir," she said.

Will sighed and fell fast asleep.

He was jolted awake as the van struck the curb.

"We're here," Mary Ann said.

"It's the Kiwanis Club meeting, in the basement of the town hall, right
there." She pointed.

"I'll leave the engine running."

Will struggled out of the van. There was a man waiting at the front door
of the hall to take him inside. Will peeled off his light topcoat and
stamped the snow off his feet, leaving a puddle behind him.

He was shown to the head table, shaking hands all the way, and a bowl of
hot soup was put in front of him. He got that down gratefully, then
started on the fried chicken, which wasn't bad. By the time he was ready
to speak he was warm, if damp, and very sleepy.

He missed his first cue, then hopped up and went to the microphone.

He opened his mouth to speak, but nothing came out.

A man stood up and tapped the microphone, which was on.

Will tried again, and this time he managed a squeaking noise. He had no
voice whatever. He grabbed a notebook from his pocket, scribbled
something on it, and handed it to the man at his left. The man read it,
stood up, and leaned into the microphone.

"It says, "My name is Will Lee, and I'm running for president, and I've
just lost my voice."" The crowd roared with laughter.

As Will was making his way out of the hall, mutely shaking hands, he
found his way blocked by a large man.

"What size shoe do you wear?" the man asked.

Puzzled, Will tried to speak, then got out his pad and wrote down

10D.

The man looked at the pad, nodded, and stepped away. Will was back in
the van before he realized that the man who wanted to know his shoe size
was the same man whose car his van had struck earlier.

It was after ten o'clock before Will got back to the depressing motel
the campaign had booked him into. Kitty Conroy was waiting for him.

"How'd it go?" she asked.

Will tried to speak and couldn't. "Oh, my God!" Kitty said, helping him
off with his coat.

"You've got laryngitis?"

Will nodded wearily and headed for the bed.

Kitty stopped him.

"Oh, no you don't," she said.

"Not in those clothes." She began stripping them off him, aided by Mary
Ann. The Secret Service agent stood by the door, watching morosely.

"We'll get you home first thing tomorrow," Kitty said.

"You're no good to yourself, if you can't talk."

Will shook his head.

"Not yet," he mouthed.

"All right, we'll see if you can talk tomorrow, then we'll decide.

There's only one more day to go, anyway."

The door to the room opened, and another Secret Service agent walked in,
carrying a large parcel.

"This was just delivered," he said.

"I've already checked it out."

Puzzled, Will opened the box and found a thick winter parka with a fur
collar, a pair of snow boots, and a hunter's woolen cap with earflaps.

There was a note in an envelope, and Will opened it.

The letterhead said, "Harrys Menswear."

"Dear Senator Lee," it read.

"We don't like to have our candidates die on us in New Hampshire, so
please accept the enclosed with my compliments. You'll not only live,
but you'll fit right in."

It was signed "Harry Hoskins, the fellow whose car you bumped into
earlier this evening."

Will fell into bed, already asleep. The next morning, still unable to
speak, he wore his new winter clothes to the airport. The anchorman
gazed into the camera, rustled the useless papers in his hand, and read
from the Teleprompter to the national television audience of the
primary-night special.

"The polls will be closing shortly in New Hampshire, and when they do,
we'll tell you what our exit polls are showing. The weather was
unexpectedly good today, and the turnout has been heavy. While there are
half a dozen names on the ballot, three are expected to take the lion's
share of the vote. Senate Minority Leader George Kiel is expected to win
outright, with something more than fifty percent of the vote. Then
Senator Mark Haynes, the firebrand liberal from Nebraska, and Senator
Will Lee, the moderate from Georgia, appear to be running about neck and
neck for second place and are expected to take in the region of eighteen
percent each. That could change in Senator Haynes's favor, because
Senator Lee had to fly back to Washington with a galloping case of the
flu four days ago, so he couldn't be around for the home stretch. Let's
go to Lisa Helford in Manchester for an update."

A young woman in fashionable ski clothes appeared on screen.

"Thanks, Bob," she said. Immediately the screen was filled with shots of
people lining up at the polls, and she continued, voiceover.

"The unexpectedly heavy turnout was certainly due to the blue skies and
warmer temperatures in New Hampshire, after weeks of weather that would
be considered really filthy by anyone not from New Hampshire. The
candidates braved it as best they could, and one, Senator Will Lee of
Georgia, fell by the wayside, done in by the New Hampshire winter. An
amateur cameraman caught him at a Kiwanis Club meeting five days ago, at
the moment when his health failed him." The shaky screen and tinny sound
of a home video camera showed Will approaching the dais, trying to
speak, then scribbling something on a notepad. When the clubs president
read what Will had written, the room erupted in laughter.

"We caught a glimpse of Senator Lee at the local airport the following
morning as he beat his retreat, and he seemed a lot better prepared for
the weather, after a sympathetic Kiwanian who owns a men's store got him
kit ted out." An image of Will in his brand-new winter clothes filled
the screen as he trudged across a snowy ramp to his airplane, turned and
waved, only his eyes visible between his parkas fur collar and his cap,
the earflaps of which were tied under his chin.

When the camera returned to the reporter, she was laughing.

"That's it from New Hampshire, Bob," she said.

"Back to you."

Bob Blakely, the anchorman, was laughing, too, when he came back on.

"Thanks, Lisa. Now let's go to our commentator, Bill Varner, who has
been talking to New Hampshire voters for days. Bill, was that the height
of fashion in New Hampshire last week?"

The camera panned to a desk where Varner sat.

"Bob, that's the way you have to look up there if you want to survive
the primary.

Actually, Will Lee's early departure from campaigning may have hurt him
badly. His campaign tried to make up for it by buying extra television
time, but the pros I've talked to said it wasn't enough, that New
Hampshire folks are used to seeing their candidates up close, and that
television just doesn't do it. Also, everybody in the state saw that
television report from the Kiwanis Club meeting and had a good laugh
about it, and folks up here tend to look askance at candidates who can't
get through a few weeks of winter without folding. What I'm predicting
now is that Will Lee is going to lose at least five or six points out of
this, and most of those votes are going to go to George Kiel, who will
fatten his majority in the state. This could actually have the effect of
derailing the Lee campaign, since the New Hampshire primary has been,
for so long, a harbinger of things to come at the convention later in
the year. So, if Mark Haynes does a little better than expected, we
might very well see Will Lee withdrawing from the race--after he gets
his voice back."

The camera went back to the anchorman.

"If that happens, Bill, what's the overall effect on the race going to
be?"

"Well, Bob, unless some dark horse appears from nowhere and turns
Democratic voters on, George Kiel is going to be the out-and out
front-runner for the nomination. Kiel is a more conservative Democrat
than Will Lee, though hardly a right-winger, and Hayes is so liberal
that nobody gives him much of a chance for the nomination.

The most he could hope for is a shot at vice president when he gets to
the convention."

"So you think Will Lee could really be out?"

"Could happen, Bob, and it would be a pity, because I think a lot of
Democrats around the country would find him an attractive candidate when
they get to know him. He has an excellent reputation in the Senate,
among both Democrats and Republicans. He's often compared to both Sam
Nunn and Ted Kennedy, which is unusual.

He's compared to Nunn because of his deep knowledge of defense issues,
though he's much more skeptical of Pentagon requests than Nunn was, and
he's compared to Kennedy, not for his politics, but for his hard
legislative work and outstanding staff."

"What about his wife's job at the CIA?" the anchorman asked.

"I haven't heard anybody but Republicans complain about that.

Katharine Rule Lee is a career CIA officer, and she's risen to a high
level, being in charge of all the Agency's Intelligence analysts. She
was something of a heroine a dozen years ago, when she was instrumental
in the arrest of Ed Rawls, who is said to be the most damaging mole in
the history of the Agency, except perhaps for Aldrich Ames. She's a very
bright lady, by all accounts, but she intends to hold on to her Agency
job come hell or high water, and she's not going to be seen on the
campaign trail, except at the Democratic convention."

"Bob, on the off chance that Will Lee should be elected, is there some
sort of inherent conflict in having a president whose wife is in an
important CIA job?"

"I expect the Republicans would say so, Bob, but nothing like this has
ever happened before. No first lady has ever been a government employee,
either before or after an election."

"Would Will Lee be likely to consider appointing his wife as Director of
Central Intelligence, if he were elected?"

"I don't think so, although Kate Lee is said to be an eventual contender
for that job, should some future president appoint a career CIA officer
instead of an outsider."

"Well, its all very interesting, Bill, and the polls are closing in New
Hampshire in just a minute, so after the break, we'll come back with our
exit polling and see if Will Lee is going to be able to manage to stay
in this race."

The cameras went to commercial.

Will, Kate, and a dozen of Will's staff sat around a large-screen
television set at campaign headquarters. Will could talk again, now,
though he had been advised not to, unless absolutely necessary.

"This doesn't look good," Tim Coleman said.

"We sure could have used those four days."

Will nodded.

"I wish we had some poll results of our own," Tim said.

"We're about to get some," Will whispered.

Bob Blakely came back on camera, sitting at a V-shaped desk with three
other people, among them Bill Vamer.

"Our director is telling us that we're going to have these exit-poll
results flashed on our big screen behind us, and none of us has seen
them yet, so this will be hot off the wire." He turned toward the screen
behind him.

"Here they come. Bill, you want to take us through this?"

"Sure, Bob, I " Vamer stopped talking.

"Wait a minute, here, are you guys in the control booth running a game
on us?" He pressed a finger to his earpiece.

"This is really what's come in?" He listened again.

"All right, here we go. Now, remember, these numbers are from exit
polls, and we won't have the real numbers until midnight, but what we've
got here is a major near upset. Our exit polls are showing Senator
George Kiel not with more than fifty percent of the vote, as predicted,
but with only forty-one percent.

Next--and this is stunning, I don't know what happened--is Senator Will
Lee of Georgia with thirty-six percent, and after him. Senator Mark
Haynes with only eight percent of the vote."

"You think there might be something wrong with our exit polling. Bill?"
the anchorman asked.

Vamer had his finger to his earpiece again.

"I'm hearing from New Hampshire that our people are standing behind
these numbers, that they're real."

"And what is this going to mean, Bill?"

"It means that Will Lee is solidly in this race--he's still behind, but
if these numbers hold, then something has happened in New Hampshire that
we never expected. If he can bring in numbers like this while in bed
with the flu for the last four days of the campaign, then he may really
have something going for him."

Back at campaign headquarters, Will was being hugged by Kate and
pummeled on the back by Tim Coleman and Kitty Conroy.

"Lets wait for the real results," he managed to whisper.  It was
midnight, and ninety-eight percent of the ballots in New Hampshire had
been counted, confirming the network's exit polls.

Bob Blakely and Bill Varner still sat at their desk.

"Bill," Blakely said, "this has certainly been a big night for Will Lee.

To what do you attribute this big surprise?"

"Bob, we've put together some footage taken earlier today, when the
polls were still open, and we asked people who voted for Lee why they
did. Let's listen."

A woman carrying a small child appeared on camera.

"I met him a couple of times early in the campaign," she said, "and I
just liked him. And when I saw that thing from the Kiwanis Club, I just
laughed until I cried. I really felt for him."

An elderly man came on camera.

"I heard that his car ran into another fellow's car right before that
Kiwanis meeting, and Mr. Lee wrote him a check on the spot. That
impressed me."

A young woman's face appeared.

"Well, he's charming, isn't he?

He gives an honest answer to a question, and he looks you in the eye.

He doesn't talk like a politician, even when he can't talk."

Another woman: "Listen, I've had the flu myself, and I know how bad it
can be. But he kept going until he couldn't go anymore, and I admire
that."

The camera went back to the studio.

"Well, Bob, I don't know, I guess the folks in New Hampshire just liked
the man."

"Bob, we haven't been able to get George Kiel to join us, but we've got
Jim Thomas, Kiel's campaign manager, so lets go over to Kiel campaign
headquarters." A bespectacled man appeared on the screen.

"Jim, what happened up there today?"

"Well, Bob, we won the damn primary, that's what happened!"

"But you didn't get a clear majority, as you had been predicting you
would. Why not?"

"Listen, it was you guys who predicted that, not us. We're just glad to
have the victory."

"Do you think you would have won if Will Lee had had those last four
days to campaign?"

"Sure, I do; I think we would have beat him even worse."

"Thanks, Jim." The camera went back to the studio, and Bob Blakely
turned to the camera.

"Well, we've got just one more stop to make before we're done. Even
though George Kiel got the most votes, the big winner in New Hampshire
seems to be Will Lee." Will appeared on the big screen from his campaign
headquarters, smiling.

"Senator, your staff has told us that you can't say much, because of
your delicate voice, so give us just some idea of how you feel tonight,
and we'll let you go."

Will's eyebrows shot up.

"Well, Bob," he croaked, "I think I can win this nomination if I can
just get sick enough."

Republican Senator Frederick Wallace of South Carolina picked up the
remote control and switched off the television, still laughing.

His companion, Jeb Stuart Calhoun, the junior senator from South
Carolina, took a swig of his bourbon.

"Well, Freddie, what do you think of that?"

Wallace puffed on his cigar.

"I think Will Lee kicked George Kiel's ass, that's what I think."

"And what do you think that means for us?"

"I think it means we ought to be worried."

"Jesus, Freddie, why? You think we have anything to fear from Will Lee?"

"Jeb, didn't you listen to what those New Hampshire voters had to say?"

"Sure, I did, and it didn't make any sense to me."

"Well, I guess that's why you're not president. Those people liked Will
Lee, which shouldn't have come as such a surprise to me, since I like
him myself. Think about it; how many likable presidential candidates
have we had since Jack Kennedy died?"

"Ronald Reagan was likable."

"Right, right, who else?"

"Bill Clinton, although I personally hated the son of a bitch."

"Anybody else?"

Calhoun screwed up his aging brow.

"Not that I can think of."

"And what else do Ronald Reagan and Bill Clinton have in common?"

"I can't think of a thing."

"They both were elected to two terms, you horses ass!"

"Oh, yeah."

"Now tell me, Jeb, who would you rather run against? George Kiel, or
that nice-looking, charming fellow who just kicked George's ass?"

"I see your point. But just because he did well in New Hampshire doesn't
mean that'll translate to getting the nomination."

"Jeb, the folks in New Hampshire are the most hard-bitten, skeptical,
cantankerous voters in this country. Just about every one of them has
met two or three presidents and a whole lot of candidates.

If Will Lee can charm them, he can charm anybody."

Calhoun drank some more bourbon.

"Well, what are we going to do about it? Is the man clean?"

"Nobody's clean, Jeb, you above all people ought to know that."

Calhoun reddened.

"Then there must be something we can get on him."

"I've known him since he came to work for Ben Carr," Wallace said, "and
he's as clean as they come." He puffed on his cigar, then smiled a small
smile.

"That's not to say he's clean, though."

"You know something I don't, Freddie?"

"Jeb, I know a hell of a lot you don't, and don't you ever forget it."

"Come on, Freddie, what have you got on him?"

"There's a woman in Will Lee's past," Wallace said.

"A very beautiful woman, in fact. Very telegenic."

"Tell me about it."

Wallace got up and poured himself another bourbon, then settled again in
the wing chair before the fireplace.

"It goes back a good ten years," he said, "back when Will was first
running for Ben Carr's seat. He got himself roped into defending a young
fellow down in Will's home country. The fellow was charged with raping
and murdering a colored woman."

"You mean Lee got involved with a colored woman? I like it!"

"Jeb, the colored woman was the murder victim. Now shut up and listen."

"Sorry, go on."

"Will's client had this very beautiful girlfriend. She sat there in
court every day and knocked everybody's eyes out. I guess she knocked
Will's eyes out, too, because he ended up screwing her."

Calhoun leaned forward.

"Let me get this straight: This woman was the girlfriend of Lee's
client, and he screwed her?"

"Not only was she the clients girlfriend, but she was the principal
defense witness; she was the clients alibi."

"Lee screwed a witness in the trial? His own witness?"

"Well, it was a little more complicated than that. Will was still single
at the time, although he'd been seeing Kate Rule for a while.

But they had busted up at that particular moment, and the clients
girlfriend had dumped her boyfriend, too, so, technically, Will and this
girl were free, white, and twenty-one. And the girl had already
completed her testimony in the trial."

"What about the boyfriend? Did he get off?"

"Nope. He was convicted of first-degree murder and rape and sentenced to
die."

"And did he?"

"Not yet, but soon." Wallace permitted himself a small grin.

"Unless he gets himself a first-class appeals lawyer."

"Has he got any grounds for appeal?"

"How about his lawyer was screwing his girlfriend and allowed him to get
convicted so the two of them could go on screwing each other?"

"You said this was ten years ago, and he's about to die. That means he's
already exhausted the appeals process. Didn't this come up before?"

"It did, but it was mishandled by a stupid lawyer. What that boy needs
is a better lawyer."

"You going to get him one?"

"Oh, I don't think I want to do anything as direct as that," Wallace
purred.

"How you going to handle it?"

"I'm going to let you handle it, Jeb."

"Now, wait a minute, Freddie--"

"Relax. You've had some dealings with that little group of conservative
lawyers--what are they called?"

"The J. Edgar Hoover Institute?"

"That's it."

"Freddie, those boys are for the death penalty."

"Well, sure they are, Jeb, like all right-thinking people. But they
don't want to see it misapplied, do they? Make'em look good to take an
unpopular case, especially one that reflected poorly on a rising
Democrat candidate for president."

Calhoun rubbed his chin.

"Well, it might at that. I'll give them a call tomorrow."

"Jeb, you don't want to do that," Wallace scolded.

"You want to talk to somebody who'll talk to somebody, then he'll talk
to them."

"Right, right." Calhoun took a notepad from his pocket.

"What's this murderer's name?"

"Larry Eugene Moody, if memory serves.

He's in the Georgia state prison at Reidsville, on death row, of
course."

"And the girl's name?"

"Charlene Joiner."

Calhoun stopped writing.

"Isn't there a movie actress by that name? I saw something on television
the other night."

Freddie Wallace smiled broadly.

"You bet your ass there is."

The phone rang, and Wallace picked it up.

"Who is it?"

"Freddie, it's Eft Efton; how are you?"

"Just a minute." He covered the phone.

"You get on it, Jeb; I've got to take this call." He watched until
Calhoun was out of the room, then returned to the phone.

"I guess we got a little surprise tonight, boy."

"I guess so," Efton said.

"I'm not worried, though. I'd love to run against a closet liberal like
Will Lee."

Wallace sighed deeply.

"You just don't get it, do you, boy?"

"Huh?"

"The man you want to run against is George Kiel."

"But he's the conservative."

"Eft, that liberal tag ain't gonna stick to Will Lee; he's got some
credentials on national defense and a good record on the budget. And
that ain't all; folks just naturally like him, and that can't be said of
you. I mean, the hard core is gonna be with you all the way, but you're
gonna have to attract the independents and a lot of Democrats if you
want to get elected."

"Come on, Freddie, I've been toning down the rhetoric, or at least
confining it to preaching to the converted."

"Eft, face it; you lack charm, and Will doesn't. Trust me, you want to
run against Kiel."

"Well, I guess I'm not going to have much to say about who the Democrats
pick, am I?"

"Maybe not, but / I am," Wallace replied.

"What do you mean?"

"I've got a few irons in the fire; I'm going to get George Kiel the
Democratic nomination, and nobody's even going to know how it happened."

Wallace hung up the phone without another word, and began sipping his
bourbon again. It bothered him a little that he was going to make a shit
like Eft president, but he'd rather have a shit that he could control in
office than somebody more independent-minded, like Will Lee, even if he
did like him.

"Will, my boy," he said into the fire, "you're never gonna know what hit
you."

Zeke Tennant got down from the pickup truck at the dark crossroad, then
turned to his son.

"You take care of things, now. I don't want to have to worry about
anything, and you won't be hearing from me for a while."

"Don't you worry, Daddy; we'll all be fine, and we'll wait to hear from
you."

"Might be weeks or months; don't you worry."

"I'd never worry about you, Daddy."

Zeke got his duffel out of the pickup, then handed the boy his wallet.

"Keep this for me." He leaned over and let his son kiss him on his
cheek, then closed the truck door and watched as the boy made a U-turn
and drove away into the early-morning hours. That was a good boy, he
thought; he'd die defending their homestead, if necessary.

He looked east; there was the faint glow of dawn.

Half an hour later, with the sun peeking over the horizon, the bus
stopped in response to the flashlight Zeke was waving, and he got on and
bought a ticket from the driver. You didn't have to show a picture ID to
buy a bus ticket; all you needed was the cash. Zeke stowed his duffel in
the overhead rack, then settled into his seat and tried to get some
sleep.

* * * Fifteen hours later, Zeke disembarked at the Las Vegas bus
terminal and found a cab. Ten minutes later he got out at a modest
apartment complex and walked through the parking lot to the building
nearest the street. He let himself into the ground-level apartment,
kicked the accumulated junk mail out of the way, and looked around. It
seemed to be as he had left it: a furnished two-bedroom unit, with one
bedroom set up as an office. He took his duffel into the bedroom,
unlocked the closet with his key, and pushed the hanging clothes aside
to reveal a wall safe with an electronic keypad. He punched in the code,
opened the safe, took out a wallet and a checkbook, and put them into
his hip pocket. Then he opened the duffel, dug to the bottom, and began
stacking bundles of bound U.S. currency into the safe, keeping a couple
of bundles for immediate use.

Zeke took a shower, shaved off his beard, leaving only the moustache,
then packed the clothes he wore into a garbage bag for disposal later.

He got dressed in garments he had left in the apartment, then poured
himself a bourbon and turned on the TV. He was now Harry Grant.

Eight months before, Zeke had taken the same bus to Las Vegas, carrying
only what he wore and his duffel, which concealed a hundred thousand
dollars. His first stop had been at a barbershop, where he had gotten a
haircut and shave, leaving his handlebar moustache. This was important.

He had then rented this apartment, paying a year's rent in advance. He
had bought some nice, middle of-the-road businessman's clothes, then had
taken himself to a casino, where he had bought five thousand dollars in
chips from one window, then more from another. Carrying the chips in a
tray, he had sat down at a blackjack table and started to play.

Zeke was a card counter, and a good one. Playing carefully, never
winning too much, he had nearly doubled his stake before he attracted
the attention of a pit boss, who watched from a discreet distance. Zeke
was untroubled by this attention; he lost some, then won some more. When
he tired of blackjack, he headed for the backroom poker games, buying
still more chips along the way. He played until the wee hours, and when
he had accumulated a little over fifty thousand dollars in chips, both
bought and won, he cashed in everything, asking for a casino check. He
had just laundered some money.

The following morning, he had taken the casino check and opened a bank
account. Even in Vegas, a bank looked at you askance if you came in with
that much cash. Over the time he had spent in Vegas, he had made other
deposits, always in cash and always under five thousand dollars, to
avoid filling out any federal forms.

Now, back in Vegas, he had a healthy bank balance, plus what he had
brought with him. He ordered in a pizza, had a six-pack of beer
delivered, and spent the evening watching TV.

The following morning he began running errands. He already had a Nevada
drivers license and a Visa card from his earlier visit;

now he had some business cards printed--Harry Grant, computer
consultant, hardware and software. He bought a decent computer and a
telephone-answering machine and had them sent to the apartment, then he
went car shopping. He liked cars, and he was going to enjoy this. He
visited half a dozen dealerships, then he found a two year-old Lexus
ES300, the smallest model. It had less than twenty thousand miles on it
and was still under warranty, not that it mattered.

He bargained hard, then wrote the man a check and waited while he called
the bank. He drove away, pleased with his purchase.

The car was luxurious and comfortable, but it didn't look all that
different from a Toyota, so it was fairly anonymous.

That night, he gambled, losing a little this time, then picked up a
prostitute at the casino bar and took her back to the apartment. She
called herself Cherry. She looked around carefully.

"You're not going to give me any problems, are you. Harry?" she asked.

She remembered the name; good.

"Of course not, baby; we're Just going to have a drink and ball. Nothing
weird about Harry Grant." She was compliant, even enthusiastic, and Zeke
enjoyed himself.

When they were both spent, and she was getting dressed, Harry led her
into the office.

"I want you to do a little favor for me," he said.

"I thought I already did that," she replied.

"Don't worry, there's no work involved, and it's worth another twenty."

"What do I have to do?" She sighed.

"Just a minute," he said. He wrote some words on a sheet of paper and
handed them to her.

"I just want you to record an answering-machine message for me. You've
got a very nice voice."

"Okay." Zeke pressed the button, and she read, "You've reached Harry
Grant computer consultants," she breathed.

"We're on the line with other customers, but if you'll leave a message,
someone will get right back to you."

"Very good," Zeke said.

"Now it sounds like I'm a company, instead of just one guy."

"Glad to help. You going to give me cab fare?"

He handed her a fifty.

"Here, baby; you've been great."

"You want to do it again, I'm available," she said, handing him a card.

Zeke waved goodbye to her and went to bed. Before he left Vegas, Harry
Grant was going to be a real guy, known to lots of people. Will let
himself into the Georgetown house. A Secret Service man stuck his head
out of the bedroom under the stairs and waved hello. Will waved back and
tiptoed up the stairs, carrying his luggage.

Although he had become accustomed to the constant presence of the agents
on the road, he had not yet gotten used to having them in the house, but
then, he hadn't been at home much the past few months.

Light showed from under the bedroom door, and he opened it.

His wife looked up from her book.

"Hello, sailor," she said.

"Like to give a girl a good time?" She let a strap of her nightgown fall
off a shoulder.

Will dropped his bags, shucked off his clothes, and climbed, naked, into
bed with her, while she slipped the nightgown over her head. There was
no talk, just immediate lovemaking. When they were finished, he lay with
his head on her breast.

"God, I've missed you," he said.

"A politician can't get laid on the campaign trail anymore, you know.

Bill Clinton screwed it up for all of us."

"Well, gee," she replied.

"A politicians wife can do very well for herself, what with three shifts
of Secret Service men in the house.

Those boys are always randy."

He bit her on a nipple. "So, how was it?"

"Could have been worse, I guess; at least, I didn't get sick."

"That's an improvement, but how will you ever win if you're well?"

"There is that, isn't there?"

"I get the impression from the papers that it's going okay, but not
great."

"A reasonable assessment," he agreed.

"George Kiel is turning out to be more of a handful than I'd imagined.

He's well ahead in the delegate count, and we've got less than a month
before the convention, in L.A." and he still won't debate me."

"You having any fun at all?"

"Weirdly enough, yes. I like it when I can get in a room with fifty
people and really answer their questions. Trouble is, the staff keeps
pointing out that if I only talk to fifty people at a time, I can't get
elected to anything."

"So, my darling, how would you feel about being vice president?"

Will sat up and stuffed a couple of pillows between his back and the
headboard.

"I really, really don't want to do that," he said.

"I'd rather be slugging it out in the Senate than representing George
Kiel at funerals."

"It might not be all bad," she said.

"Joe Adams has done it well."

"Doing it well is not the point," Will replied.

"The point is, that as VP, one has absolutely no power of any kind, and
George is not the sort of guy who's going to share it. I'd get about the
same treatment that Harry Truman got from FDR."

"You forget that Joe Adams is president of the United States, at the
moment."

"I don't want to sit around waiting for George to kick off. What's the
news on the president?"

"He wakes up from time to time, but doesn't seem able to communicate.

I got that from Sue Adams."

"I'd rather not be VP, even under those circumstances."

"So, you're telling me that if Kiel nails down the nomination and then
summons you to a hotel suite in L.A. and tells you that he can't win
without you and, for the good of the party, you have to be VP, you're
going to tell him to get stuffed? Lyndon Johnson didn't want to be vice
president, either."

"I hope I'll have the guts to tell him to get stuffed," Will said, "but
in a situation like that, you never know, do you?"

"No, you don't."

"So, how would you feel about being the second lady?"

"About the same as being first lady, I guess. I would do everything I
could to ignore it, and as second lady it might even be easier to keep
my job, or maybe even get promoted."

"If I stayed in the Senate, it would be even easier."

"Don't think I haven't thought about that," she said.

"By the way, you do remember that we have dinner at the White House
tomorrow evening?"

"I remember, and have the awful feeling that George Kiel is going to be
there, too."

"And I'll have to make nice with his wife."

"Oh, yes. Won't that be fun?"

"She could win a Mamie Eisenhower look-alike contest," Kate said.

"Even to the clothes."

"I love you when you're catty," he said, kissing her ear.

"I talked to Sue Adams again today," Kate said.

"And how is she? More important, how is Joe?"

"She said everything was fine. I'm not sure why I didn't believe her."

Will sat up straight.

"Do you think Joe is worse?"

"I don't know. She was chipper enough, but there was something under the
surface that I couldn't read. Still, they wouldn't be giving this dinner
party if he wasn't all right, would they?"

Will relaxed.

"You're right, they wouldn't. You know, I've hardly given Joe a thought
for the past few months."

"Don't feel guilty; he's had his hands so full that he probably hasn't
thought a lot about you, either. God forbid we should read about some
incident in the papers, or start hearing rumors that he isn't quite
right."

"I suppose I should give some thought to what I'll do if I do hear those
rumors."

"What can you do?"

"I can press him to resign, I suppose. I'm not really comfortable with
the knowledge that he's ill."

"But then Eft Efton would become the acting president, wouldn't he?"

"I suppose the country could stand even that for a few months, although
it would give him a big leg up in the general election. I think he's
going to get the Republican nomination."

"I hope he does," Kate said.

"Wouldn't you enjoy running against him?"

"It would get dirty."

"On his part only, I hope."

"I hope, too."

"If it gets really bad, would you fight fire with fire?"

"You mean start digging into his personal life? Not a chance. I'll leave
that to Larry Flynt and the tabloids."

"Eft won't leave it to them; he'll go all out to get anything he can on
you."

"What is there to get?" Will asked.

"You can't think of anything?"

"I don't think I've ever done anything in my life that I can't defend,
if I have to. There are some votes that I cast for political advantage
that I'm not proud of, but I don't think that's the kind of thing Eft
could use against me. He's had too many of those in his own career."

"I have to tell you," Kate said, "I have a sense of foreboding about
this. After the Clinton mess, everybody's fair game."

"Well, game, maybe, but not fair game. And the current atmosphere may
cost the Republicans a lot of seats in the House."

"How about the Senate?"

"I think it's unlikely that we can get majorities in both houses."

"So, if you're president, you'll likely have a Republican-controlled
Senate?"

"Probably, so I don't want to piss them off too much during the
campaign. I've worked hard to build relationships with a lot of
Republican senators, and I don't want to squander that in a dogfight
with Eft Efton."

They snuggled into bed, and she put her head on his shoulder, pressing
her body against his.

"How much time together do you think we'll get if you're president?"

"A lot more than now," he said, "but maybe less than we had before. I'll
do the best I can; you know that."

"I guess I know that," she said.

"There's always Camp David and the bedroom on Air Force One."

She laughed.

"I wonder if I could make love on an airplane full of staff, press, and
Secret Service agents."

"We already know that the presence of agents doesn't slow you down," he
said, kissing her.

"It didn't, did it?" She giggled.

"Not in the least."

"Want to do it again?"

"Will you settle for first thing in the morning? I'm pretty bushed."

"If I have to," she said.

"Maybe we can do it in the bathroom at the White House tomorrow night."

"Promises, promises," she said.

Terry Cogan drove through the flat south Georgia countryside toward
Reidsville. Cogan was a small-time Atlanta lawyer, in his late thirties,
who supplemented his DUI cases and ambulance chasing with occasional
investigative work, and he was pleased to have this job, even if he
wasn't sure who he was working for. He'd gotten a call from another
lawyer in a big Atlanta firm, a friend of his father, who'd sometimes
sent cases his way, and the man had been tightlipped about who was
instructing him. Maybe it was better if he didn't know.

He made his way to the state prison, parked his car, and identified
himself at the front gate, his way having been smoothed by a call from a
state legislator of his fathers acquaintance. Fifteen minutes later he
was shown into a sparsely furnished room, and five minutes after that, a
guard brought a man into the room and left the two of them alone.

"Hey," the man said.

"I'm Larry Moody."

"Terry Cogan," the lawyer replied, offering his hand. Cogan had done his
homework on Larry Eugene Moody, who had bulked up in the prison gym. The
young man was thirty-five, and his blond hair was thinning and creeping
up his scalp; otherwise, he looked much the same as in the pictures at
his trial. "Did Charlene send you?" Moody asked.

"Charlene Joiner? No. I'm an attorney, and I represent some people who
are interested in your case, people who are opposed to the death
penalty."

They sat down.

"I'll tell you anything I can that'll help," Moody said.

"I'm scheduled for October 30, and I'm getting worried."

"I can understand that," Cogan said.

"If I can just get a new trial, I know I'll be acquitted. That nigger
girl who testified against me at my trial is dead, you know; she got
killed in a car wreck last New Year's Eve."

Cogan had not the slightest doubt that Moody was guilty of the rape and
murder of which he had been convicted. He knew that the girl Moody was
referring to was a last-minute witness who'd testified that Moody had
raped her when they were in high school.

"I think you could be right," he said.

"I've read the trial transcript, and I think that, without her
testimony, you'd have been acquitted."

"Damn right I would have."

"It's a shame your lawyer wasn't smart enough to keep her off the
stand."

"Will Lee? He's running for president now, did you hear?"

"I heard. I'm sorry you weren't better represented."

"Well, he did good, really," Moody said, looking at the ground.

"I didn't tell him nothing about the nigger girl, so he sort of got
blindsided at the last minute, when one of my old high-school teachers
was on the stand and mentioned her. The prosecutor was all over that
right away, and there wasn't really nothing Mr. Lee could have done."

"So you don't blame Will Lee for your conviction?" Cogan asked, making
some notes on a legal pad.

"I'd have thought you'd have been pretty pissed off at him."

"For what? He did the best he could, and that was damned good."

"Well, how about that business between Lee and Charlene?"

Moody laughed.

"Listen, Charlene likes to fuck better than anybody I ever knew. I'd
been in jail for a long time, so she was getting pretty horny, and when
Charlene's horny, she can have just about any guy she wants. You ever
seen her in the movies?"

"Many times."

"So you know how sexy she is."

"I sure do."

"Well, let me tell you something: Charlene on the silver screen ain't
nothing compared to Charlene up close. Jesus, I get horny just thinking
about it. When we were living together, I'd come home from work, and
we'd do it, and we'd do it again at bedtime, and then again first thing
in the morning, you know? We used to go to the drive-in movies, and we'd
fuck in the back of my van, just for a change. So I know what Mr. Lee
was up against when she showed up at his place that afternoon."

"Do you know what happened that day?"

"Oh, Charlene told me all about it after the trial. She liked talking
about it."

"What, exactly, did she tell you?"

"She said she went out to the Lee farm, over by Delano, and she went
back to this little house behind the big house, where Mr. Lee lived. It
was on a little lake. Anyway, when she got there she saw him diving in
the lake, and he was nekkid, so she got nekkid, too, and jumped in with
him. So they fucked in the water, and then again inside the house, and
then she did this little thing she used to do."

"What was that? What did she used to do?"

"She ate some ice cream, and then she gave him a blow job."

Cogan blinked at the thought.

"Let me tell you, Charlene knew her way around a cock. I mean, there's
some guys here in prison who are pretty good at it for five bucks or
some cigarettes, but Charlene was the absolute queen of the blow job,
and I ought to know. If she gave me one, she gave me a hundred. And that
thing with the ice cream, well..."

"I can only imagine," Cogan said, trying not to think about it.

"Tell me, Larry, do you remember whether this little scene between
Charlene and Will Lee took place before or after she testified at your
trial?"

"Oh, it was afterward, I think. Charlene and I had a little spat when
she wouldn't fuck me in jail, and she wasn't talking to me at the time.

And she had already testified by then."

"I see. Well, look, Larry, here's the thing."

"What?"

"Just about the only grounds you'd have for appeal would be that your
lawyer was incompetent."

"Oh, I don't think he was incompetent; Charlene said he was real good at
it."

"Larry, I'm talking about his being incompetent in the way he
represented you at your trial."

"You mean, if I said he did a bad job, I might get a new trial?"

"Possibly," Cogan said, not looking at Moody.

"Now, think back, Larry: Isn't it just possible that you did tell him
about this witness, this black girl who said you raped her in high
school?" Cogan didn't wait for Moody to respond, but plowed ahead.

"And that maybe he could have done something to exclude her testimony,
and because he didn't, you got convicted? I mean, if I had been
representing you, I think I would have anticipated that and gotten her
evidence excluded as irrelevant, or called other witnesses to refute her
testimony."

He watched Larry Moody closely for his response, and he thought he saw a
little light go on in the eyes.

"Well," Moody said, his eyes narrowing, "now that you mention it, I
think I might have told him I'd been falsely accused of raping that
nigger girl. Nothing ever came of it, you know. There wasn't nothing to
back up her story, just her word against mine. Even my old teacher said
on the stand that she never believed I raped the girl."

"Well, it would help if you could remember exactly when you told him
that and what the circumstances were," Cogan said.

"Your story has got to be credible, you know; you've got to be
believable.

Think back and see if you can remember exactly when you told Will Lee
about this black girl's accusation."

Moody massaged his forehead for a moment.

"I got it!" he said.

"It was the first time I met with him, in the Greenville jail. I'd just
been arrested the day before, and the judge appointed Mr. Lee to defend
me. He came to see me, and he asked me all sorts of questions about my
background and where I was when that girl got murdered, and all that,
and then he asked me if there was anything I wanted to tell him,
anything he should know. And that was when I told him."

"What, exactly, did you tell him that day?"

"I told him I'd been falsely accused in high school by this nigger
girl--of course, I didn't say'nigger," because Mr. Lee was a real
liberal, you know."

"So, he did know before the trial about this incident, and he didn't
take any steps to protect you from the testimony of this potential
witness?"

"Yeah, that's it. I remember, now; I told him about all this that first
time I met him."

Cogan was writing as fast as he could, now.

"Tell me, Larry, how often are you and Charlene in touch these days?"

"We write letters now and then, although I'm not much of a letter
writer. She always writes me back, though, and once in a while I call
her out in California, when I can catcher at home. She's been trying to
get me a good lawyer for an appeal, and Mr. Lee wouldn't do it."

"Charlene asked Will Lee to file an appeal for you?"

"Yeah, she did."

"And he wouldn't?"

"No, he wouldn't, the son of a bitch," Moody said, looking angry.

"But Charlene and Will Lee are in touch with each other?"

"Yeah, she said she talked to him on the phone."

"Do you know if Charlene and Lee have met recently? I mean, have they
gotten together? Maybe had sex? Think carefully, now."

Moody's eyes narrowed again.

"Well, I couldn't prove it, and Charlene didn't exactly say that, but I
kind of got the impression, you know? You want me to ask Charlene the
next time I talk to her?

She'll tell me if she's been fucking him, I know she will."

"I don't think it's a good idea if you ask her straight out, Larry. I
mean, if she flat-out denied it, then it would be hard to prove.

Sometimes it's better if you don't know all the actual facts of a thing,
you know?"

"If you say so, Mr. Cogan."

Cogan tossed his legal pad into his briefcase and stood up.

"Well, Larry, it's been good to meet you."

Moody pumped his hand.

"Do you think you can get me a new trial, Mr. Cogan?"

"I can't promise that, Larry, but I will look into it. I think it's just
possible that the people I represent might find it to be a good thing
for you to have a new trial. I'll be in touch."

Cogan drove back toward Atlanta, excited. He had been repelled by Moody
and his blatant racism, but he might get more work out of this case than
he had expected, so he could stand that. He resisted the temptation to
use his car phone. He'd ask for a face-to-face meeting when he got back
to Atlanta.

Will and Kate were delivered to the White House by a Secret
Service car and escorted by an usher to the Blue Room for cocktails.

There was a larger crowd than Will had expected, and a number of them
were people he had not expected. George Kiel was there, as he had
predicted, but so were Howard Efton, the Speaker of the House, looking
uncomfortable in a tuxedo, and Robert Manon, the governor of Arizona,
who was Efton's chief opponent for the Republican nomination and, Will
thought, the eventual vice-presidential candidate for the Republicans,
on a slate with Efton.

"Well, I'll be," Kate murmured, looking around.

Susan Adams approached and kissed them both.

"We're so glad to see you," she said.

"This is the first time we've entertained at the White House since the
first lady insisted on exchanging quarters with us."

"Any news on the president's condition?" Will asked.

"He's as before, and the first lady thought that, since Joe is now
running the country, we should be living in the White House.

Certainly, neither of us would have ever suggested it; it was presented
to us as a fait accompli."

"I think the first lady was right," Will said.

"This is where you and Joe belong."

"Joes on the other side of the room, spreading joy," Sue said.

"I know he wants a private word with you before the evenings over."

"Of course," Will replied.

"Any time Joe likes."

The Speaker of the House materialized at Will's elbow.

"Evening, Will," he said, with a warmth that caught Will off guard.

"Katharine, you look lovely tonight."

"Thank you, Mr. Speaker," Kate said. Nobody had called her Katharine
since high school.

"How are you, Eft?" Will asked.

"I'm better than expected, at this stage of the campaign," Efton replied
softly, as if he didn't want to be overheard.

"You think you'll have a majority of delegates before the convention?"
Will asked.

"Could be," Efton replied.

"Then it looks like it'll be George Kiel and me in the general election.

And you, of course; you'll be on the ticket, won't you?"

"Only if I'm at the top of it," Will said, surprising himself. He took
Efton's comment as it had been intended, as a barb.

"That's the boy," Efton said, punching Will's shoulder.

"Never say die!"

"Sometimes the voters say it for you. Eft," Will replied.

"Excuse me, I want to talk to George." He steered Kate in the direction
of his opponent for the Democratic nomination.

Kiel greeted him, smiling broadly.

"Well, Will," he said, "I thought you'd be on the road."

"Funny, George, I thought you would be, too."

"Well, I guess I can afford a night off to have dinner with our acting
president, but frankly," he said, smiling, "I'm surprised you can.

My people tell me we're going to take the nomination on the first ballot
by a hundred and fifty votes."

Will managed a broad smile.

"You go right on thinking that, George." Wills best projection was that
he was sixty votes behind, but he wasn't going to tell Kiel that.

"I love an overconfident opponent."

Kiel managed a chuckle, then turned serious.

"Will, you and I need to sit down and talk about some things. How about
tomorrow morning at nine, in my hideaway office on the Hill?"

Will had no intention of sitting down with Kiel until he was forced to.

"I'm afraid I'm off at the crack of dawn tomorrow, George," he said.

"Maybe at the convention?"

"Well," Kiel said, "I suppose our relative positions will be better
defined by that time."

"I guess they will," Will agreed.

An usher came into the room, rang a gong, and announced dinner.

The crowd moved into a room that had been set with four tables of eight,
as a string quartet from the Marine Band played in a corner.

Will and Efton were at the same table, as were George Kiel and Manon.

Will wondered if there were some subliminal message in that. Was Joe
Adams trying to tell the crowd something? He looked across the room to
where Joe sat, chatting earnestly with a beautiful woman to his right.

Joe looked tanned and fit, Will thought.

The guests worked their way through three courses of dinner, chatting
noisily. Will was grateful that he and Efton were on opposite sides of
the table; he was never comfortable in the Speakers company, disliking
both the man and his politics. Still, he had always been scrupulously
polite to the man, except in campaign speeches. Will looked around the
room, noting the composition of the guest list. There were prominent
members of the Senate and the House from both parties, and Will could
spot no members of the press, with the exception of the long-retired
Walter Cronkite, who, with his wife, sat at the Adams's table. They were
on coffee when Joe Adams stood up and addressed the group.

"Good evening to you all," he said.

"This is the first time that Sue and I have entertained in the White
House since the first lady so kindly asked us to move in, and we are
very pleased to have you all as our first guests.

"What you have in common, of course, is that, after the coming election,
you will all play important roles in the running of the country. Almost
certainly, the eventual nominees of the two parties are here, and by
extension, the next president of the United States. So what Sue and I
have here is not just a very special group of guests, but a very
distinguished captive audience." There was a low chuckle from the crowd.

"You all know that I have declared my intention of withholding my
endorsement of any candidate before the convention, and I believe my
party can select a slate without my help, even at that time. Of course,
after the conventions, I have to say that I'm leaning toward supporting
the Democratic candidate." Loud laughter.

"Although I don't expect to take much part in active campaigning."

"Hear, hear!" Eft Efton shouted, and the crowd laughed again.

"I didn't say I was going to be neutral. Eft," Adams said with a smile.

More laughter.

"I asked you all here tonight," he continued, "not to once again convey
my hands-off position during the campaign, but to talk about your
hands-on position. I hardly have to tell you that, in recent years, our
political process has taken on a harsh, even bitter partisanship that
has not served either the process or the country well.

We have spent far too much time and energy fighting for political
advantage instead of working to make this a better country. I want us
all to stop it, and the current campaign is the time and place.

"Because of the position in which fate has placed me, perhaps I'm in a
better position than most politicians to call for this change.

During my months as acting president, I have bent over backward to
govern in a bipartisan fashion, and some of you have responded to that
effort, while others have been, shall we say, less enthusiastic."

Nobody laughed.

"We're beginning the new millennium in extraordinarily good shape--a
healthy economy, a lack of major military conflict and even political
conflict, low unemployment, lower crime rates, and high optimism among
our fellow countrymen. The last century has often been called the
American Century. Well, let's have another American Century. Lets
consolidate the gains that our fathers and grandfathers and we ourselves
have fought so hard to earn, and let's go on to make this a better,
safer, more peaceful country, while maintaining our leadership role as
the world's only superpower.

"But I'm falling into cliches here, and I don't want to do that. I want
to ask every one of you to go into this election as Americans, first,
and party politicians second; I want an end to personal attacks and
false moralizing; I want the next president to reach out to both parties
and their constituencies; I want each of you here to dedicate himself to
a new bipartisanship in this country. I believe there is more at stake
right now in this country than at any time since the end of World War
II, and if we can't face the next century working together, we have a
great deal to lose.

"I know that there are those among you who think that you are all right
and everyone else is all wrong. I know this is true because at times I
have had those same feelings myself. Doing this job has shown me that I
was wrong."

Then something happened that frightened Will. Joe Adams stood, his head
down, staring at the table in front of him, saying nothing. For a
moment, he thought Adams was near tears, then he realized that he had
simply forgotten what he was going to say, or perhaps even where he was
and who he was talking to. Sue Adams reached out and took her husband's
hand, and still he did not continue.

Somebody had to do something.

Will got to his feet, applauding; so did Eft Efton, and in a moment, the
crowd was standing, cheering. Sue Adams led her husband from the room.

At the door, he paused, waved to the crowd, then disappeared.

The applause died, and Will's eyes found Kate's across the table.

He could see the fear in them. Before dawn. Will kissed a still-sleeping
Kate goodbye, went downstairs, gave his bags to a Secret Service agent,
and got into the car. Tim Coleman and Kitty Conroy were waiting for him,
sipping coffee.

"So, how was the Adams's first White House party?" Kitty asked.

"Just great," Will lied. He had lain awake last night wondering if Joe
Adams's slip was temporary or indicative of a slide into permanent
senility.

"You don't sound as if it was great," Kitty said.

"Sorry, I'm still half-asleep."

"Well," Tim said, "this ought to wake you up: I had a call yesterday
from Lou Regenstein."

"The movie mogul?"

"That's right; he's the chairman of Centurion Studios."

"I don't think I've ever met him."

"You've met Vance Calder, haven't you?"

"Yes, at a dinner party in New York a couple of years ago."

"Well, Calder is, apparently, a big fan of yours."

"First I've heard about that," Will said.

"You must have impressed him at the dinner party."

"We did talk a lot; I found him very bright. For a Brit, he seemed
pretty well informed about American politics."

"He was born there, but he's been an American citizen for more than
twenty years. And, in addition to being Centurion's biggest star, he's a
major stockholder in the studio."

"I think I knew that; I'm not sure how."

"Anyway, both Calder and Centurion want to get behind you in a big way."

"How big?"

"Calder and the co star of his next film want to host a fundraiser for
you in L.A. right before the convention. He's promised to get a thousand
people to his house, at a thousand dollars a head."

"He can get a thousand people into his house?"

"He's got twelve acres in Bel Air, and he'll do it on the lawn. It never
rains in sunny California."

"A million bucks in individual contributions? Wow."

"And a lot of them will contribute to the party, too. There's more:

Centurion is going to give a million to the party after you're
nominated."

"That would make them the single biggest contributor, wouldn't it?"

"By a long shot."

"Tell them I accept."

"I already have. I hope you don't mind, but I thought it was better not
to hesitate."

"You did the right thing, Tim," Will said.

"This is a great way to start the last leg of the campaign for the
nomination." He looked at Tim and Kitty.

"So why do you two look so glum?"

"I guess you haven't seen the Washington Post this morning," Kitty said,
handing it to him and pointing at a story below the fold:

FORMER CLIENT ACCUSES SEN. WILL LEE OF INCOMPETENCE IN APPEAL OF MURDER
CONVICTION

"What the hell is this?" Will said, reading the piece.

"Larry Eugene Moody is appealing his murder conviction," Tim said.

"His grounds are that he was incompetently represented by you in his
original trial."

Will was having trouble reading the story in the moving car.

"Go on," he said.

"Just how was I incompetent?"

"He says--or his new lawyer says--that you failed to depose a key
witness against him, and that you offered no other witnesses to counter
her testimony."

"This would be the African-American girl who said he raped her in high
school?"

"That's the one."

"It's true that her testimony probably got him convicted. I thought I
had it won until another witness blurted out the story about the alleged
rape. Does the lawyer say how I was supposed to know she'd be called?"

"Moody says that he told you about the accusation in his first meeting
with you, and that you did nothing to prepare for the witness."

"That's a bald-faced lie!" Will said.

"Larry was convicted because he withheld that information from me. If
I'd known about the incident with the girl, I would have known how to
avoid opening the door on her testimony."

"Was there anyone else at that first meeting between you and Moody?"

"No, we were alone."

"Too bad; it'll be your word against his."

"All right," Kitty said, "let's run down what we've got here, and figure
out how to deal with it. This story is, of course, immaterial to
anything in the election. I think it's a sideshow staged by the
Republicans; they're just hoping that enough mud will stick to hurt you.

What we've got to do is to issue a statement this morning denying the
charge of incompetence and stating the basic facts in the case."

"All right, I buy that," Will said.

"You can type it up on the airplane and release it to the traveling
press on the way west."

"After I hand that out, I think you ought to go forward in the plane and
just chat with them informally about the murder case.

You have nothing to hide, its just Moody's desperate attempt to avoid
being put to death, etcetera."

"All right. I can do that, but I have to avoid saying that Larry was
guilty, though, God knows, he was. It wouldn't be ethical for a lawyer
who represented someone in a murder trial to talk about his client's
guilt while his case is under appeal."

"You might point that out to the press."

"I certainly will."

Tim spoke up.

"I think it's interesting that, if Republicans are involved in this,
they're out to get you even before the convention.

That indicates to me that they'd rather run against George Kiel than
you."

"A backhanded compliment, if I ever heard one," Will replied.

Then something popped into his mind.

"Wait a minute," he said.

"You said that the fund-raiser in L.A. is going to be hosted by Vance
Calder and his co star

"That's right," Tim said.

"And who is his co star

"Gosh, I forgot to ask," Tim replied.

"As soon as they're awake in L.A." call and find out."

"Okay; I'll call Regenstein back at nine their time."

Kitty was looking sharply at Will.

"What is it?" she asked.

"I think I might know who the co star is," Will replied.

"Who?" Kitty and Tim asked simultaneously.

"It might very well be Charlene Joiner."

It took a moment for the penny to drop; then both their mouths dropped
open.

"Oh, shit," Kitty said.

"Charlene called me over the holidays and asked me to handle an appeal
for Larry Moody. I refused."

"What else did she want?" Kitty asked.

"That was about it."

"About it? Come on, Will, what else?"

"That was it, really," Will said.

He was not about to mention that Charlene had suggested they get
together.

"This is not good," Tim said.

"Well, there are going to be a thousand people there. Maybe it'll be all
right."

"You don't understand," Tim said.

"Understand what?"

"There's more to the news story about Moodys appeal." He picked up the
Post, turned to an inside page, held it to the light, and read.

"Moodys lawyer also charged that Will Lee had a sexual relationship with
Moodys girlfriend during the trial, in which she was an important
witness in establishing Moodys alibi. The girlfriend, Charlene Joiner,
is now one of Hollywood's rising stars."

"Oh, Jesus," Will said.

"I agree," Kitty chimed in.

"I thought we had killed that particular snake in your first senatorial
campaign, but it's back."

"Maybe that's not a bad thing," Tim said.

"What are you talking about?" Kitty demanded.

"I wasn't all that active in that campaign," Tim said, "but as I recall,
there was a school of thought that the, ah, incident with Charlene
Joiner may have actually helped in the campaign."

"That was before Bill Clinton," Kitty said.

"Oh," Tim replied, "there is that."

"Yes," Will agreed, "there is that."

Senator Frederick Wallace strolled down a Capitol hallway toward his
hideaway office, the best in the Senate. Seniority had its privileges.

He nodded to many passersby, spoke to a few, and kept his trademark half
smile fixed to his face. He let himself into the room and immediately
stepped on something made of paper. He closed the door, held on to the
doorknob for support, and reached down for the envelope on the floor.

Freddie Wallace had a considerable gut, and he did not like bending
over.

Wallace walked across the room to his big easy chair, tossed the
envelope onto the coffee table beside it, opened a cabinet, and poured
himself a shot of neat bourbon. It was not yet ten o'clock in the
morning but he always started the day with a shot of this very fine,
private stock bourbon that a Kentucky friend supplied him with. It was
something he had learned as a very young man from Harry Truman.

Truman had knocked his back, though, like medicine, and Wallace was far
too appreciative of the skills of Kentucky distillers to rush the
experience. He sipped at the bourbon, then picked up the envelope that
someone had shoved under his door. It bore only his name, the Capitol
room number, the zip code, and the admonition that the contents were
personal and confidential. It bore an Atlanta postmark. Wallace got a
fat finger under the flap and tore open the envelope.

Inside he found a single sheet of paper, no letterhead or return
address. The page had been composed very neatly on what was obviously a
manual typewriter, an uncommon instrument these days. He read:

Dear Freddie, I hope you don't mind if I call you that. Although we've
met only a few times, always in passing, I feel that I know you well. We
have much in common: We are both old, wise in the ways of the world and,
particularly, in the ways of politics, and we are both very crafty human
beings, not to say sneaky.

We are also both in possession of some extremely sensitive knowledge
regarding the recent health of an influential person. I trust I will not
have to allude further to the person for you to know whom I mean; I
would not like to do that in a written communication.

I know you well enough to feel certain that you will, under what you
deem the proper circumstances, use this information against another
person who shares this knowledge with you and me. I don't want you to do
this, Freddie, for my own reasons, so I am taking this opportunity to
let you know that, should you allow your worst nature to come to the
forefront, I am going to take it upon myself to make your golden years
very difficult. I can do this, because I have documentary evidence of a
part of your life that, if made known, could destroy your credibility in
the Senate and make your marriage a perfect hell.

I am sure you know that I refer to the black woman with whom you have
enjoyed a carnal relationship for more than twenty years, and who has
borne you two sons. I am prepared, if necessary, to have her name and
address released to the yellow est of the media, along with the names
and university addresses of her children. They will all look fine on
television.

If you can keep me happy, then I'm sure you can live out your tenure in
the Senate and the remainder of your life, secure in the secrecy with
which you have so carefully acted these many years.

I should tell you, however, that although I would prefer not to muddy
the clear waters of your life, it would not cause me the slightest
regret to do so. In fact, if I should choose to confide in a certain
magazine publisher, I might walk away with a million dollars, which, at
my time of life, I could certainly use.

Trusting that you understand me clearly, I remain Yours most sincerely
Jonah Senator Wallace knocked back the jigger of bourbon, then spoke
aloud a string of very bad words. He had not lived this long and done
this well to be brought down by a common blackmailer. He had to
acknowledge to himself, however, that he, by his love of this dark
woman, had made himself highly black mailable He had known, of course,
that it would all come out eventually, but he had planned to be
comfortably dead by that time, and the hell with the aftermath.

He knew very well that his wife would immediately and noisily divorce
him if she should learn of his liaison, and, since their marriage, he
had depended upon her large fortune to keep him in the style to which he
had long ago become accustomed. He was not about to give that up, so he
had to move fast.

First, he dialed the private office number of the syndicated
conservative political columnist Hogan Parks.

"Yeah?"

"You know who this is?"

"Sure. How are you?"

"Mildly agitated," Wallace replied.

"About what?"

"Have you used the information I gave you?"

"I'm writing the column as we speak."

"Stop writing it."

"What's the matter, Freddie? Getting cold feet?"

"Goddammit, don't you use my name on the telephone!"

"Sorry about that; what's got into you?"

Wallace was not about to give an honest answer to that question.

"It has come to my attention that I may have been misled."

"What? You would give me that kind of information when it might not be
true?"

"At the time, I believed it to be entirely true; now I'm not quite so
sure."

"Even after his performance at dinner the other evening?"

"I may have misinterpreted that."

There was a moment's silence, then Parks spoke.

"I think I'm inclined to write the column anyway."

"You can't do that," Will said.

"I think I might enjoy the fuss it will make," Parks said.

"I don't have to use his name, or even identify his exact illness.

Enough people in this town can connect the dots. And when it comes out
that a certain other person had knowledge of the illness, it could
change a very important outcome."

"Let me be very clear about this, Hogan," Wallace said.

"If you run so much as a hint of this story before I say so, then by
this time next week, you will no longer have a column. You will, in
fact, have become the Matt Drudge of print journalism, with all the
accolades that such a position enjoys. Do you understand me?"

"I believe I understand that you are threatening me," Parks replied
coldly.

"Then you understand me very well," Wallace said.

"You may consider what I have said a promise, as well as a threat. And I
have the means with which to deliver on that promise. You know that,
don't you?"

"You would do that to me?"

"Only if you insist on doing it to yourself."

"One mistake," Parks muttered, half to himself.

"One mistake in a lifetime."

"That's all it takes, my friend," Wallace said, and hung up. Wallace
took a telephone book from a table drawer, looked up the private office
number of a deputy director of the FBI, and dialed.

"Yes?"

"This is Freddie Wallace."

"Good morning, Senator; what can I do for you?"

"You can send an agent over to my hideaway office to collect a document.

I want it analyzed immediately, in every possible way; I want to know
who wrote it and where it came from."

"I'll have a man there in under half an hour."

"Thank you, and no official record is to be kept of this work, do you
understand?"

"Completely, Senator."

Wallace hung up, took a razor blade from a drawer, and excised all
references to his name and his black paramour, then dropped the
remainder of the letter and its envelope into a larger envelope.

He flicked his cigar lighter, touched the flame to the excised paper,
and watched it crumble in his ashtray. Then he stirred the ashes with a
pencil until they were powder.

Near the end of the day, back in his hideaway office, Wallace received a
phone call from his FBI contact.

"Senator," the man said, "I have carried out your instructions with
regard to the document you sent me."

"And what have you found?"

"The letter was typed by an expert typist on an Olympia Reporter
portable typewriter manufactured between 1956 and 1971. It is the sort
of machine that was popular with journalists in the field, before the
advent of laptop computers. Analysis of the signature, Jonah, indicates
that it was signed by a male of sixty years of age or older, and the
syntax and use of the language indicates a seventy percent probability
that the writer was Caucasian and well educated. There were no
fingerprints on either the letter or the envelope, except yours. No DNA
residue was found on the envelope flap, so it was moistened without
licking. There is, however, DNA residue on the stamp, indicating to us
that the letter was stamped and mailed by a person different from the
writer. It was mailed from a sub-post office on the west side of
Atlanta, near a residential area popular with employees of the Atlanta
Federal Penitentiary. Finally, the paper on which the letter was written
meets the specifications and bears the watermark of stationery purchased
in large quantities by the federal government for use by many branches,
including the prison service.

"Our conclusions, therefore, are that the letter was written by an
employee or a prisoner at the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary on a personal
typewriter, and that the letter was entrusted for mailing to a guard or
other employee, who removed it from the prison, bought a stamp, and
mailed it."

"Excellent," Wallace said.

"If you like, we can extend our investigation to the prison, and I
believe that, within a period of ten days to two weeks, we could
identify the mailer and then learn from him the identity of the writer.

However, I should tell you that, should we initiate such an
investigation, this would involve the Atlanta office and would have to
become an official matter. We deduce from the composition of the letter
that it is extorsive in nature, and we noticed, of course, that a
portion of the letter, probably including the extortion, has been
excised. We would need your comments on the record about that."

"I don't believe any further investigation is warranted," Wallace said,

"and I would like you to return to me immediately the original and any
copies of the letter."

"Of course, Senator, and you may rely on our discretion. Is there
anything else I can do for you?"

"Yes, would you get me a list of the names of all prisoners and
employees at the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary. I'd like it delivered by
hand to the address on the envelope by nine o'clock tomorrow morning."

"Of course, Senator."

Wallace said goodbye and hung up. He would see whom, among the
inhabitants of that prison, he had met on a number of occasions, always
in passing.

Zeke Tennant read the syndicated column in the Las Vegas
newspaper with interest. He had been waiting for his pigeon to come
west.

Senator Will Lee, in spite of being well behind front-runner George Kiel
for the Democratic nomination, continues to drive his staff nuts by
doing quixotic things like his appearance in Santa Fe, New Mexico, this
weekend, at a fund-raiser in Santa Fe's main plaza for his friend,
Congressman Roberto Chavez. Although it has been pointed out to him that
New Mexico has only five electoral votes, and that his time could be
better spent in more thickly populated states, he has insisted on going
to the aid of Chavez, who is in a tight race against a right-wing
Republican and whose support may be eroded by the presence of a Green
Party candidate on the ballot. In past elections, the Green Party
candidate has siphoned off Democratic votes, throwing elections to the
Republicans.

Questioned on his campaign plane about this trip, Senator Lee said!
"Roberto Chavez is a top-notch congressman, and the nation can ill
afford to lose him. He's also my friend, and it is personally important
to me to see him reelected."

Santa Fe looked good to Zeke; he could drive there overnight and be
there in plenty of time for the political rally. He thought Santa Fe and
its Plaza might afford a good opportunity for a kill. He continued
reading the column and was very interested in what it had to say.

In an hour-long chat with this reporter and others on his campaign
plane, Senator Lee spoke at length about news reports concerning a case
he handled as a lawyer some ten years ago, in his home state of Georgia.

A prisoner on Georgia's death row, Larry Eugene Moody, has appealed his
conviction for murder on the grounds that his legal representation was
incompetent. Senator Lee, quite naturally, took umbrage at this
description of his legal skills. He explained to me how he came to be
assigned to defend Moody, at the request of a local judge, who later
refused to release him from the case.

"The judge called another lawyer and me into his chambers and explained
that, because of the illness of the county prosecutor and a shortage of
lawyers, he was asking one of us to act as prosecutor and the other as
the defendants counsel. We agreed, reluctantly, and the judge flipped a
coin to see who would do which job. Heads, I defended, tails the other
lawyer did. It came up heads, and I found myself dragged into this case.

Later I learned that the judge's coin had heads on both sides."

When we had stopped laughing, the senator told us of his hard work on
the case and how he lost it in the end because his client had withheld
information from him about a previous charge of rape that had not been
prosecuted. When a defense witness inadvertently mentioned the earlier
accusation, the prosecution was able to call the rape victim to the
stand, and her testimony was pivotal in convicting Moody.

The senator from Georgia has also been accused of a liaison with an
important defense witness, the defendants girlfriend, who is now
well-known as the actress Charlene Joiner. Lee explained that there had
been only one encounter, on a weekend late in the trial, after Ms.
Joiner had testified, and at a time when she had become estranged from
Mr. Moody. They were both unattached adults. He pointed out that Ms.
Joiner had confirmed these details in a press conference after the trial
ended. Senator Lee's staff have also been making this case all week, and
their damage control seems to be working. The most recent polls have
shown no drop in Lees support; indeed, he is up a point or two in most
polls, at the expense of George Kiel, and there have been reports of
worry among Kiel's people. The Charlene Joiner connection seems to have
had the effect of making Senator Lee more human, and the fact that she
has become an important movie actress hasn't hurt. She is nothing like
the pathetic Paula Jones; she is talented, accomplished, and quite
beautiful, seemingly without the aid of surgeons. Whatever his
appetites, Will Lee certainly has better taste in paramours than Bill
Clinton.

Zeke put down the paper, got out a suitcase, and started packing.

He went into the master-bedroom closet, removed a panel, and took out a
Czech sniper's rifle, which broke down and went into an ordinary-looking
briefcase. He hid the rifle's silencer under the spare tire, since only
that was illegal, and headed out of Las Vegas.

Zeke drove at the speed limit. Even though he was fully prepared for a
stop by the police or highway patrol, with his drivers license, credit
cards, and other ID, he had no wish to invite attention. He had plenty
of time; Will Lee's political rally wasn't for two more days. He looked
out the window, enjoying the desert scenery. Zeke had been brought up in
greener places, and the vistas of the Southwest were exotic to him. Half
a mile ahead, a coyote ran across the road, carrying something in its
mouth.

He got to Santa Fe at noon the following day and made his way to the
Plaza, driving slowly around it, noting the Indian jewelry sellers
displaying their wares on the sidewalk in front of the old Governor's
Palace. There was only one hotel directly on the square. La Fonda, which
stood at the southeast corner. He used his cell phone to reserve a room,
then parked in the ground-floor garage and checked in. He took a long
nap and woke late in the afternoon, with the sun low in the sky. His
room gave a partial view of the Plaza, not good enough to shoot from,
but then he had no intention of firing from a room he had rented. He
would have to do some exploring.

He shaved, showered, dressed, and, reading from a brochure, took an
elevator to a roof restaurant on the east side of the hotel.

There was an outdoor bar, and he took a seat, looking around him.

The rooftop terrace was on the wrong side of the building for shooting,
but above him was more roof. He ordered a margarita and strolled around
the restaurant, looking for access to a higher area.

At the back side of the hotel was a trellis planted with some sort of
climbing plant. It went up a good twelve feet to what seemed to be the
roof. It should do nicely.

Zeke went back to the bar and concentrated on finding a woman to pick
up. After all, he had another twenty-four hours, and he had to do
something with his time.

Freddie Wallace let himself into his hideaway
office and found another envelope waiting for him, this one of the plain
brown variety.

He took it to his usual comfortable chair, poured himself his morning
shot of bourbon, and opened the envelope.

Sir:

Enclosed please find the lists you requested of employees and inmates at
the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary. Some corrections have been made, which
makes the lists accurate as of yesterday.

Please be assured of our discretion in this matter, and please let me
know if you require further assistance.

The note was typed and not signed, but Freddie knew whom it was from. He
switched on a reading lamp and, sipping his bourbon, began reading the
list of employees. Somewhat to his surprise, he knew two of them--the
warden, who had once testified at a hearing before a committee on which
Freddie sat, and the captain of the guard, a former constituent who had
once sought his help in obtaining employment in the federal prison
system. He thought carefully about both men, then discarded them both as
potential authors of the letter he had received. The warden would have
had no motivation to write it, and the captain of the guard was in his
debt. Next, he turned to the list of prisoners, which was considerably
longer than the list of employees. Freddie had a prodigious memory, and
he recognized a number of the names as belonging to people whose cases
had made the newspapers when they were tried. Finally, he was left with
three candidates for Jonah: the first, Emilio Costas, was a real-estate
developer whose backing turned out to have been from the Call Cartel of
Colombian drug lords and who had made a substantial contribution to
Freddies last campaign for the Senate.

The contribution had been returned when the man's backers became known.

The second was a lawyer who had actually worked in Freddie's Senate
office more than ten years before and who had been imprisoned for
stealing from a government agency by whom he had subsequently been
employed. The third was the notorious CIA mole and traitor Edward Rawls.

Freddie gave careful thought to each candidate. Certainly, Costas was
capable of doing anything that might get him out of prison, but Freddie
could not see how threatening a United States senator could aid in that
effort. The lawyer, he had known a great deal better than in passing,
but Jonah's description of their acquaintance could have been to simply
throw Freddie off the scent. Still, he had helped the man, getting him
transferred to Atlanta, to be near his family, and Freddie did not judge
him aggressive enough to be the kind of threat in question, nor would he
have had any reason to protect either the vice president or Will Lee.

Edward Rawls was another matter. He had, indeed, met Rawls in passing on
a number of occasions--a dinner party at the home of a CIA official,
when Rawls had testified before a Senate committee;

at a White House diplomatic reception; and on at least two other such
occasions that Freddie could recall. Freddie allowed his mind to range
over the history and reputation of Edward Rawls, looking for nexuses. He
found two, lodged in long-unused brain cells. Rawls had very likely
known Joe Adams when Adams was in the Senate, serving on the Senate
Select Committee on Intelligence. He would also have known Will Lee, who
was counsel to the same committee at the time. Most important, he
recalled that Katharine Rule Lee had been the instrument of Rawls's
downfall in the CIA, but before that had occurred, he had been something
of a mentor to Kate. They had known each other well. This was promising.

Now, Freddie thought about those relationships. What did Rawls have to
gain from them? Well, from Joe Adams, nothing. Adams was out of Rawls's
reach, now, both politically and medically. Joe Adams might well not
even remember who Rawls was. Will Lee, on the other hand, might be very
useful indeed to Rawls. If Lee were elected president, a pardon of
Rawls, his wife's old friend, would be within his gift.

So, Freddie reasoned, Rawls had every reason to protect Will Lee.

Freddie made his decision, and it was not a hard one. He switched on his
computer, typed a short letter, printed it, and sealed it in an
envelope. On the envelope, he wrote the name "Jonah," then sealed it.

Taking care not to leave a fingerprint on either letter or envelope, he
dropped them into another, larger envelope. Consulting a large,
computer-generated address book, he addressed the larger envelope to the
captain of the guard at home, then he made a call to the Atlanta Federal
Penitentiary.

When the man came on the line, Freddie, without mentioning his name,
made sure the captain knew who was calling, then he made his request.

The captain gladly granted the favor. Freddie hung up, feeling smug and
safe once again.

Two days later, Ed Rawls was stopped by a guard as he left the dining
hall after breakfast, on the way to his job in the prison library. The
guard escorted him on rather a long walk, down a stairway two levels
underground and down a hallway Rawls had thought disused.

The guard stopped before a steel door, unlocked and opened it. It swung
on rusty, noisy hinges.

"What's going on?" Rawls asked.

The guard took an envelope from his pocket.

"Open it and read what's inside," he said. Rawls took the envelope,
opened it, and unfolded the single sheet of paper.

Jonah, You have made a serious miscalculation, and you are now about to
suffer for it. Further, should any word of what you claim to know ever
become public knowledge by any means whatever during my lifetime, I will
see that you spend the rest of your life in prison, without hope of
parole or pardon, and every day of it in the place you are about to
enter.

Don't ever come to my attention again.

The Whale

Rawls looked at the guard.

"What the hell?" he said.

"See you in a week, Ed," the guard said. He took the letter back, spun
Rawls around, pushed him through the door, slammed it behind him, and
locked it.

Ed Rawls had just time to see that he had been thrown into a concrete
room barely large enough to lie down in, and furnished only with a
single water tap in a corner over a hole in the floor. Then the door was
shut, and he stood in the dark, wondering how this could have happened.

Zeke checked out of his room at La Fonda around four in the afternoon.

He allowed a bellman to carry his luggage to his car, then tipped the
man, who went back into the hotel. Zeke waited a minute, then walked out
of the parking lot and down the street toward the Plaza.

Signs posted in shop windows gave the time of the rally as six o'clock,
giving him plenty of time to size up the job. Near the center of the
park in the Plaza, workmen were completing a wooden platform, which rose
about four feet from the ground. Zeke walked around behind the platform
and looked back toward La Fonda.

Good; a perfect line of sight to the northwest corner of the hotels
roof. He walked back to the hotel.

In the garage, he removed the briefcase from the trunk of the car, then
dug out the silencer from under the spare tire and placed it in the
briefcase with the rifle. He walked back into the hotel and turned left
toward the elevator that went to the roof. He pressed the button for the
top floor and rode up alone. He stepped out into the rooftop bar, which
was deserted, since it didn't open until six, then went directly to the
trellis. He looped the briefcase's strap over his shoulder and began
climbing. Shortly, he was on the roof. He walked around the perimeter of
the building, examining each side for escape routes. The way he had come
would be best, of course, but after six, he might be seen by someone in
the rooftop restaurant.

On the south side, however, was a cast-iron drainpipe running straight
to the ground, ending behind an adobe wall. He remembered that the
garage had a window on that side of the building.

Satisfied, he walked to the northwest corner of the building and,
staying low, peered over the parapet. Perfect. He had a full view of the
wooden platform in the center of the Plaza park. Zeke glanced at his
watch, then sat down, leaned against the parapet, took a paperback novel
from his pocket, and began to read.

Will was awakened at five o'clock by Kitty Conroy, in his suite at the
Eldorado Hotel. They had landed in Santa Fe earlier in the afternoon,
and after half a dozen brief meetings with local Democratic supporters
and a couple of media interviews, he had had time for a nap. He was
groggy, though, and he attributed the way he felt to altitude sickness.

After all, Santa Fe was seven thousand feet above sea level, and that
took some getting used to.

Will showered, freshened his shave, and got into a freshly pressed pair
of jeans and some borrowed cowboy boots. He agreed to a suede jacket,
but declined the offer of the wide-brimmed hat.

Photographs in odd hats came back to haunt you.

"We're going to walk up to the Plaza," Kitty said.

"It's only a couple of blocks from the hotel, and you can shake a lot of
hands on the way."

Will's right hand had toughened up a lot over the past few months; you
had to get in shape for campaigning. Together with Kitty, he started for
the elevator, accompanied by two Secret Service agents.

A mariachi band was playing in the Plaza, and Zeke put away his book and
peered over the parapet. There was a thickening of the crowd at the
northwest corner of the Plaza park; Will Lee was walking toward the
platform, shaking hands.

Zeke quickly assembled the rifle, screwing the silencer onto the end of
the barrel. Then he took the fat telescopic sight from the case and,
peering through it, looked down at the Plaza. He could see Lee clearly
and up close. Except for some glare from the setting sun to the west, it
was an excellent setup. He'd wait until Lee mounted the platform and
faced the crowd to speak; then he'd go for a head shot.

Then he saw something he hadn't expected.

There was a box of security around Will Lee, and at each corner was a
man in a suit. What Zeke had not expected was that each of the four men
wore an identical metal button in the lapel of his suit.

What the hell was the Secret Service doing here? Lee hadn't even been
nominated yet. As he thought about this, he concentrated his gaze on the
lead agent, and he saw the man suddenly squint, as some sort of light
swept across his face. Then the man looked up and directly at Zeke,
alarm on his face. He pointed at the northwest corner of La Fonda.

Zeke realized that the setting sun had been reflected into the man's
eyes by his telescopic sight. The man continued to look at Zeke, and he
raised a fist to his lips, and said something into a microphone hidden
in his cupped hand.

Christ! Zeke started breaking down the rifle and packing it into the
briefcase. He'd never have climbed onto this rooftop if he'd known the
Secret Service was in town. He was lucky there wasn't an agent in his
lap right now. They would have checked the rooftops earlier that day.

Keeping low, Zeke jogged toward the rear of the building. The trellis
was too risky; there'd be cops coming up that elevator to the roof
restaurant, looking for him. As he reached the rear parapet, he heard a
commotion from the direction of the restaurant. Quickly, he slung the
carrying strap of the briefcase over his shoulder, swung a leg over the
parapet, grabbed the drainpipe with both hands, and, clamping the instep
of each foot to the pipe, slid rapidly down the side of the building,
four stories to the ground. He ran to the window that let light into the
garage, which was hinged at the top. He swung it open and looked inside.

Nobody in sight. He wriggled through the window, dropped to the garage
floor, and ran to his car, slinging the briefcase into the trunk. He got
the Lexus started, then drove slowly out of the garage. The attendant
was out of his cubicle, standing in the street, looking toward the
Plaza. The sound of sirens came from that direction. The man didn't even
see Zeke turn right toward the cathedral, then right again.

Consulting a map, he came to Alameda, then turned onto Old Santa Fe
Trail. As he did so, a police car passed him, going in the opposite
direction toward the Plaza and the hotel, its lights flashing, its siren
wailing.

Zeke drove slowly west, leaving the downtown area. He passed apartment
complexes and a golf course, then began following signs to the
interstate. Another two minutes and he'd be out of town.

He'd been stupid. He should have noticed that, with the sun setting, his
scope would reflect. And he hadn't known the Secret Service was on the
job. That was going to make his work more difficult.

But, he thought, not impossible. He drove down the interstate to
Albuquerque and took 1-40 west, toward Los Angeles. Ed Rawls was
released from solitary confinement one week to the minute from the day
he had been put in. For seven days he had not shaved, bathed, slept in a
bed, or eaten anything but unsalted dried beans and stale bread. He
stank; his scalp itched uncontrollably, as did his armpits and his
crotch; judging by the looseness of his trousers, he estimated he had
lost ten pounds. He was incensed.

He was allowed to shower, shave, change clothes, and eat, then he was
taken to the captain of the guard.

"Morning, Rawls," the captain said.

"Good morning, Captain."

"You enjoy your little vacation?"

"No, sir, I did not. Perhaps you can tell me why I received such
treatment."

"You angered a powerful man," the captain said.

"I don't know exactly how, but the letter you read must have explained
it."

"It was something about Jonah and the whale," Rawls said, looking
baffled.

"It didn't make the slightest bit of sense to me."

"Come on, Rawls; he isn't the kind of man to act unless he knew what he
was doing."

"Who are we talking about, Captain?" Rawls asked.

"You know as well as I do."

"I'm afraid I don't. I can only think that this fellow has gotten me
mixed up with somebody else. Have I ever given you or anybody else in
this pen the slightest trouble?"

"No, you haven't, and you're not going to start now."

"I have no intention of making waves, Captain, but neither do I want to
be punished for something I haven't done. Can you tell me what it was I
was supposed to have done?"

"You didn't do it to me, Rawls, so I don't know."

"Come on, Captain, who is this whale guy?"

"That'll be all, Rawls; keep your nose clean, and you won't have to go
back in there."

Dismissed, Rawls left the captain's office and was returned by a guard
to his job at the library.

A coworker named Ames saw him coming.

"Hey, Ed, where you been? Rumor is you did some time in the hole."

"The rumor is right," Rawls said, "but did it say anything about why?"

"Pissed somebody off, I guess," Ames said.

"By the way, my parole came through."

"Good for you, Charlie; when do you get out?"

"Tomorrow morning, thank Christ."

Rawls beckoned Ames behind a bookcase.

"Charlie, what are you going to do when you get out?"

"Jesus, I don't know," Ames said.

"My daughter says I can come live with her, until I find a job."

"How old are you?"

"Fifty-five."

Rawls nodded.

"Where does your daughter live?"

"Chattanooga, Tennessee."

"You got any friends anywhere else in the country?"

"I been writing to a guy I went to college with; he lives in New York."

"Charlie, you want to make some easy money on the outside?"

"How would I do that, Ed? I don't want to bust my parole."

"You know what a third-party mail drop is, Ames?"

"Nope."

"That's when somebody mails something to you, and you forward it to
somebody else. The person who mails it is the first party, you're the
second party, and the guy you mail it to is the third party."

"You want me to mail you stuff, Ed?"

"No, Charlie, just the reverse. I've got some money on the outside;

I'll make it worth your while." Rawls was fully prepared to go back into
solitary, but he didn't think he'd have to.

A week later, Freddie Wallace let himself into his hideaway office,
picked up a couple of pieces of mail from the floor, and answered the
phone.

"Yes?"

"You know who this is?" Hogan Parks said.

"I believe I do," Wallace replied.

"You have my thanks for restraining yourself on that other matter."

"Always glad to be of help," Parks said.

"Funny thing is, something nearly as juicy arrived on my desk this
morning."

"And what's that, my friend?"

"Seems a prominent member of the United States Senate was once a
card-carrying member of the Ku Klux Klan."

Wallace kept control of himself.

"Is that a fact?" he managed to say.

"Apparently so," Parks replied.

"Somebody sent me a copy of a list of members of a South Carolina
chapter, and his name is right there.

Looks authentic, and a letter accompanying it says that the FBI can
confirm it, because they had an undercover agent in the same group."

"Well, I'd be mighty careful about spreading that kind of dirt," Freddie
said, forcing himself to sound confident.

"I thought I'd ask you right out if you can confirm this report," Parks
said.

"Well, now," Freddie breathed into the phone, "seems like we've got
something of a standoff here. Because if you print that, then a paper or
two might learn about a certain journalist who got himself arrested for
pro positioning a vice cop in a Georgetown gay bar a few years back."

"I guess we have got a standoff," Parks admitted.

"But what makes you think I'm the only one who's received this report?

What if it went to a wire service or, worse, a tabloid?"

"Right now, I'm dealing with you, and not anybody else," Freddie said.

"Okay, I'm quiet; if you read about it in the papers, it didn't come
from me. Will you accept my word on that?"

"Of course I would, my friend," Freddie said.

"I've never had any reason to doubt your word."

"Somebody's out to get you, pal," Parks said, then hung up.

Freddie hung up, too, and he was sweating. Then he looked at the mail in
his lap. There was a plain brown envelope addressed simply to the room
he sat in. He ripped it open.

Dear Freddie, I thought you'd like to know in advance that a copy of the
enclosed Klan membership roll has gone to three political columnists.
I'm going to let you guess who they are. Suffice it to say they all have
a national readership.

I've done this because I heard about what you did to that poor Rawls
fellow, apparently thinking he was me. It's no skin off my nose, of
course, but it did give me a hint of how vindictive you can be, so I
thought a little shot across your bow was in order. If the columnists
call you for a comment, or if you can figure out who they are, then you
have a chance of stopping the story.

I'm aware of some other things about you that would make good reading,
in addition to the one mentioned in my earlier letter.

If you make any other attempt to locate me, or if the information about
the previously mentioned person's health leaks, or even if you mess with
Rawls again, I'm going to become the Johnny Appleseed of yellow
journalism.

Don't mess with me, Freddie. You're out of your league.

Love and kisses, Jonah Quickly, Freddie examined the envelope. It was
postmarked New York City. The letter seemed to have been set in type, so
it had probably come from a computer printer, impossible to trace.

Freddie held the paper up to the light and found a watermark; it read:
State of New York, and the seal was there, too.

"Jesus God," Freddie said aloud to himself.

"Who is this son of a bitch?"

Will stood and looked at his campaign airplane. It was an elderly Boeing
737, leased from a creditor of a failed regional airline, and adapted,
slightly, for his purposes. It contained a desk and a sofa where he
could sometimes catch an hour's sleep, plus a lot of firstclass-sized
seats for staff and press. It was seedy, smelly, and, at the moment,
broken.

"How long?" he asked the pilot.

"At least four hours," the pilot said.

"They're driving a part up from Albuquerque. Could be six hours."

Will turned to Kitty.

"Make the necessary adjustments in the schedule, but before you do, rent
me a car."

"A car?"

"And don't mention it to the Secret Service."

"Senator..."

"Just do it, Kitty, please."

Will drove north, with no particular destination in mind. He just wanted
to get away from the business of campaigning for a while, and this was
the first real opportunity he had had in months. He enjoyed driving
himself again and not having to talk or listen. He was not a happy
candidate.

He came to a fork in the road and took the one toward Los Alamos,
because he had never been there. All he knew about the place was that
the first atom bomb had been built there, and that there was a huge
laboratory where weapons were still designed.

Will had known that running for president was going to be hard, but he
had never realized how hard. On the plus side, he had a good
organization, great volunteers, a knowledge of the issues, and well
thought-out positions on everything. On the minus side, fundraising was
lagging, and even with federal matching funds, he was coming up short on
television money.

Then there was George Kiel. Will had underestimated the planning that
Kiel had been doing for this campaign, apparently for years. The man had
an un matchable network of people in what seemed like every party
organization in the country, and he was taking a lot of campaign money
that Will wouldn't touch. The result was an avalanche of very good, if
conventional, television advertising that was hurting Will in many
states, and the fact that Will was behind in delegate votes for the
coming convention.

But what bothered Will more than anything was his belief that Kiel could
not beat Eft Efton in the general election. He could see this scenario
playing out: Kiel is nominated, and party bigwigs, terrified that he
might lose to Efton, bring unbearable pressure on Will to accept the
vice-presidential slot on the ticket.

Will did not want to be vice president, not even with the promise that,
after two terms, he could be the party's nominee for president.

Still, he didn't know if he could stand up to the pressure when the
demand came.

The road was rising, winding through spectacular mountain and canyon
scenery. Will rolled down his window, and cooler air than he had
expected rushed into the car. Finally, he pulled over to a roadside
parking place and got out of the car. He was high above the Rio Grande,
and the landscape stretched to the south toward Santa Fe.

He could make out adobe buildings in the town, even see where the
airport should be. Western scenery always amazed him, and the clarity of
the air made this spectacular. He wanted to talk to Kate right now, but
she was in her office at the CIA, and when he talked to her there, he
could never know if their conversation was being recorded. He wanted her
to tell him not to take the VP nomination, that she would leave him if
he did, that she would hate him for backing down to the party. He wanted
her to scream at him, to put some iron back into his backbone.

He breathed deeply of the thin mountain air, but he didn't seem to be
able to get enough oxygen. He tried to imagine being vice president, and
he couldn't. There was one man who could help him. He took his cell
phone from a pocket, dialed the White House number, and asked for Vice
President Adams.

A secretary answered the call, recognized his voice, and put him on
hold. A moment later Susan Adams came on the line.

"Will? How are you?"

"I'm all right. Sue, if a little tired. Can Joe find a moment to speak
to me?"

"He's in an important national security meeting right now. Will, and his
schedule is really tough today. Is there anything I can help with?"

Adams wasn't going to talk to him.

"I just wanted to talk to him about the vice presidency."

"The vice presidency? Are you considering that spot on the ticket?"

"Not really, but I know a moment might come when I might have to
consider it, and I wanted Joe's take on whether I should do it."

"Will, I can tell you what Joe will say."

"Then please do."

"Joe has always hated being vice president, you know that."

"I knew he wasn't entirely happy with the job."

"He was unhappy right up until the moment he became acting president.

From that moment on, he was glad he took the job."

"So if I take the vice presidential nomination, all I have to look
forward to is the hope that George Kiel might clutch his chest and turn
blue?"

"I don't think Joe would put it as strongly as that, but that's what it
boils down to."

"That's pretty depressing," Will said.

"Wilt, you know that Joe wants you to have the top job. That hasn't
changed."

"To tell you the truth, I was beginning to wonder."

"Joe just feels that he has to be seen remaining neutral in all his
actions until the nomination is decided, no matter what his personal
feelings."

"What about at the convention? Is he going to take a position before the
voting?"

"He hasn't decided what to do about that," Sue said.

"He's thought about it a lot, believe me."

"How is Joe feeling, Sue? I mean, really?"

"He's just fine about ninety-five percent of the time," she replied.

"I'm not sure than any of us can expect more than that."

"I wish I were fine ninety-five percent of the time," Will said.

"I've never heard you like this. Will. What's going on?"

"I don't know. Sue; maybe I'm flagging."

"Don't do that. Will; it's too important. You don't want to leave the
country to George Kiel or Eft Efton, do you?"

"It's not what I want, Sue; it's what the party and the electorate
want."

"I think you can make them want you."

"I think I can beat Eft; I just don't know if I can take the nomination
from George."

"You can do it, Will; I believe that, and so does Joe."

"Well, I'm glad somebody believes it."

"You've just got to work every minute, Will, and take every break.

If you work hard, you'll get lucky."

"Thanks, Sue; I'll try to keep that in mind."

"We're looking forward to seeing you at the convention, Will. I think
things will start to gel for you in Los Angeles."

"I hope you're right. Sue. Thanks for taking the time to talk to me."

"I'll tell Joe you called," she said, then hung up.

Will closed the little telephone and put it away. The mountain air still
didn't have enough oxygen.

He got into the car and drove up to Los Alamos, which he thought looked
like a seedy small town designed by a team of convicts.

He drove down empty roads and occasionally passed guarded gates, through
which roads led into woods.

He found himself in Bandolier National Forest, and the scenery took on
an alpine look. There were amazingly few cars on the roads, and he liked
the emptiness of the landscape.

He turned back toward Santa Fe and remembered that the scenery always
looked different on the way back. He wondered if the depressing
political scenery was ever going to change for him.

Zeke Tennant drove west across New Mexico and Arizona. He found Gallup
depressing and Sedona nice. He stopped at the Grand Canyon and had lunch
and a good look at a very big hole in the ground. He drove on south and
west and watched the scenery dissolve into desert, guarded by huge
cacti. He passed through towns with familiar names.

"Kingman, Barstow, San Bernadino," he sang, but he never caught sight of
Route 66. He stayed overnight in a motel in San Bernadino, then, the
next morning, bought a large map of Los Angeles and did some studying.

It didn't take long to get his bearings.

The L.A. Coliseum was in a neighborhood he didn't care for, but after
driving around for a while he found a neat block of houses, and one of
them had a sign outside advertising a room for rent. The landlady, a
slightly overripe but attractive woman of about forty, Mrs. Rivera,
looked him over and, when he offered her a month's rent in advance,
found him acceptable. Zeke left his suitcase in his room, then went for
a drive. He was looking for construction sites and, in less than an
hour, found two that seemed promising.

Next, he drove back to the Coliseum and drove slowly around it until he
saw a sign that read l.a. coliseum employment office. hiring now. He
parked in the nearby lot, combed his hair, and walked into the office
and up to a counter.

"May I have an employment application, please?"

The woman behind the counter gave him a form and a ballpoint pen and
indicated a table where he could sit and complete the application.

Zeke used his Las Vegas address and identity, Harry Grant.

Asked for his skills, he thought about it, then put down carpentry and
electrical work. As an afterthought, he put down "installation and
repair of computers and sound systems." He had done all of those jobs in
other existences. He turned in the application and sat down to wait.

A few minutes later a man appeared behind the counter.

"Harry Grant?" he asked.

"That's me," Zeke said, standing up.

The man looked him up and down and, apparently, liked what he saw.

"Come with me," he said, raising the counter-top to let Zeke through. He
led the way to a windowless office down a hallway and offered Zeke a
chair.

"My name is Hiller," he said, looking at Zeke's application.

"I see you live nearby. How long you been there?"

"Moved in today," Zeke said.

"Just got into town."

"Where from?"

"Las Vegas; I've been there for the past eleven years."

"Doing what kind of work?"

"Well, I've done a little of everything at one time or another, but for
the past four years I've had my own business, installing computers and
home-entertainment systems."

"What happened to your business?"

"I did okay at it, but it's tough being self-employed. I got to the
point where I was going to have to start hiring help, and I thought,
well, I don't really want to do that; I'd rather just find something
good and work for somebody else. I kind of got tired of Vegas, too."

Hiller nodded.

"You haven't put down any references," he said.

"Like I said, I've been self-employed. I could give you the names of a
couple of people I did installations for."

"Good. What are they?"

Zeke rattled off two names and phone numbers in Las Vegas, along with
the name of his banker. He had prepared for this long ago.

"You mind if I call these people now?" Hiller asked.

"Go right ahead."

Hiller held out a plastic bottle.

"While I'm at it, you may as well fill this for me. I assume you don't
mind taking a drug test."

"No, sir, not at all." Zeke followed the directions to the men's room.

On the way he passed a window that offered a view of the huge interior
of the building. There was a lot of construction going on. He used the
John, filled the plastic bottle, dawdled a bit, and returned to the
office.

"Well, those folks thought well enough of you," Hiller said, taking the
bottle from him and labeling it.

"Do you have an electrician's license?"

Zeke did, but in Georgia, under his own name.

"No, sir, but I could probably pass the test."

"What kind of carpentry work have you done?"

"Everything from framing to finish work. I did two years as a
cabinetmakers apprentice when I was eighteen, building kitchens, and I'm
good at installations."

"Well, you're an interesting fellow, Harry," Hiller said.

"I've got a need for some temporary people at the moment. You
interested?"

"I'd prefer something permanent," Zeke replied, "but maybe what you've
got might lead to that?"

"It might very well. Tell me, can you work from architectural drawings?"

"Yes, sir; that's what I did at the cabinet shop, and my boss let me
work pretty much on my own."

"Good. Right now we're getting ready for the Democratic convention, and
we're stretched pretty thin. With your range of skills, I could offer
you twenty an hour to start, and after the convention, if you show me
you can do the work, I might have something better for you."

"I think twenty might be all right to start," Zeke said, "but I think I
can show you I'm worth more than that, if you'll give me the chance."

"Harry, when I run this drug test, what am I going to find?"

"Urine," Zeke replied.

"I like a beer after work, but I've never been a drug user."

"Good. Let's say you're hired, pending the test results. It'll take me a
day to run the test and get you processed. Have you got your own tools?"

"Yes, sir," Zeke lied.

"I'll call you tomorrow and let you know for sure, but I think you can
expect to be back here the day after tomorrow at 8 a.m. sharp to start
work." He rose and shook Zeke's hand.

Zeke left the office and got back into his car. He needed some tools,
and he thought he knew where to get them. He drove around for a while
until he began seeing a lot of bars and pawnshops. At the second
pawnshop he found what he was looking for. Some poor bastard, down on
his luck, had pawned a first-rate set of carpenter's tools, and Zeke got
the lot for two hundred dollars. At a surplus store he bought some
coveralls, work boots, and a hard hat.

He put his tools in the trunk of the car and began driving again, back
to the construction sites he'd seen earlier. He circled a large
excavation until he heard a siren and somebody yelling, "Fire in the
hole!" A moment later, a satisfyingly large explosion went off.

"Oh, yeah!" Zeke muttered under his breath. He looked hard at the little
shack on the edge of the excavation, festooned with signs warning of
danger and high explosives.

"Nothing like advertising," he said aloud, laughing.

When he got back to his rooming house later in the day, his landlady
called to him as he passed her living room.

"Mr. Grant?"

"Yes, Mrs. Rivera."

She fumbled for a piece of paper in her pocket.

"A Mr. Hiller called. He said to tell you everything is okay, and you
can start work tomorrow, instead of the day after."

"Thank you, ma'am," he said.

"It's okay if I call you Harry?" she asked.

"Sure, it is," he said.

"My name is Rosa," she said.

"Maybe you would like to have supper with me this evening? You like
Mexican?"

"Sure do, Rosa." He grinned, looking her up and down.

"I like Mexican real good. But, ah, where's Mr. Rivera?"

"In Mexico, I think, but who cares?"

"Not me," he said, giving her his best smile.

As his campaign airplane approached Los Angeles, Will picked up the
telephone, the only item on the aircraft that he felt worked
consistently well, and called Kate at home.

"Hello?" she said.

"Good evening; this is the next president of the United States."

"Oh, God, not another dirty phone call."

"Show a little respect, Missy, or when I'm president, I'll exile you to
the Department of Agriculture."

"Could you breathe a little harder, please? I don't feel I'm getting the
full effect."

"I promise you the full effect just as soon as you arrive in L.A."

"Oh, well, there's a problem; I can't come tomorrow."

"What?"

"A flap at the office. I can't go into it, but..."

"Kate, I need you here."

"Will, I'm sorry, but..."

"Kate, I haven't asked much of you during the campaign, but this is
important. The delegates are arriving, and I want them to see you with
me on television. Peter, too."

"So, you want to use my son for window dressing?"

"You bet I do, and you as well. And ANYWAY, I thought it might be a
memorable experience for Peter to be at the Democratic convention and
see his stepfather nominated for the presidency."

"Wait a minute, do you know something I don't?"

"Just take it for granted."

"Will, I'll just be a day late, that's all. You know I wouldn't be late
if it weren't important."

"The fund-raiser is the day after tomorrow," Will said.

"You can't miss that."

"Oh, is this the one where I get to shake the hand of Charlene Joiner
and thank her for screwing you?"

"That's the one, and short of thanking her, you have to be nice.

The press is primed for this event, and it must go well. Look on the
bright side; you get to spend some time with Vance Calder, too. You met
him in New York, remember?"

"I believe I may have a vague recollection of having met the biggest
movie star in Hollywood and the handsomest man on earth, yes. I'll make
you a deal; you spend all your time with Charlene, and I'll spend all my
time with Vance."

"You want me to spend all my time with Charlene?"

"Well, no, but I figure you won't be able to, anyway, whereas I can
cling to Vance like a mussel, and everybody will think it's charming."

"We've got the biggest suite at the Bel Air Hotel, so we can put Peter
down a hall somewhere, so he won't hear his mothers pitiful cries."

"That's good geography. Can we put Charlene in Mexico?"

"Probably not; she is, after all, our hostess."

"I hear there's a market for her services in Tijuana."

Will felt a need to change the subject.

"The Secret Service will meet you at LAX, and you'll get V.I.P treatment
all the way."

"You mean I won't have to wait for my luggage and a rent-a-car?"

"You'll go straight from the airplane into a limo, and from there,
straight into my bed."

"Will the Secret Service help with that, too?"

"We won't need any help."

"How many events do I have to go to while I'm there?"

"One thousand and sixty, at last count."

"That's what I thought."

"Some of them might actually be fun," Will said.

"The rest, you'll have to pretend."

"And I'm so good at pretending."

"You'll manage; it won't be any duller than a CIA old boys' reunion."

"It wouldn't be any duller than that if you were running for head of the
Los Angeles sewer department."

"Speaking of the old boys, do they ever mention the campaign and your
place in it?"

"At first they did, in sly sorts of ways. I think they finally got over
it."

"They're not worried what life would be like if the first lady were
working at the Agency?"

"If they are, they're too clever to let me know it. Come to think of it,
maybe I should start dropping hints that they'd better be nice to me."

"Wait until I have the nomination, then let'em have it."

"Where, exactly, are you now?"

Will looked out the window.

"We're flying over the eastern suburbs of Los Angeles, which go on
forever and ever."

"Are you landing at LAX?"

"No, at Santa Monica. The airplane can just about get in there, and
Kitty thinks it'll be easier to manage the press there than at LAX."

"What do you mean, 'the airplane can just about get in there'?

How long is the runway?"

"Shorter than LAX's, I think, but long enough."

"Will you be on TV when you land?"

"If I'm not, I'm firing Kitty."

"Then I can watch. Oh, boy! Will you try and say something new and
different?"

"I try to do that every day, but it doesn't always work. I have to
settle for what's new and different to the particular audience."

"Send me a signal," she said.

"If you love me, scratch your crotch."

Will burst out laughing.

"On national television?"

"Never mind. Charlene would probably think it was a signal to her."

"I'll see you the day after tomorrow," Will said, still laughing.

"Count on it, my love."

"I love you."

"You better."

As the 737 landed. Will looked across a taxiway into a boiling crowd at
the Supermarine terminal.

"Oh, look," he said to Kitty Conway, as they raced past, engines in full
reverse, "a spontaneous demonstration."

"Yeah," Kitty replied, "and it only took three weeks to put together."

A Secret Service agent sitting across the aisle from Will briefed him as
they taxied back toward Supermarine.

"This is the biggest crowd we've managed yet, and I want you to know the
setup," he said. He took a sheet of paper from his pocket and displayed
a diagram of the area.

"We had Supermarine pull all aircraft off their ramp to make room for
the crowd. A podium and sound system have been set up, where the
airplane will stop, and this area to your left will be press only,
except for cameramen, who will be scattered all over the place. If you
feel a sudden urge to plunge into the crowd, remember this: The first
rows of people, three or four deep, are our buffer zone. All the people
there are campaign workers or invited guests; we've run the name, date
of birth, and social security number of every one of them through our
computers to make sure that none of them has a criminal record or has
ever made a threat on a president or a politician. "Behind them is the
general public, and if you push that far into the crowd, it will be
almost impossible for us to protect you. That's how we lost George
Wallace; he pushed past the buffer zone, Arthur Bremmer was waiting for
him with a handgun, and Wallace spent the rest of his life in a
wheelchair."

"I see," Will said.

"The crowd seems pretty happy; I don't think we'll have to worry about
an Arthur Bremmer."

"Senator," the agent said, "with all due respect, that's the stupidest
thing I've ever heard you say. Remember how happy the crowd was in Santa
Fe?"

"Yes, that was a good rally."

"Well, there was a man on a rooftop, probably with a rifle and a
telescopic sight. We rushed the roof, but he got away from us."

"Why didn't you mention this before?"

"We didn't want the press to get hold of it, and we thought it was just
as well that you didn't know." He reached into a small duffel on the
seat next to him and took out a vest that matched Will's suit.

"We'd like you to wear this," he said.

"It has a lining made of Kevlar, and it will stop small-arms fire."

"This is Southern California; it's a little warm for a vest, isn't it?"

Will looked at Kitty.

"What do you think?"

"I think I would not like to be alive," she said, "if I let you leave
this airplane without it, and you got shot. Please wear it for me."

Will slipped out of his suit jacket and into the vest, which was
surprisingly light.

"It fits," he said.

"How did you get it to match my suit?"

"We got the outer fabric from your tailor," the agent said, "and the
vest was made from his pattern by our man. We've got three more."

"Looks like I've got a new tailor," Will said.

"I didn't know the Secret Service provided that service."

"If you're nominated," the agent said, "you're going to have a new
wardrobe of protective garments--an overcoat, a trench coat, some other
things. The colder the weather, the more we can protect you."

The airplane came to a halt, and everybody stood up.

"Funny," Kitty said, "I feel as though the campaign is starting right
now; as if nothing we've done so far matters; just everything from here
on in. Do you feel that way, Senator?"

"I think I do. Its very strange." The door to the airplane opened, and
the noise filled the cabin. Somewhere a band was playing "Happy Days Are
Here Again."

"Lets go," Will said.

He stepped out onto the gangway, and the roar of the crowd struck him
like a breaking wave. Clips of old newsreels flashed through his
mind--Elsenhower, Kennedy, Reagan, stepping out of airplanes, hands in
the air, waving, smiling. He felt like Woody Aliens character Zeiig,
superimposed on some old black-and-white footage. His knees were weak as
he walked down the steps. Then, as he mounted the platform, the roar
became even louder, and suddenly, he felt as if an enormous rush of
energy had passed from the crowd to him, and, for the first time, he was
one with his audience.

The band stopped playing, and the audience slowly grew quiet.

Will began to speak, and magically, what had become his standard stump
speech grew into something else--rehearsed, yet improvised.

He was modest, then amusing, then serious, then finally, inspiring.

He knew he had never spoken so well, and when he ended and stepped back
from the microphone and listened to the crowd cheer, he felt he had
crossed into some fresh, new political territory.

The Secret Service agents herded him and a handful of staff down a
runnel of screaming people toward a line of waiting vehicles.

Will shook hands on either side of him, felt people grabbing at his
clothes, heard them shouting at him. He looked into their faces and
found himself wondering if one of them was his Arthur Bremmer,
concealing a gun behind a smile, eager to become a footnote of history
by ending his life.

Then he was in the back of a Secret Service limousine with Kitty and
Tim, and they were moving faster and faster. To Will's surprise, they
drove straight across the runway and out of the other side of the
airport.

"Isn't this dangerous?" he asked. "We got the FAA to close the airport
for a few minutes, until we were clear," Kitty said.

"Senator, what happened back there? I've never heard you speak like
that."

"I don't know," Will said.

"I got this incredible rush. That was a very well trained crowd. Kitty."

Kitty shook her head.

"Only a couple of hundred of them were ours. The rest just showed up.

Something is happening here, I swear it is. I've never experienced
anything like it before."

"Neither have I," Will said, his heart still pounding.

"Don't let it stop."

The motorcade turned into the back drive of the Bel Air Hotel and pulled
into a parking lot behind a two-story building. Will was led down a
tunnel and through a ground-floor door into the handsomest hotel suite
he had ever seen. It looked, he thought, like the home of a very rich
and very tasteful Hollywood producer. He heard voices, and the first
person he saw was Charlene Joiner.

She was standing facing the door, next to Vance Calder and a short,
well-tailored man Will had never met.

"Will!" Charlene cried, and rushed forward, kissing him on the cheek.

"Charlene," he said, "it's good to see you." It had been ten years since
he had seen her, and she had then been in her early twenties. A decade
had made her even more beautiful, and the perfect hair and Armani suit
helped. He felt an involuntary stirring in his crotch.

"I believe you've met Vance Calder," Charlene asked.

Will shook the movie star's hand.

"Of course. It's good to see you again, Vance."

"And this is Lou Regenstein," Charlene said, pointing Will at the
shorter man, "the chairman of Centurion Studios."

"Mr. Regenstein, I'm very happy to meet you."

"Please, Senator, it's Lou."

"Lou it is. I want to thank all three of you for the magnificent effort
you're making for my campaign. I believe it is the most generous act
I've ever heard of, and I'll never forget it. Won't you all sit down?"

Everyone sat on facing sofas before a fireplace, while Will took off his
jacket and removed the vest, which, along with Charlene, was making him
warm.

"Forgive me, but I don't think I need to be bulletproof for this
occasion," he said, slipping back into his jacket.

Everybody laughed.

"I want you to know," Calder said, "that the fund-raiser is fully
subscribed, a thousand people at a thousand dollars a head." He handed
Will a check for a million dollars, made out to his campaign.

Will accepted the check and looked at it.

"Outside of a couple of defense expenditures, that's the biggest check
I've ever seen," he said.

"However did you round up so many people?"

"It was easy," Charlene said.

"We simply announced the party would be limited to a thousand, so we had
an immediate demand for tickets."

"Hollywood loves anything exclusive," Regenstein said.

"We hear rumors that tickets are being scalped as we speak."

Will laughed.

"Maybe we should scalp a few ourselves."

Everybody laughed.

"How is Arrington, Vance?"

"She's very well, and so is our son, Peter."

"We have a boy named Peter, too; he's arriving the day after tomorrow
with his mother. He's at Choate."

Charlene jumped in.

"If you're on your own, will you come to dinner tomorrow at my house in
Malibu? I'm having a few people in."

Yeah sure, Will thought.

"I'm so sorry, Charlene," he said, "but you have no idea the schedule
I'm keeping while I'm here. Your fund-raiser counts as recreational
time."

"Maybe next trip. I'd love to meet Kate," Charlene said with patent
insincerity.

Regenstein stood up.

"Well, Senator, we'd better be going; I'm sure you've got a lot to do."

Will stood, too, shaking the man's hand.

"Thank you again, Lou, for all your help on this fund-raiser, and I
haven't thanked you properly for Centurion's incredibly generous gift to
the party."

Everyone laughed.

"Will," Charlene said, "can I have just a moment of private time with
you?"

"Of course," Will said, looking around the room for rescue. Kitty, Tim,
and two Secret Service agents were with them, and Kitty was whispering
to an agent.

Will shook Vance Calders hand again.

"I'll see you at the party;

Kate and I are both looking forward to it."

"Arrington is looking forward to seeing you again," Calder said.

Everyone filed out of the room, except the Secret Service agent to whom
Kitty had been whispering.

"Could we be alone for a moment. Will?" Charlene asked.

"I'm sorry, Charlene, but the Secret Service insists on being with me at
all times."

The agent nodded vigorously.

"It's policy, ma'am."

Charlene looked annoyed, but she returned to her seat on the couch. Will
sat on the sofa opposite.

"It's good to see you doing so well out here, Charlene," Will said.

"Starring with Vance Calder--that's something."

"Oh, Vance is a dear," she said.

"I've been fucking him ever since we started work on our movie. He's
over at my trailer every day at lunchtime."

Will was speechless. He glanced at the Secret Service agent, whose
eyebrows had shot skyward.

"Don't look so shocked," Charlene said.

"It's a tradition at Centurion. Vance has always fucked his leading
ladies."

"What did you want to talk to me about, Charlene?" he asked. He hoped it
was not about fucking Vance Calder.

"It's about Larry Moody's appeal," Charlene said.

"Yes, I heard about that," Will replied dryly "The people from the J.
Edgar Hoover Institute called me and asked if I would ask you to file a
brief as part of the appeal."

Will was startled at the mention of the right-wing group.

"What sort of brief?" he asked, baffled.

"Well, as you know, the basis of their appeal is that Larry had legal
counsel that was...  inadequate."

"I believe'incompetent' was the word they used."

"Yes, well, they're hoping that you'll file a brief confirming that your
representation of Larry at his trial was less than your best. I mean,
you had the senatorial campaign going, and Senator Carr was ill, and


"Are they insane?" Will demanded.

"Do they really think for a moment that I would state to an appeals
court that I am an incompetent attorney?"

"Now, Will, it's just a matter of form, and it's to save Larry's life,
that's all."

"It's not a matter of form, Charlene. No self-respecting attorney would
ever do such a thing. I'm sorry that your friend faces the electric
chair, but he put himself there, first by raping and murdering a young
woman, second by insisting on his innocence, instead of allowing me to
plead to a lesser charge, in return for a reduction in sentence, and
third, by lying to me from day one."

"I know all that, Will, but I'm very fond of Larry; he helped me at a
difficult time in my life, and I'm still grateful to him."

"That speaks well of you, Charlene, that you would stand by your friend,
but I'm afraid I can't be of any help to you in this matter. You must
understand that its absolutely impossible for me to do anything for
Larry now."

Charlene sighed deeply.

"Well, if that's your last word."

"It is, I'm afraid." Will stood up to encourage her to do so.

Charlene stood and came toward him, her arms out.

Will grabbed her by the shoulders and held her at a distance while he
pecked her on the cheek.

"It's good to see you," he said, steering her toward the door, "and I
want to tell you again how grateful I am for your help with the
fund-raiser. It was an incredibly generous thing to do." They had
reached the door, and the agent held it open. "See you at the party,"
Charlene said, and before Will could back away, she leaned forward and
kissed him on the ear, using her tongue.

"Good night, Charlene," Will said, trying to keep his voice steady and
noting the expression on the face of Kitty Conroy, who was waiting to
come in.

As Charlene passed out of the room, Kitty stepped in.

"Can I get you a Q-tip?" she asked as the door closed.

"Thanks for keeping an agent here," Will said.

"What did she want?"

"She wanted me to file a brief in Larry Moody's appeal, admitting that I
gave him incompetent representation."

"Oh, is that all?" Kitty hooted.

"And I thought she wanted your body."

"Maybe she did," Will said defensively. He dug the check out of his
pocket.

"I guess she thought the price was right."

Kitty looked at the check.

"Jesus Christ, I never thought I'd see such a thing in my whole life."

"Just get it into the hotel safe, and don't take any detours to Las
Vegas on the way."

"Don't you worry," Kitty said, reaching for the door, "and I'll ask the
Secret Service to post extra guards to keep Charlene out."

Zeke presented himself for work as requested, and Hiller, who had hired
him, walked him down to the floor of the Coliseum, where a large
platform was under construction at one end of the space.

Hiller called another man over.

"Hank, this is Harry Grant, who's just coming to work for us. I think
you might find him useful. Harry, this is Hank Greenbaum;

Hank will be your foreman."

Zeke shook the mans hand. Ordinarily, Zeke would have refused to work
with a Jew, but there was no point in creating a fuss about race right
now.

"Good to meet you," Hank said.

"I hear you have quite a range of skills to offer us."

"I'll help wherever I can," Zeke replied.

"Tell you what, climb up on that ladder there and tell me what you think
of the framing plan of our platform."

Zeke climbed up and surveyed the work for a couple of minutes, making
mental notes. He came back down.

"Who designed the framing?" he asked.

"A kid in our in-house design office."

"Not a structural engineer?"

"No, we thought he could handle it."

Zeke shook his head.

"You see a problem?" Hiller asked.

"How many people at a time are you likely to have standing on it?"

"Maybe as many as two hundred," Hiller replied.

"And what are you flooring it with?"

"Half-inch plywood, then carpeting," Hank replied.

Zeke shook his head again.

"You think it's dangerous?"

"I think that, under a lot of weight, it could be a little rickety."

"Let's go take a closer look," Hank said, "and you can tell me what
you'd do to make it better."

The three men walked under the platform and through the framing.

Zeke looked around.

"You see how he's got this series of boxes designed? I think we could
make it a lot more rigid if we put cross members in each box, and then
I'd use three-quarter-inch plywood for the flooring. That ought to keep
it rigid, and it would feel a lot more substantial underfoot, too."

"I agree," Hank said to Hiller, "but I'll have to have approval for the
extra expenditure. It shouldn't be too bad; we can exchange the
half-inch plywood for the three-quarter and get full credit. I might
even be able to get them to throw in delivery."

"Do it," Hiller said, "and thank you. Harry; that was well spotted."

Zeke shrugged.

Zeke did the shoring up himself, and Hank Greenbaum watched him closely.

By quitting time all the cross-members were in, and the framing was
ready for the plywood flooring.

"Good job," Hank said.

"You're going to be real useful around here. I like the way you use
tools."

"Thanks," Zeke replied.

"What you want me to do tomorrow?"

"Come on up to my office and take a look at some plans," Hank said.

Zeke followed Greenbaum up to a small room above the platform and
watched as he unrolled some architect's plans.

"This wasn't done by no kid," he said, looking at them.

"Nope, this was an expert job," Hank agreed.

"These are the plans for the podium. It's pretty elaborate, as you can
see, wide, with raised paneling. It has room for all the telephone and
sound-system wiring and the Teleprompter equipment, and, directly under
the podium, there'll be a closet where all the junction boxes will be
located. That way, if there's a problem during the convention, we can
solve it without sending men out onto the platform."

Zeke nodded.

"What's this?" he asked, pointing to another kind of box at the center
of the podium.

"The Secret Service is supplying that. It's basically a three-sided box
made of quarter-inch steel plate. It's accommodated into the design, so
that it won't show, but anybody standing at the microphone will be
protected on three sides from gunfire."

"It doesn't have a floor," Zeke pointed out.

"You think it needs one?"

"Nah, only authorized people would be under the podium, anyway, and I'm
sure the Secret Service will check it out for bombs more than once."

"You ever had any experience working with the Secret Service?" Hank
asked.

"No, I'm just going by what I read in the papers about how they work.

They'll be all over us like flies."

"I guess they will," Hank said.

"They've already been around to case the place, and they've approved the
plans for the platform and the podium. I understand you've done a lot of
installation of cabinetwork."

"That's right, I have."

"Then I'd like you to take whoever you need and assemble and install the
podium. It's due in tomorrow morning from the cabinetmakers.

Then, when you're done, the painters will come in and finish it."

"What about the electrical work?" Zeke asked. "That's being done by an
outside contractor."

"I think it would be a good idea if, after I've got the thing installed,
I worked with them on running the wiring and siting the junction boxes.

I've done a lot of that."

"Its okay by me," Hank replied.

"Can I take these drawings home with me tonight and do some planning?

Then I can go right to work on the installation as soon as the
cabinetwork arrives tomorrow morning."

"Sure, go ahead, but for God's sake don't lose them. That's my only
copy."

"Don't you worry," Zeke said.

That night after supper, Zeke spread the plans out on Rosa's dining room
table, set up a lamp, and began his work.

"What you doing, baby?" Rosa asked, coming from the kitchen, where she
had been washing dishes.

"I'm planning something very important," he said, pointing at the plans.

"Do you know that the man who might be the next president of the United
States is going to be standing right there, making a speech? You can
watch it on television in a few days."

"Oh, really?"

"Yeah, it's going to be pretty exciting," Zeke said.

Freddie Wallace answered the door himself at his Georgetown home. It was
late, and his visitor looked both tired and worried.

"Come in, my boy," Freddie said, in his most avuncular manner.

"Come in, and have a drink."

"Thank you. Senator, I could use one," the man said. He was in his early
forties, well dressed, and possessed of the sort of accent that spoke of
generations of Ivy League ancestors.

Freddie led the man to his study.

"Bourbon?" he asked.

"I've got some awful good bourbon."

"Scotch, if you have it," the man replied.

"I've got some awful good scotch, too," Freddie said.

"At least, that's what I'm told; I never drink the stuff myself." He
poured a double of a single-malt whiskey, dropped in a couple of ice
cubes, and offered it to his visitor.

The man accepted the glass gratefully and took a very large gulp of the
whiskey.

"I suppose you're wondering why I asked you here at this time of night,"
Freddie said, waving the man to a chair before the fireplace and taking
one himself.

"Yes," his guest replied.

"You and I have been helpful to each other in the past, John," Freddie
said, to remind the man of past indiscretions. The man said nothing.

"I have a feeling you know what I want from you," Freddie said, and he
knew immediately that he had hit the mark.

"I can't imagine," the man said stiffly.

"Now, John, you and I both know that, sometimes, a man can be in a
position to help his country in ways that are not obvious to the casual
onlooker."

The man gazed forlornly into the fire.

"Just tell me what you want," he said.

"Tell me about Joe Adams."

The man winced.

"What about him?"

"You see him as often as anybody, except maybe his wife."

"I suppose."

"It's come to my attention that Joe has not been himself of late."

"He seems fine to me."

"Really? That doesn't jibe with my information."

"What information is that?"

Freddie leaned forward in his chair, as much as his ample gut would
allow.

"Now, laddie, let's not play games. I don't want to make this any more
difficult for you than I have to."

"I'm not playing games," the man said, "I just don't know what you're
talking about."

"Your tenure in the White House is coming to an end, John," Freddie
said.

"When the new man, whoever he may be, takes over, you'll be out in the
cold, unless you have some sort of inside track to George Kiel or Eft
Efton."

"I don't," the man said.

"Well, if you want to continue to rise in this city, you're going to
need the help of people of influence," Freddie said, "and, especially,
protection from those who would, shall we say, make your life more
difficult."

"How would anybody do that?" the man asked.

"Laddie, we've all done things in our lives that we're not proud of. All
of us have committed small sins, while others..." He let the sentence
trail off. "I'm sure you've read my FBI file, Senator," the man said
testily.

"And if you have, then you know that I've led a blameless life."

"I'm sure that's true," Freddie said, without admitting to having read
the file, which he had.

"But blame can always be apportioned.

Sometimes things get past even the FBI. Not everything is in their
files."

"Senator, do me the courtesy of being direct with me," the man said.

"Tell me what you want, and what you're threatening me with to get it."

"John, I have uttered no threat of any kind," Freddie said soothingly
"Haven't you?"

"Certainly not. Let me pose a question to you."

"Go ahead."

"If you believed that a threat to the stability of the country existed
in the behavior of a high, elected official, would you want to protect
your country?"

"Of course I would, but I'm not aware of any such threat."

"Suppose this high, elected official were ill, and his illness posed a
threat?"

"Senator, what are you talking about?"

Freddie was becoming exasperated with the man's intransigence.

"I'm talking about Joe Adams," he said.

"Do you seriously think that the vice president is some sort of threat
to the country?" the man asked.

"I think he could be, under the right circumstances."

"What circumstances, exactly?"

"Use your imagination, laddie. Think about the pressure cooker the man
is living in."

"Joe Adams handles pressure as well or better than any man I've ever
met," the man said.

"He wasn't under much pressure at that White House dinner," Freddie
said, "and he stumbled badly there."

"He just became emotional," the man said.

"He believed passionately in what he was saying to his audience."

Freddie was becoming annoyed now.

"Son, do you take me for a fool?"

The man looked him squarely in the eye.

"Frankly, Senator, I don't know what to take you for."

Freddie was growing red in the face, and he knew it. Why the hell was he
having so much trouble confirming these rumors? This Jonah character had
prevented him from getting them into the press, which might have caused
them to be confirmed, and now, this supposedly weak man sitting before
him was being stubborn.

"Laddie, you're about to find out whether there's life in this town
after being a White House staffer, and you're about to find out what I
can do about it."

The man stood up.

"Senator, it's late. Thanks for the drink; I'll be going now."

Freddie was on his feet.

"You're playing with fire, boy."

"No, Senator, you're the one who's playing with fire. I'll tell you
something: If I have to have enemies in this town, I'd just as soon you
were among them. Good night." The man turned and walked straight out of
the house.

Freddie stood there, shaking. He would not be spoken to that way. Who
did this little twerp think he was? He threw his crystal glass into the
fireplace.

Outside on the street, the man removed a slender dictating recorder from
the breast pocket of his jacket, rewound it, and listened for a moment.

Every word was plain. Will stood before the California delegation, the
largest and, from his point of view, most important of all. They had
given him a standing ovation upon his introduction.

"I've already talked myself blue in the face all over California," he
said, "but I'd like to answer any questions you may have."

"Tell us where you stand on the Castle Point naval base," a man in the
front row said.

Will took a deep breath.

"That's a tough one, but I'll be frank: It's very likely that the base
will be closed."

"You know how important that base is to California, don't you?" the man
asked.

"I certainly do. Military bases are important to every state;

they're big employers, and they pump a lot of money into the local
economies."

"Then why do you support closing it?"

"I'm still waiting for the final report from the commission before I
make that decision, but I have to tell you, it doesn't look good, and
I'd like to tell you why."

"All right, go ahead."

"As important as military bases are to the states, they're even more
important to the country as a whole. We don't have any weapons system
that costs as much to build or maintain as a large military base costs
us. Year after year, we try to close a few, so that we can make big
savings on the defense budget, but year after year, congressmen and
senators fight to keep them open, because it means votes to them.

"So the president set up a special commission to make recommendations on
which facilities should be closed, and barring any really huge errors in
their recommendations, I'm committed to accepting them. My home state of
Georgia is likely to lose a big base, too, but if it makes sense for the
country, I'll accept that.

"The good news is that there's never been a better time to reduce the
number of bases. We're in the middle of a booming economy, and that
means that the people who lose their jobs will find it easier to find
new ones. California has the lowest unemployment rate it's had for
thirty years, and those people will quickly be absorbed into new jobs.

Remember, too, that if Castle Point is closed, it will very likely be
put to private, commercial use, and that will create a lot of new jobs."

He pointed to a woman in the third row.

"Tell us exactly where you stand on abortion."

"All right; like the country as a whole, I'm torn on this question.

On a personal level, I'm opposed to abortion; I would not suggest to any
woman I know that she have one. But in the end, it has to be the woman's
choice, and I won't allow my personal feelings to intrude on that. I
don't think that I or any other politician has the right to tell a woman
what to do in those circumstances, and I won't support any law that
infringes on her personal choice."

"Where do you stand on national health insurance?" a man shouted from
the back of the room.

"I think that, eventually, we'll come up with some sort of workable
program that will gain bipartisan support. The Clinton plan was shot
down by a television campaign that told a lot of lies about how the plan
would work--lies like you wouldn't get to choose your own doctor. Now,
as a result of the failure to pass that plan in the Congress, the
insurance companies have a death grip on how our doctors treat our
illnesses, and I think that's wrong. I doubt that there's a person in
this room who doesn't know someone who's been denied an operation or
other treatment because of the intransigence of an insurance company.

You hear a lot from the Republicans about not wanting to create another
bureaucracy, but in fact, what we have now is an enormous insurance
bureaucracy that is making decisions about our individual medical care.

Every time they deny treatment, they make more money, and that's wrong."

"How do you feel about the Clinton impeachment business?"

"I think it was a sustained, right-wing-Republican, political tantrum
from the Starr investigation, to the Judiciary Committee hearings, to
the House impeachment vote, to the presentation of the house managers.

President Clinton's sins were just that, and not impeachable offenses.

The whole process was an outrage against the Constitution, and the
Republican Party is going to have to bear the political consequences for
what they did. It's my hope that a great many of the instigators of
impeachment will be voted out of office in November."

That got a rousing round of applause. Will spent another half hour
answering their questions, then moved on to other state delegations,
where he answered, mostly, the same questions.

In the late afternoon Will returned to the Bel Air to find Kate and
Peter waiting for him, Peter before the big-screen television in the
suites living room.

"You look a little tired," Kate said, kissing him.

"I've been tired since January," Will replied.

"I hope that being president is a lot less work than running for the
office."

"Don't count on it. Listen, there's something I have to talk to you
about."

"Let's go into the bedroom. Peter, you okay here?"

"Sure, Will. Can I have a Coke?"

"There's a refrigerator in the bar; help yourself, and stay out of the
booze."

"Yeah, yeah." The boy laughed and went into the kitchen.

Will went with Kate into the bedroom and closed the door.

"Is something wrong?"

Kate took a pocket dictator from her purse.

"Could be; listen to this; Sue Adams messengered it to me this morning.

One of the voices is John Campbell, from Joe Adams's staff; I think
you'll recognize the other one." They sat down on the bed, and Kate
switched on the machine.

Will listened intently, and when the tape was finished, his mouth was
open.

"My God," he said.

"How did Freddie find out about this?"

"It sounds to me as though he doesn't know for sure," Kate said.

"But the old bastard is clearly willing to do whatever it takes to find
out."

Kate did not mention the letter that she had received from Ed Rawls:

Kate, Freddie W. knows about J.A." but I have him neutralized, for the
moment.

I'm not sure how long I can keep my foot on his neck, though. He figured
out that it was me and had me thrown into the hole for a week, hut I may
have made him think it's somebody else. He could probably have me
killed, if he wanted to.

Jonah Zeke crept out of Rosa's bed and, leaving his clothes on a chair,
tiptoed into his own room. He took a zippered canvas bag from under his
bed and checked its contents: a pair of dark coveralls, a ski mask, a
pair of driving gloves, a dozen feet of clothesline, a set of bolt
cutters, and a fifteen-inch length of lead pipe, wrapped with two rolls
of friction tape at one end.

He slipped into some jeans, a T-shirt, and a pair of canvas boat shoes
that wouldn't leave a tread mark, then crept down the stairs and out of
the house. It was a ten-minute drive to the construction site he had
picked out, and when he arrived he drove around the block twice, looking
for LAPD patrol cars and the night watchman.

He saw no cars, but the watchman was walking the perimeter of the site.

Zeke parked and watched until the man returned to his shack.

Zeke got into his coveralls, rolled the ski mask so that it looked like
a watch cap, slipped on the thin gloves, then grabbed the bag and headed
for the fence. He cut his way through the chain links with the bolt
cutters and slipped through. The watchman was still in his shack,
probably dozing.

Zeke ran lightly over the rough ground to the shack. From inside he
could hear the sounds of an old movie coming from a small TV set. He
pulled down the ski mask, removed the lead pipe from his bag, stood
behind the door, took a deep breath, and coughed loudly.

A moment later, the TV went off and the door opened. Zeke waited for the
man to take a step or two, then swung the pipe in a short arc toward the
back of his neck. There was a faint thump, and the man fell in an
uncoordinated heap. Zeke dragged him back into the shack and, with the
length of clothesline, lightly hog-tied him, then stuffed the mans own
handkerchief into his mouth. He turned the TV back on and turned up the
volume.

Zeke left the shack and, standing in its shadow, waited three minutes,
watching for traffic. There was little to be seen, and no patrol cars.

He ran toward the explosives shed. He cut through the padlock with the
bolt cutters and let himself inside. There were no windows, so he
switched on the light; everything he wanted was there. He had to resist
the temptation to take it all, but he settled for two pounds of plastic
explosive, which was about the size of a brick, and some detonators.

He stuffed everything into the bag, checked for traffic again, and ran
back to the opening he had cut in the fence, then to his car. He tossed
the bag into the trunk, got in, and drove away. A few blocks down the
street he stopped, shucked off the coveralls, and threw them, along with
the shoes, the gloves, and the ski mask, into a Dumpster; then he drove
home and crept up the stairs again.

He stowed the bag under his bed, then tiptoed back across the hall, used
the toilet, flushed it, and got back into bed with Rosa. She rolled over
and threw an arm over him. The woman slept like a stone; his alibi was
tight.

The following morning, Zeke stood with Hank Greenbaum as the unassembled
podium was brought to the platform on a forklift and lowered gently to
the plywood floor.

"How long will you need to install the thing?" Hank asked.

"I'll have it together tonight and ready for painting," Zeke said, "but
I may have to put in some overtime."

"That'll be fine," Hank replied.

"How much help do you want?"

"Just one man."

"Rico!" Hank hollered to a man across the platform.

"Get over here and help Harry put this thing together."

Rico walked over.

"Sure thing," he said.

"Take your orders from Harry," Hank said, and walked away.

The two men began unloading sheets of custom-built paneling from the
forklift. Shortly before noon, as the podium was beginning to take
shape, two men in suits arrived.

"Secret Service," one man said, and they both flashed ID.

Zeke hadn't been ready for this, and his first impulse was to kick the
man in the crotch and run like hell.

"We're just looking the platform over," the agent said to Zeke.

"What are you two men doing here?"

"We're assembling and installing the podium," Zeke replied.

"Let me just make a note of your name," the agent said. Looking at the
laminated ID badge hanging from Zeke's pocket, he jotted down some
information, then did the same with Rico.

"How do we get under the platform?" the agent asked Zeke.

"There's a door at the back, and one at the front," Zeke replied.

"What are we going to find down there?"

"Nothing, except a closet where all the telephone, electrical, and
sound-system wiring is led in."

"Thanks, carry on," the agent said, and the two men walked away.

Zeke went back to work, breathing easier.

When the quitting whistle blew, Zeke turned to Rico.

"I'll take it from here," he said.

"There's not much more to do."

"Whatever you say," Rico replied.

"See you tomorrow."

Zeke continued to'work on the podium as the rest of the work crew made
their way off the Coliseum floor. Finally, he was alone. Using a power
saw, he cut a section out of the floor under the podium, then hinged it,
creating a trapdoor. He had planned this to give quick access to the
wiring closet below. Nobody would think it was anything but a good idea.

He let himself down into the closet, switched on the light, and gazed at
the wiring installation. Slowly, he identified each wire and where it
led. Each wire was marked with a strip of masking tape, and its
destination was written on the tape. He located the wire that would lead
to the microphone, on the premise that, once the mike was installed and
working, nobody would pay any further attention to it. The wire turned
out to be red, which would help him identify it again later. He looked
around the closet, which was nothing more than a six-foot-by-eight-foot
framework of two-by-fours, clad in quarter-inch plywood. All that this
room needed for his purposes, he decided, was a ceiling. He took some
measurements, then went behind the platform where materials were
stacked, found a piece of scrap plywood that was big enough, trimmed it
with his power saw, and went back into the closet.

He cut a number of holes in it for the various bunches of wires to run
through, then he reran all the wires and tacked the plywood to the
framework. It was hardly noticeable, since it did not impede the work of
the electricians, but now he had a gap of four inches between the new
closet ceiling and the plywood that made up the floor of the platform.

The gap would be there when he needed it, very near the new trapdoor.

He cleaned up after himself, gathered his tools, and went whistling
home, content with his day's work. Will pulled his black bow tie tight
and examined it closely. He had once seen Vance Calder perform that task
in a movie, and his result had been a lot better than Will's.

Kate came out of the dressing room, where she had been applying her
makeup.

"Better let me take a look at that," she said.

"Wow," Will breathed.

"That is some dress!" It was black, short, and low-cut.

"I thought it would be good for the Hollywood glitterati to know that
there are tits back East," Kate replied coolly.

"How does it come off?" Will asked.

"Later; now let me at that bow tie."

She did something to it, and when Will checked it in the mirror, it
looked almost as good as Vance Calder's. There was a rap on the bedroom
door.

"Come in," Will said.

A Secret Service agent poked his head in.

"No bulletproof vests tonight," Will said adamantly.

"No problem. Senator," the agent replied.

"We've already checked the name, date of birth, and social security
number of every guest and every Calder employee, including the caterers.

Everybody's clean.

The car is ready when you are."

Will glanced at his watch: five-forty-five. They were to be there early
for an early dinner with the Calders before the other guests arrived.

"Are we ready, Kate?"

Kate smoothed the front of the dress.

"We're ready. Where's Peter?"

The boy appeared from the kitchen, looking surprisingly mature in his
dinner jacket.

"The starlets are going to be all over you," Kate said, straightening
his tie.

"That's my dream in life," Peter replied, kissing his mother carefully
on the cheek, so as not to muss her makeup.

"I understand the Calders have paired you up with someone for dinner,"
Will said.

"Oh, great!" Peter grunted.

"I'll have to entertain somebody's granddaughter, I guess."

"Every woman is somebody's granddaughter," Kate said, steering him
toward the door.

For the occasion, the Secret Service had come up with a limousine that
Will thought looked very presidential. The three of them piled into the
rear with one agent and made themselves comfortable.

Peter pointed to a complicated telephone console with many buttons.

"I'll bet you could start World War III with that," he said.

"Probably," Will replied.

"Anybody you're mad at? I'll order up a cruise missile."

"How about the biology department at Choate?" Peter said.

"Biology was never my best subject."

It was only a short drive to the Calders' Bel Air residence. A uniformed
guard stood at the gate, along with a Secret Service agent, and a crowd
of press had already gathered outside the gate. A galaxy of strobes went
off at their approach, and Will waved through the window.

"Kitty has only allowed a couple of pool cameras onto the grounds," he
said, "and a couple of print reporters."

"It's like a Hollywood opening," Peter said.

They drove up to the house, which was a low, sprawling Spanish-style
residence with a tiled roof. Vance Calder and his wife, Arrington, were
waiting at the front door. Next to them stood Lou Regenstein, and
Charlene Joiner was on his arm, in an Academy Award-class dress, with
cascades of newly styled blond hair spilling over her shoulders.

"Well, here we go," Kate said, eyeing Charlene.

"Don't bite," Will replied as they got out of the car.

There were handshakes and cheek pecks all around; then, as they went
into the house, Will spotted what he thought must be the most beautiful
creature he had ever seen. He recognized her immediately as the teenage
star of a new television series that had gotten a ton of publicity
lately.

"And here's Peters date," Vance Calder said.

"Peter, this is Astrid Bergson; Astrid, this is Peter Rule."

For just a moment, Peter had the expression of a felled ox, then he
recovered himself and shook the girl's hand.

Vance leaned over, and whispered to Kate, "Don't worry, she's only
sixteen, too, and very sweet."

They had entered a broad hallway that ran all the way through the house
to the gardens beyond, and Vance steered them into the adjacent living
room, where a butler was waiting with flutes of champagne on a silver
tray.

Everyone chatted like old friends.

Peter and Astrid, Cokes in hand, stood near the fireplace.

"I've seen your TV show," he said.

"I think it's terrific."

"Thank you," the girl replied.

"I hear you're at Choate."

"That's right. How can you manage both school and the show?"

"Oh, there's a law about that. I'm tutored every day, and my grades are
very good. How are you enjoying L.A.?"

"Well, mostly, I've limited myself to the pool at the Bel Air Hotel."

"You should see some of the city while you're here."

"I'd love to do that," he replied.

"How about I show you around some this weekend?"

"Fantastic!"

"I'm coming east in a couple of years," she said.

"My deal with the show is that I can leave when college starts. I'm
planning to go to the Yale Drama School."

"Yale sounds great," Peter said.

"I think I'll go there, too." He gave her his best smile.

"I was thinking of Harvard, but what the hell?"

She laughed a wonderful, tinkling laugh, through gorgeous teeth.

Peter sighed.

They sat at a round table, talking animatedly, while four courses of
extremely pretty Californian cooking were served, with accompanying
wines. Will silently thanked Arrington Calder for having had the
presence of mind to seat Kate and Charlene on opposite sides of the
table. It occurred to him, with a start, that Peter was probably the
only male at the table who had not slept with Charlene Joiner. By the
time they were on dessert, the noise level in the hallway outside the
dining room had risen to a dull roar. The paying guests were arriving
and, if the volume of their laughter was any indication, were already
beginning to get their thousand dollars' worth.

Arrington Calder set down her coffee cup.

"I think it's time for us to go and mingle with our guests. Will, we've
a microphone set up on the terrace; perhaps you'd say a few words to
them first?"

"Of course," Will said.

Arrington took his arm and led him out of the dining room, through the
hallway, and out onto a terrace, which was elevated over the broad rear
lawn and gardens. Everybody followed. As they stepped onto the terrace,
applause broke out.

Vance stepped up to the microphone.

"Good evening, and thank you all for coming," he said.

"I think its time you all met the reason we're here. Ladies and
gentlemen, the next president of the United States, Senator Will Lee!"

The crowd roared its approval as Will stepped to the microphone.

Finally the applause died.

"Good evening to you all. First of all, I want to thank our hosts, Vance
and Arrington Calder, for being so kind as to allow us all to invade
their home this evening."

Much applause.

"Second, I want to thank them, as well as Charlene Joiner and Lou
Regenstein of Centurion Studios, for organizing this event, and for
extorting so much money from all of you. It's important for you to know
that, although there is a limit of one thousand dollars per person that
can be contributed to a candidate, there is still no limit on what an
individual can contribute to the Democratic Party, which can use the
funds in the general election. Lou Regenstein and his board of directors
have been so wildly generous as to promise a million dollars to the
party, and I hope each of you will consider following their example."

Much laughter and applause.

"I've promised Lou that I'll do everything in my power to see that that
money is spent on my campaign, and not George Kiel's!"

More laughter and applause.

"Now I'd like to introduce you to my family: This is my wife, Kate, and
our son, Peter." He put an arm around each of them and pulled them
forward as more applause broke out.

"Kate is here so that she could meet Vance Calder again, and Peter is
here so that he could meet Astrid Bergson."

Much laughter.

"This is one of Kate's few campaign appearances since I announced, last
January. As you may have heard, the national security depends on her
being at her desk in Langley, Virginia, nearly all the time, and there's
a pretty good argument to be made that she is more important to her
country there than on the campaign trail."

More laughter.

"This is Peter's first campaign appearance since he was twelve years
old. He has been, of course, occupied with school, although it's going
to be very hard to get him to go back, after having met Astrid."

More laughter.

"Tonight, I want to thank you for more than your financial contribution:

I want to thank you for your personal contribution to the political life
of your country. People from that far-reaching community we all think of
as Hollywood have always taken an interest in national affairs, just as
the nation has always taken an interest in them. So many of your faces
are so well known to the American people that they have come to think of
you as their neighbors out west, and they want to know where you stand
when its time to choose the nations leaders. I am very proud and very
grateful that so many of you are standing with me."

Much applause.

"The Democratic convention opens tomorrow, and tonight, all across this
city, there are other parties like this taking place, though perhaps not
quite so well attended as this one. I don't want you to think of your
colleagues who are supporting other candidates as your opponents. By
this time next week, our party will have chosen its candidates, and we
will all be working together to see that they are elected. There will be
parties, too, for candidates of the Republican party, and though you may
rightly think of them as opponents, after the first Tuesday in November,
we are all-Democrats and Republicans--going to have to work together to
make this country all that it can be.

"It is at the center--not the left or the right--where the work gets
done, and that New Center is where we are all going to have to meet each
other and our obligations to our country. We are all in this together,
and together we will take this country into the new millennium!"

Will stepped back from the microphone to huge applause. He pulled Kate
and Peter forward, and they all waved at the crowd.

When the applause had finally died, Vance Calder came to the microphone
again.

"Now that you've gotten your money's worth, dinner is being served.

We've felled a large number of oxen, and for those of you who are
California vegetarians, we have denuded the San Joaquin Valley for your
dining pleasure."

Will, Kate, and Peter walked down the steps and onto the huge lawn where
the guests were gathered.

Peter whispered into Will's ear.

"Now can I break off and talk to my date?"

"Sure," Will whispered back! "but don't do anything you wouldn't want to
see on the front page of the Los Angeles Times tomorrow."

Peter fell back and took Astrid Bergson's hand.

Will did his level best to shake every hand at the party. He and Kate
wandered through the crowd, talking with the guests, laughing at jokes,
and thanking everyone. Outside of Washington or Georgia, Will had never
been to a party where there were so many familiar- faces, faces that he
had watched hundreds of times at the movies and on television. He posed
for pictures with most of them.

Then there was a tug at his elbow, and Charlene was there. Kate had
fallen back into the crowd.

"We need to talk alone," Charlene said.

"Not even if you have a gun," Will said, sotto voce, through a smile.

"Not here, not with everyone taking pictures. I hope you understand."

He turned and grabbed an actor's outstretched hand, thrilled to be saved
from a tabloid fate. If Will had felt busy before, the tempo of his
existence increased markedly with the beginning of the convention. The
delegates gathered and caucused, the platform committee met and argued,
while Wills representatives fought for his positions; deals were being
made at every opportunity; and promises were made that would never be
kept.

Wills parents arrived. Billy and Patricia Lee were housed in a suite
adjoining Wills, and both began working the telephones, calling
delegates in their hotel rooms and on their cell phones, extracting
assurances where they could. On the evening of the first ballot, Billy
called a meeting in Wills suite. He looked grim.

"All right, listen up," he said, and the two dozen people in the suite
grew quiet.

"We're not going to win the nomination tonight," he said, and there was
a collective gasp.

"I've counted and re-counted, and we just don't have the delegates. The
good news is, George Kiel doesn't have them either." The room burst into
babble again.

Will stood up.

"Everybody shut up and listen to Dad," he said.

Billy looked around, then continued.

"I make it that Kiel is twelve to fourteen delegates short, and we're
about thirty-five short.

What we have to do this evening is to make sure we don't lose even a
single delegate on the first ballot. If we can do that, then we'll have
a better shot on the second ballot, I think. It's important that, after
the first ballot, we pick up some delegates, even if it's only half a
dozen. I want instructions to go out to our people on the floor to tell
our delegates to hold fast, and not expect to walk away with this thing.

If we can get through two ballots tonight without losing, and maybe pick
up a few votes, then we'll have a real shot at winning tomorrow night.

Now you've all got your lists of people to call. Will and I will be
calling the delegation chairmen on the floor, shoring them up, and I
want each of you to make sure that every one of our delegates with a
personal phone gets at least one phone call on the floor. It'll make'em
feel good. Now go to it!"

Most of the campaign workers left for a meeting room in the hotel where
a phone bank had been set up. Each of them had a list of names and
numbers to contact.

"Will," Billy said, "what worries me most is California. They'll hold on
the first ballot, because they'll have to, but on the second ballot,
we're going to lose some people."

"Because of the Castle Point naval base?"

"That's right. I've heard from some friends that Kiel's people have been
promising some of the California delegates that, if he's elected, he
won't close the base."

"But he's already committed to following the commissions recommendation
on Castle Point, just as I have."

"Right, and we have to hammer that home with every California delegate.

When they call the roll, California is the fifth state to be called, and
the first big state. If there are significant defections, it could start
a snowball effect for Kiel. But if we can hold, it may give a lot of
other delegates some backbone. So you and I are going to personally
contact every California delegate we can."

"Let's get started," Will said. By tradition, he couldn't appear at the
convention until after the balloting, so he began working the phones.

Zeke was under the convention platform, with two Secret Service agents.

It was the third set of agents he'd given the tour, and this pair was
being very meticulous. He went through every under-platform
installation, working from a detailed set of drawings, pointing out the
wiring plans for lighting, sound system' Teleprompters and telephones.

The agents knew what they were doing, Zeke realized. These guys were
technically oriented, and they understood everything pointed out to
them.

"How many telephone lines?" an agent asked.

"Six to the podium," Zeke said.

"Another six to the rest of the platform and the green rooms. It's a
Lucent Partner Plus office system, with a max of twenty-four extensions,
and they're all in use."

An agent popped the cover on the main phone panel and went through it,
line by line and extension by extension.

"It's been checked and rechecked by the people who installed it," Zeke
said.

"It's working perfectly."

The agent nodded.

"I just wanted to be sure there was nothing in the box but telephone
wiring."

The man had given Zeke an idea. He'd planned to detonate with a timing
device, but now he realized that these people might very well spot that.

The telephone system offered a more elegant solution.

Above their heads, a roar went up from the crowd.

"Sounds like they've finished the balloting," an agent said.

Will sat with his father before the big-screen TV in the living room of
his suite, a list of delegates before them. The last of the big states,
Texas, was polling its delegation for the second ballot.

"If we can get past Texas without losing too many delegates, we can hold
our own," Billy said.

"But not much better than that."

The television commentators were having a field day; they had not seen a
race this close for many a convention.

The Texas vote was announced by the delegation chairman, to a roar from
the whole convention. "We're alive," Billy said, "but there are still
fifty delegates from other, smaller states to go."

They held Utah and Vermont, then lost two Virginia delegates.

Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin came in as expected.

"We have a net loss of one delegate," Billy said.

"It's not much, but it scares the hell out of me."

Only Wyoming was left to vote, with only three delegates, all of whom
had voted for Kiel on the first ballot. They were sitting together in
the front row.

"Mr. Chairman," the delegation leader boomed into the microphone!
"before announcing our vote, I request a poll of the delegation!"

The crowd erupted into wild laughter and applause.

"The delegation will be polled," the chairman said.

"The clerk will call the roll."

"Mr. Weston," the clerk said.

"Mr. Chairman," Weston said, "I wish to cast my vote for the next
president of the United States, Senator Will Lee of Georgia!"

"That's one," Will said.

"I hadn't expected that."

"Your mother has been on the phone with Governor Tobias, talking
cattle." Will's mother had been the cattle farmer in the family.

"Ms. Evans," the clerk called.

A woman stood up.

"I cast my vote for Senator Will Lee!" she shrieked.

"Mr. Tobias," the clerk called.

The governor stood.

"Mr. Chairman, Wyoming is unanimous for Senator Will Lee!"

"Well, I'll be damned," Will said.

"We've got a net gain of two," Billy cackled.

"I wish it was six, but it'll have to do."

They went through the delegate count again, to be sure they had missed
no votes, then Kate came across the room with a cordless phone, her hand
over the receiver.

"Will, George Kiel is on the phone," she said. Will looked at his
father.

"I guess you know what this is about," Billy said.

"You'd better talk to him."

Will took the phone.

"Hello, George," he said.

"Will, we have to talk."

"Go ahead."

"No, I want us to meet; I've got a bungalow at the Beverly Hills Hotel.

Will you come over here?"

Will didn't like the idea of talking on Kiel's turf, and he hesitated.

"Will, we have to talk; there's something you don't know."

"All right, George, but it will have to be alone--nobody else at all.

Agreed?"

"Agreed." Kiel gave him the bungalow number.

"Your Secret Service people will know the back way in. Nobody will see
you."

"I'll be there in twenty minutes," Will said, then hung up the phone. He
looked around the room.

"Now I have to decide whether I can stand being vice president," he
said.

"You could do worse. Will," his father said.

"I know it," Will replied.

"I knew it might come to this, but now I've got to decide before I get
to the Beverly Hills Hotel."

"You've already heard what all of us think, Will," his father said.

"Do whatever you feel is right, and we'll be with you."

"Kate?"

"Whatever you want is good enough for me," she replied.

Will stood up and got into his jacket.

"I'll be back as soon as I can," he said. The Secret Service car drove
up Sunset Boulevard, past the Beverly Hills Hotel, then made a left and
drove uphill for a couple of hundred yards. A guard at a nearly hidden
gate looked at the agent driver's ID, then opened the gate. A moment
later, the car glided to a stop before a cottage that was nearly buried
in a jungle of California landscaping.

Will got out of the car, walked to the door, and rang the bell.

George Kiel opened the door.

"Wait here," Will said to the agent. He walked inside, and Kiel closed
the door behind him.

"Evening, Will," Kiel said, offering his hand. Kiel was a big man, six
two or -three, and heavy. He was dressed in a suit, and he took off his
jacket and tossed it on a chair.

"Can I get you a drink? I'm having one."

"Bourbon on the rocks," Will replied.

Kiel motioned to a chair before the fireplace, where a gas log was
cheerfully pretending to burn.

"Have a seat."

Will sat down; Kiel brought the drinks and sat down, too.

"You know, Howard Hughes used to live in this cottage."

"Oh?"

"Yes, and I expect a lot of starlets were sampled right here."

Will didn't respond to that.

"How's your week going?" Kiel asked. "Actually, it's going pretty well,
after the balloting this evening," Will replied.

Kiel chuckled.

"Tobias did a one-eighty on me," he said.

"How'd you do that?"

"I sicced my mother on him," Will replied, sipping lightly at his drink.

He was going to need a clear head for this.

"I may as well warn you. Will, I'm going to pick up a substantial number
of California votes tomorrow night."

"By promising to keep Castle Point open?"

Kiel shrugged.

"George, if you break your commitment to follow the commission's
recommendations, why will those folks believe you won't break your new
commitment to them?"

"Just think of it as politics, Will."

"It's bad politics, George."

Kiel ignored that.

"Will, I want to compliment you on the way you've run your campaign.

You've done it in a principled manner, and I admire that. In a way, I'm
sorry to see you fall short."

"So far, you've fallen short yourself, George; remember, we gained
delegates on the second ballot."

"So you did," Kiel admitted.

"All two of them."

"We expect to win on the fourth ballot," Will said. This was a bluff,
and Will thought Kiel probably knew it, but he was surprised to see a
flicker of doubt flash across the man's face.

Kiel took a deep breath.

"It won't get to a fourth ballot; my people tell me we'll win on the
first ballot tomorrow night."

Now it was Will's turn to wonder if Kiel was bluffing. Did he know
something Will didn't? He'd said something like that on the phone.

"If you do, George, I'll be the first to support you. I'll turn over
what's left of my war chest, after our bills are paid, and I'll campaign
for you actively. If you win the nomination."

"That's very generous, Will; it's what I'd expect from you."

Will decided to keep his mouth shut and let Kiel do the rest of the
talking. "Will," Kiel said finally, "I want you to run on the ticket
with me in the second spot."

Will took a breath to speak, but Kiel held up a hand.

"Don't turn me down yet," he said.

"You haven't heard everything I have to say."

Will nodded.

"I'll make you the most powerful vice president in history," Kiel said.

"I'll put you in charge of all domestic policy, including economic
policy. You know my interest in foreign affairs. There'll be a domestic
policy advisor on staff, as usual, but he'll report to you."

Will was stunned; he hadn't expected this.

"That's very..." He couldn't think of a word.

"Unprecedented," Kiel said.

"It certainly is."

"Well?"

Will's mind was thrashing through the gears; he needed time.

"George, you said on the phone that there was something I didn't know.

What is that?"

Kiel got up slowly and went to the chair where he had thrown his jacket.

He reached into an inside pocket, withdrew a single sheet of paper, read
it quickly, then put it back into the pocket. He fumbled through the
jacket and came up with another piece of paper, then came back to his
seat.

"Will, if you'll run on the ticket with me and we're elected, I won't
run for reelection after my first term. I'll give you my word on that."

Will was stunned anew.

"George..."

"Listen, I don't want this to go any further, but my health isn't all it
should be. I don't think I could manage eight years, maybe not even
four."

"George," Will said, "I hope you're not promising to die in office."

Kiel burst out laughing, and Will laughed with him.

"Christ, I hope not."

"And what happens, three and a half years down the pike, when your
doctor tells you you're fine, and it's okay to run again?"

Kiel looked at the paper in his hand, then gave it to Will.

"Put that in your pocket," he said.

Will read the letter:

Dear Will.

Confirming our conversation of tonight, I want you to know that it is my
firm intention, should I be elected president, not to run for a second
term. Should you decide to be my running mate this year, and if we are
elected, I will put you in charge of all domestic and economic policy,
reporting directly to me, and near the end of my first term, I will
announce my intention not to seek reelection and enthusiastically
endorse you to succeed me as president.

I do this because of my high personal regard for you and your abilities,
and I hope you will accept the vice-presidential slot on my ticket.

With warmest regards, It was on Kiel's personal stationery, signed and
dated.

Will was flabbergasted. Kiel's offer was certainly unprecedented, and to
put this sort of political promise in writing was unheard of.

"George, I'm very flattered to be asked to run with you."

"Then do it, Will. We'll make a great team."

"I need to talk with Kate about this," Will replied.

"Can I sleep on it and give you an answer in the morning?" He handed the
letter back to Kiel.

"Keep it," Kiel said.

"Show it to Kate, and to your folks, too; I know you rely on their
advice." He cleared his throat.

"One thing:

This offer is predicated on your withdrawal before the balloting
tomorrow evening. If you decide to fight until the end, then we're in a
different ball game. Understood?"

Will stood up.

"Understood. I'll be in touch in the morning." He shook Kiel's hand and
made his exit.

* * * On the way back to the Bel Air, Will read and reread the letter.

It seemed airtight. What an offer! Under these circumstances, being vice
president was extremely attractive. He couldn't wait to show the letter
to his family.

Nobody had gone to bed. Kate, his father and mother, Kitty Conroy, and
Tim Coleman were all there.

"So what happened?" his mother asked.

"I think I can best explain that by reading a letter George gave me,"
Will replied. He read the letter aloud.

"That's unbelievable," Billy Lee said when Will had finished.

"Not the deal he's offering you, but that he would put it in writing.

I've never heard of a politician doing such a thing."

Will handed him the letter.

"Signed, sealed, and delivered. What do you think I should do?"

"While you were gone I talked with Thad Morrison," he said.

Morrison was the governor of California.

"He's been getting calls from his delegates about Castle Point."

"Oh?"

"Kiel has, apparently, promised them that, if they change their votes,
and he's elected, he'll keep Castle Point open."

"He as much as admitted it to me tonight. What do you think it's going
to cost us?"

"Thad thinks at least eight delegates, maybe one or two more, will
change their vote on the first ballot tomorrow evening."

"And Kiel needs, what--fourteen votes to win the nomination?"

"That's right," Tim Coleman said, "and if eight or ten California
delegates change their votes, it won't take much of a snowball effect to
give him the nomination on that ballot."

"So, what we've got here is a carrot and a stick," Will said. He held up
the letter.

"Carrot."

"And the stick is the loss of the California delegates," Tim said.

Kate spoke up.

"Why don't you fight it to the finish? What have you got to lose? Kiel
will still want you for vice president."

Will shook his head.

"George made it clear that the offer is good only if I drop out before
the balloting."

"He's bluffing," Billy said.

"Of course he is," Patricia Lee said.

"Trouble is," Kitty said, "we can't be sure."

"That's what a bluff is all about," Billy replied.

"The California delegation is caucusing at noon tomorrow," Tim said.

"We've got until then to decide."

"I told George I'd give him an answer tomorrow morning."

"Morning ends at noon," Tim pointed out.

"Oh," Kate said, "Sue Adams called; she said that Joe wants to meet with
you tomorrow at ten."

"Where?"

"He's at the Roosevelt, downtown."

"Okay, let's all sleep on this," Will said.

"And I'd like to talk to Joe about it, too." He stood up.

"Good night, everybody."

Kate fell asleep immediately; it took Will longer. His last thought
before drifting off was that he would accept George Kiel's offer. They
all sat down to breakfast at eight o'clock. Will dismissed the
room-service waiter and served everybody himself.

"All right," he said as he sat down, "I want an opinion from each of
you. Kitty, you first."

"Kiel has us boxed," she said.

"It's a big stick, and a big carrot, too. Take it."

"Tim?"

"Looking at it in terms of the general election, I think you could beat
Efton, but it would be very close. I think that with you and Kiel on the
same ticket, the odds are better. Accept."

"Mother?"

"Screw George Kiel. Go for the nomination." She said it quietly but
emphatically.

"Dad?"

"I'd like to see you president before I die," Billy said, "but I guess
I've got another four years in me. Its a great offer; take it."

"Kate?"

"Everybody's right, its a great offer," she said.

"Sorry, Patricia, but it is the smart move. The downside is, we're in
the goldfish bowl for twelve years, instead of eight, assuming all your
dreams come true. Its got to be your decision, Will, but I'm with you
either way."

Will squeezed her hand.

"Thanks, love."

"I've got to call Thad Morrison first thing," Billy said.

"What do you want me to tell him?"

"I want to hear from Joe Adams before I decide," Will said.

"Tell him I'll call him before the caucus."

Will was admitted to the presidential suite at the old Roosevelt Hotel
at 10 a.m. sharp. Joe and Sue Adams were reading the papers and having
coffee. They both stood up to greet him.

"I'm glad to see you, Joe," Will said, accepting some coffee and an
armchair.

"How have you been?" He thought Adams looked well-rosy-cheeked, maybe a
little heavier than when he had last seen him.

Adams shrugged.

"At least as well as can be expected," he said, "maybe better."

Sue spoke up.

"We're limiting Joe's activities this week as much as we can. He's
agreed to introduce the nominee, whoever he is, on the last night."

Will nodded.

"I've got to make a big decision this morning, Joe, and I'd like your
advice."

"I think I can guess what the decision is," Adams said.

"George has made you an offer?"

Will handed him Kiel's letter, and watched as the vice president read
it.

Adams's eyebrows went up.

"A better offer than I had expected," he said.

"An excellent offer, in fact, and I think it's significant that he gave
it to you in writing. It gives you a considerable weapon if he should
change his mind about a second term after a taste of power. I think you
could actually hold him to his promise. I suppose he'll withdraw the
offer if you continue to run."

"That's right," Will said.

"The consensus among my people, except for my mother, is that I should
accept. But I want your opinion, Joe."

"I think it's a great offer," Adams said, "but don't you think you've
got a shot at the nomination? Why do you want to quit?"

"I don't want to, but it looks as though we're going to lose eight to
ten of the California delegation. George has told them he'll keep the
Castle Point base open, even if the commission recommends closing it."

Adams furrowed his brow.

"I thought George was firm on accepting the commissions recommendation,"
he said.

"The California delegation is caucusing at noon."

"I can see how this might put George over the top," Sue Adams said.

"When do you have to give George an answer?" Adams asked.

"This morning. I'm about out of time."

Adams nodded.

"Will, would you excuse me for a few minutes?

I'd like to make a couple of calls in the bedroom. Sue, will you keep
Will entertained?"

"Of course," Sue replied, pouring Will another cup of coffee.

Adams left the room.

"How is he, really?" Will asked.

"He's doing all right," Sue said.

"And while he's making those calls, there's something he's asked me to
talk to you about."

"Sure, what's up?"

"The president is dying," Sue said.

"The first lady is making a decision soon about whether to take him off
the ventilator. If they do that, his doctors' best guess is that he
can't last more than a few days, maybe a few hours."

"I'm sorry to hear it," Will said.

"The question then arises, what should Joe do about the vice presidency?

I know Joe promised you that, if the president died, he would appoint
you vice president, and he's willing to keep that promise."

"I see," Will said.

"The question is, do you still want it? There's a lot to consider."

"There certainly is," Will agreed.

"First of all, there's the question of the nomination. If you go for it
and don't get it, then as VP, you're just another lame duck, and you're
out of the Senate. That doesn't make any sense. Then, if you accept
George Kiel's offer, it would be very strange for him to be running for
president with the vice president as his running mate. Finally, if you
get the nomination and Joe appoints you, he thinks we're unlikely to get
Senate confirmation. The Republicans are not going to want to give you a
weapon of status to use against Efton. They might have accepted you six
months ago, but not with so little time left before the election."

"So what you're saying is that, under any circumstances, Joe's
appointing me would not be a good idea."

"That's about it," she said.

"But if Joe doesn't appoint somebody, then Efton is in line for the
presidency, if anything should happen to Joe."

"Yes, but Joe has the option of appointing a more benign Democrat,
somebody the Republicans wouldn't see as a threat."

"Does he have somebody in mind?"

"He's thinking of Jim Browner."

Browner was the senior Democratic senator, a man in his early eighties.

"Jim's not running for reelection, anyway. He's had five terms, and it
would be an opportunity for him to render a final service to his
country."

"I think that's a splendid idea," Will said.

Joe Adams returned to the living room and sat down.

"Did you and Sue talk about the vice presidency?"

"Yes, Joe," Will replied, "and I agree it's best you don't appoint me. I
think Jim Browner is a fine choice."

"Good," Adams said.

"Now, you've asked for my advice; here it is:

I think you should turn down George Kiel's offer and continue your
campaign for the nomination."

Will was taken aback.

"May I ask your reasons?"

"I can't tell you my reasons. Will, but that's my advice, and I feel
strongly about it." Adams looked at his watch.

"Good God, I've got another appointment in about one minute, and I have
to put on a tie." He stood up and held out his hand.

"It's good to see you. Will."

Will shook his hand and kissed Sue; then he left the suite and returned
to his car. He looked at his watch: 10:30. "Let's go back to the Bel
Air," he told the driver.

He sat at his suites dining table again, the same group around him, and
told him about his meeting with Joe and Sue Adams.

"I have to admit, I'm astonished," Billy Lee said.

"I thought Joe would tell you to accept Kiel's offer."

"Frankly, so did I," Will said.

"But he was strong in his recommendation that I continue to go for the
nomination."

"I wonder who he telephoned when he left you," Tim Coleman said.

"I wonder, too," Will said.

"So what's it going to be, Senator?" Kitty asked.

Will got up and retrieved an envelope from his briefcase. He took George
Kiel's letter from his pocket and wrote something on it, then he put it
into the envelope, sealed it, wrote "Personal and Confidential" on it,
and handed it to Kitty.

"Send somebody over to the Beverly Hills Hotel with this," he said.

"Then get me Governor Morrison on the telephone."

"You're still in it, then?" his mother asked.

"I'm still in it."

Will waited for the governor of California to come on the line. It was
ten minutes before noon, and the California delegation to the convention
was about to meet in caucus.

"Hello, Will?" Governor Morrison said.

"Thad, how are you?"

"Rushed. We're about to meet."

"I wanted to talk to you personally before you caucus," Will said.

"It's about the Castle Point naval base."

"I hope you've found a way to change your position, Will," Morrison
said.

"George Kiel has."

"I know; he told me."

"So, what's it going to be? I've got to go into that meeting and tell my
delegates where you stand."

"I can't change my position, Thad. I've taken a public position on
accepting the commission's findings, and I've done it for the right
reasons. I want you to tell your people for me that it's my belief that
we'll never get the defense budget under control if we're going to allow
political interference of this kind, and I won't be a party to it."

"George doesn't seem to have a problem with it."

"Thad, let me put a couple of questions to you."

"Shoot, but be quick."

"First of all, are your delegates going to support a candidate who makes
a political promise to accept the commissions findings, then reverses
his position for self-serving reasons?"

"That's a legitimate question; I'll put it to the delegates."

"One more: If George is willing to reverse himself now to get your
delegates' votes, what's to prevent him from reversing himself again
after the election?"

Morrison was briefly silent.

"I'll put that question to them, too," he said finally.

"That's all I've got to say, Thad. Do your delegates understand that the
nomination may be riding on how they vote on this?"

"If they don't, I'll explain it to them."

"Will you call me back and let me know how they vote?"

"I can't do that. Will; this is a closed caucus, and the results are not
to be revealed until the vote tonight."

"Thanks for listening, Thad."

"Good luck. Will." He hung up.

Will replaced the receiver and turned to the group in the living room of
his suite.

"Well, that's it; it's all I can do."

"What did Morrison say?" Kitty asked.

"Just that he'd put my views to the delegates."

Tim Coleman spoke up.

"I've been doing the math," he said.

"If we lose eight or ten votes from California, it doesn't have to cause
a snowball, not if we do our work in the other delegations. If we can
change a few votes our way, we can hold for at least another ballot."

"We can't go on coming in second," Will said.

"I think that, after this ballot, we'll have trouble holding delegates
from all over the country. If we lose this one, even by a few votes,
we're done."

Patricia Lee spoke up.

"Will, why don't we talk about who your choice for vice president is
going to be when you win?"

Everybody burst out laughing.

"That's my ma," Will said.

* * * Across town, Zeke went into an electronics shop and began buying.

He bought a telephone voice-mail system that was compatible with the
Lucent equipment being used for the convention podium, a number of other
parts, and some Lucent labels.

Back in his room, he unscrewed the top of the voice-mail box and, using
the wiring diagram that had come with the unit, traced the printed
circuits for various functions. When he had all the functions traced, he
soldered a thin wire to a circuit, then attached the other end to a
flashlight bulb. Using the systems built-in recorder, he recorded a list
of voice-mail options. Finally, he connected the voice-mail system to
Rosa's phone line and, using his cell phone, called the number.

"Welcome to the podium of the Democratic convention," his own voice
said.

"Please choose from one of the following three options: If you wish to
be connected to the podium, press one; if you wish to hang up, press
two; and if you wish to set off an explosive charge that will blow the
podium and anyone near it to eternity, press three."

Zeke laughed aloud at his own joke. He pressed three and watched as the
flashlight bulb lit up. Bingo! Then he rerecorded the third option. Now
it said, "If you wish to be placed on hold for the rest of your life,
press three." That should keep anyone who was accidentally connected to
the number from pressing three.

Chuckling to himself, he packed the equipment into a bag and left for
the Coliseum.

"Senator," Kitty said, "can I ask the obvious question? I mean, I know
the answer, but I'd like to hear it from you."

"Go ahead," Will said.

"If George Kiel can play this game, why can't you? Why can't you just
call Thad Morrison back and tell him you'll keep the base open, then,
after you're elected, close the fucking thing. Would you really rather
be right than president? Because, to tell you the truth, I'd rather be
wrong and be the president's press secretary."


"Come on, Kitty, you know better than that."

"All right, you wouldn't make the next edition of Profiles in Courage,
but you'd have a shot at running the country, you know?"

"Kitty, if somebody had told me six months ago that I'd find myself in
this position, then maybe I wouldn't have taken so firm a stand on the
commission's report; maybe I'd have found a way to weasel out of it or
rationalize it, or something. But that's not the way it happened. As it
turned out, I took that position, then I repeated it ad nauseam to get
other senators to support it, then I told everybody who'd listen that I
wouldn't change it. So I'm stuck with it, and that's that. So, if we're
going to win this thing, we're going to have to find another way to do
it. Let's get started."

Zeke waited for a lull in the afternoon's proceedings. Then, when the
maintenance workers were on a coffee break, he went into the closet
under the podium and installed his system, connecting it to the last of
the six telephone lines coming into the podium. Only one of the numbers
was given out; a caller dialed the first number, and if it was busy, the
call rolled over to the second number, and so on, until all six lines
were busy. When they were, a caller would get a busy signal. Only if the
caller directly dialed the number for the sixth line would he reach
Zeke's voice-mail system, and only the telephone company and Zeke had
that number. Zeke had copied it from the installers records.

He attached a Lucent label to the black box; he doubted if anyone would
notice it, but if somebody took the lid off the box, the insides would
look like nothing more than part of the phone system.

He would attach the explosives later, after everyone was used to seeing
the box there in the closet, and after the closet had been inspected
numerous times.

Tim Coleman put down the phone in Will's suite. It was a little after
five.

"What?" Will asked. "That was an acquaintance of mine who was at the
California delegation's caucus."

"You didn't tell me you knew anyone like that," Will said.

"I didn't want to mention it, in case the call never came."

"And what was the result of the caucus?"

"Fifteen delegates switched their votes to Kiel."

Will sagged.

"Kiel was only fourteen votes short of the nomination."

Patricia Lee spoke up.

"It's not over," she said.

"We've still got a chance to gain votes from other delegations."

Tim shook his head.

"I don't see how we can make up that many votes before tonight."

"Let's get to work," Will said. Will and his inner circle of around two
dozen people had a buffet supper in his suite as the convention opened
and the balloting began. His campaign had put every possible person on
the convention floor to canvass delegations, looking to change as many
votes as possible.

"California!" the chairman called out.

The television screen was filled with the face of Governor Thad
Morrison, who was deep in conversation on a cell phone.

"California!" the chairman called again.

Morrison held the phone against his chest and grabbed a microphone.

"Mr. Chairman," he said, his voice booming around the Coliseum!
"California wishes to delay its vote until the end of balloting."

Will grabbed Tim Coleman.

"What's going on?" he asked.

"I don't know," Tim replied, shaking his head.

"I've heard nothing from my source; as far as I know, we're still losing
fifteen votes."

"Something is going on here," Will said.

"I wish to God I knew what it was."

Tim had a chart and was marking the votes of the various delegations,
while Kitty used a calculator to do a running total.

The balloting finished.

"We've got 222 votes, and Kiel has 256," Kitty said. "Then we're done,"
Tim replied, his shoulders sagging.

"We haven't heard from California," Patricia Lee said.

"California!" the chairman called out.

"Here we go," Kate said.

"Mr. Chairman," Thad Morrison called out, "California votes thirty-nine
for Will Lee..." Cheering broke out.

"That gives us 261," Kitty said, "and we need 270 to win the nomination.

Kiel only needs fourteen votes."

"And," Morrison continued, "fifteen votes for George Kiel."

The Kiel supporters erupted. Pandemonium reigned in the hall.

The chairman banged his gavel to no avail.

Will put his head back and closed his eyes. Why hadn't he taken George
Kiel's offer? He could have been president in four years.

"Something's happening," Tim said, pointing at the big-screen TV. Thad
Morrison was back at the microphone, shouting something.

"What's he doing?" Will asked.

"He's trying to get recognized," Tim said.

Gradually the chairman regained order.

"The chair recognizes Governor Thad Morrison of the great state of
California."

"Mr. Chairman," Morrison said, "I request a poll of the delegation."

"What's the point?" Kitty asked.

"We've lost."

As the polling began, a phone rang and somebody answered it.

"Its for you," a worker said, handing Will the phone.

"Not now," Will said, riveted to the TV.

"It's the vice president."

Will took the phone.

"Hello?"

"Will," Joe Adams said, "I want to apologize to you."

"Joe, it's all right; it was my decision, not yours."

"You don't understand," Adams said.

"What do you mean?"

"I assume you're watching TV."

"Yes."

"They're polling the California delegation."

"Yes, I'm watching."

"I've been on the phone with Thad Morrison three times this evening;
that's why California didn't vote at first."

"And what were the two of you talking about?"

"I've been trying to nail down some information all afternoon, and I
finally confirmed what I had suspected."

"And what was that, Joe?"

"I found it suspicious that George Kiel would reverse himself as he did
about the Castle Point base. It would have been unlike him to do that."

"But he did."

"And for a reason."

Tim was tugging at Will's sleeve.

"We've got two of our lost California delegates back," he was saying.

Will waved him away.

"What's going on, Joe?"

"There was a leak from a staffer on the commission on base closings."

"What kind of a leak?"

"The commission is going to recommend that Castle Point remain open."

Will's jaw dropped.

"I don't believe it."

"Believe it. George Kiel found out about it; that's why he promised Thad
Morrison he'd keep the base open."

"And when did Thad Morrison find out about this?"

"I was telling him when California was called on to vote."

Tim was yelling.

"We've got three more delegates back!"

"Tim tells me we've got five California delegates back, so far," Will
said.

"That means George can't win on this ballot."

"And more to come, I hope," Adams said.

"I think the delegates from the Castle Point area wanted to make a
point; they've voted as they promised their districts they would. Now,
with this new information, they feel they can vote as they wish. Let's
hope they wish you were the nominee."

"We've got twelve back!" Tim shouted.

"We need two more to win."

A moment later it was over. The chairman spoke up.

"The chair records fifty-four votes for Lee, none for Kiel! Senator Will
Lee is nominated!" His last words were drowned out by the roar from the
convention floor.

People were dancing around Wills suite, hugging and kissing.

Hands clapped him on the back; women smeared him with lipstick;

Kate, Peter, and Patricia Lee all embraced him.

"So, Will," his mother said, "who's going to be your vice-presidential
nominee?"

Someone came to Will with a phone.

"It's George Kiel."

Will got everyone quiet, then picked up the phone.

"Congratulations, Will," Kiel said.

"Thank you, George. It was a tough fight; you ran a hell of a campaign."

"Will, I want to put everything I've got at your disposal. I've got
about four million dollars in the kitty and a lease on an airplane
that's a lot nicer than yours."

"Thank you, George, I'm very grateful to you."

There was a silence. Will decided to break it.

"George, I'd be honored and very pleased if you would be my running
mate."

"I'll give that very serious thought, Will. When can we talk more about
it?"

"Let's have breakfast tomorrow morning at eight," Will said.

"My place, this time?"

"Your place at eight," Kiel said, then hung up.

Will put the phone down.

Patricia Lee spoke up.

"Did I just hear you offer George Kiel the Job?"

"You did."

"But we didn't talk about this," Tim Coleman complained.

"We should have discussed it."

"There was nothing to discuss," Will said.

"George came within a hair of winning the nomination. It would be an
insult to nearly half the delegates not to ask him. He's got as good an
organization as we have; he's better plugged in with party officials all
over the country than I am; he's an expert on foreign policy, and I'm
not. And," he said, smiling, "he's got four million dollars and a very
nice airplane to offer us."

"Well chosen!" Kitty shouted.

Somebody discovered a case of champagne, and corks began to pop.

Wills father sidled over.

"You didn't say whether Kiel accepted," Billy Lee said to his son.

"We're having breakfast tomorrow morning," Will said.

"Be careful what you give him; he could be hard to handle."

"I'll keep that in mind," Will said.

Across town, Zeke and Rosa watched the insanity on the floor of the
convention.

"Oh, I'm glad he won," Rosa said.

"I like this Will Lee."

"I'm glad he won, too," Zeke replied, staring at the screen.

"I
can't wait to hear him give his acceptance speech on the podium tomorrow
night."

Zeke waited in line with the other workers while the Secret Service ran
each of them through the metal detectors. He wasn't worried until he saw
the dogs. Two Labrador retrievers were coming down the line with their
handlers, sniffing at everyone. Zeke shifted the box to his other hand
to keep it as far away from them as possible.

He'd never dealt with sniffer dogs, and he began looking around for the
quickest way out of the building.

A dog passed him, sniffed at his clothes and his lunch box.

"Hold out the cardboard box," his handler said.

Zeke held out the box. His plan was to hit the man with his metal lunch
box and run like hell. It wasn't much, but it was all he had. He had
packaged the explosive into two zippered plastic bags, then scrubbed any
explosives residue from his hands. After changing clothes he had sliced
open a large chocolate cake he had bought, hollowed out the bottom,
inserted the explosive, and replaced the top. Now the dog was showing a
great interest in his cardboard box.

"Set the box on the table and open it," the man said, and his hand was
on his gun.

have one more shot at this before running, Zeke thought. He set down the
box and untied the string.

The agent opened the box and turned to his dog.

"Rocky, we're not looking for chocolate cake here." He turned to Zeke.

"This dog would do anything for chocolate. What's the cake for?"

"For the guys on my crew. It's their last day, and my girlfriend baked
it for them."

"Okay," the man said, and turned to his next customer.

Sweating, but breathing easier, Zeke walked into the Coliseum with a
pound of gelignite.

Will opened the door himself. George Kiel was standing there, dressed
for golf. At the bottom of the path a passel of reporters stood,
shouting questions at both of them.

"Come on in, George, and let's get away from the noise. You playing golf
today?"

"At the Bel Air Country Club," Kiel said.

"My clubs are in the car;

you want to join us?"

"Wish I could, but it's a big day, and I've got a speech to write."

"You didn't already have it written, Will?" Kiel asked.

"That shows a lack of confidence."

Will passed Kiel a tray of pastries.

"It shows a superstition about not anticipating too much. Have a seat."

The two men sat down at the table with their breakfast.

"Have you thought about running with me?" Will asked.

"I haven't thought about anything else," Kiel said.

"I wasn't kidding about my health and about wanting to serve only four
years."

"I'd rather have four years of your help than eight of a lot of other
people."

"Thanks, Will, I appreciate that."

"Tell me what your concerns are about running with me."

"I don't have any concerns at all about running; I look forward to it,
in fact. My concern is that I don't want to be a wooden-Indian vice
president."

"I don't want that, either," Will replied.

"How do you see yourself operating in the vice presidency?"

"Two things," Kiel said.

"I want to be a deputy president, as well as a vice president; I want to
get the same briefings that you do, and I want unfettered access to
you."

"All that goes without saying," Will said.

"I wouldn't have it any other way."

"Good. The second thing is, I want to run foreign policy."

"Exactly what do you mean by running it?" Will asked. He had anticipated
this, but he wanted to hear from Kiel.

"Will, I'm a lot more up on this than you are, just as you're a lot more
up on domestic policy. I can help you a lot."

"I'm counting on it," Will replied.

"How do you want to help?"

"I want to run foreign policy from top to bottom," Kiel said.

"I want to choose the major appointees and give them their
instructions."

"George, let's be perfectly clear on this," Will said.

"The president runs foreign policy, and that's it. Of course, I'll want
your advice on every move and on every appointment, but final judgment
will have to rest with me. You know I can't delegate a major
responsibility like foreign policy."

"Then I don't see how I can do it."

"You can do it, George. Tell you what, and this is just between you and
me; I don't want to read about it in the papers: I'll give you a veto on
the secretary of state appointment."

"Secretary of state and national security advisor," Kiel said.

"The national security advisor is more a member of the president's
personal staff; I can't give you that. But I'll certainly want your
opinion on my options for that post."

Kiel stared into his coffee.

"Come on, George; you're going to have to trust me."

"I suppose so," Kiel said.

"Listen, if you'd rather be secretary of state, I'll give you that."

Kiel shook his head.

"No, I'd rather be over the secretary of state."

"And you will be."

"What if we disagree?"

"I'll bend over backward to see your point of view, but if there's a
disagreement on a serious matter, I'll have to rely on my own judgment.

It can't be any other way."

Kiel nodded.

"All right; I don't guess I can get a better deal than that."

"Then let's announce it together," Will said, standing up.

"One thing: I don't want you to say anything to anybody, except your
wife, about serving only four years. First of all, you may change your
mind. Second, I don't want a parade of other people lining up to go
after the job in the second term."

"Okay," Kiel said.

"Let's go."

The two men left the suite and walked down the path toward the waiting
throng of press.

Zeke locked the cake in his locker and spun the cylinder on the
combination lock. He was scheduled to work a double shift that day, most
of it around the podium. He had arranged this so that the Secret
Service, who already knew him, would be accustomed to his presence under
the platform.

Will stepped up to the cluster of microphones that Kitty had set up.

"Good morning," he said to the crowd of reporters.

"A beautiful California morning." He waved a hand at the bright blue sky
and the lush hotel gardens surrounding them.

"You may have noticed that Senator George Kiel is standing by my side."

Much laughter.

"I'm delighted to tell you and the country that Senator Kiel has agreed
to become my running mate in this election. His name will be placed in
nomination at the convention tonight, and I trust he will be nominated.

"You all know of George's strengths in foreign policy. Before he became
the Democratic leader in the Senate he was, for many years, chairman of
the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and he has had a hand in every
important foreign-policy decision by every president, going back to
Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan. His knowledge of people in government,
the State Department, and academia who have credentials for
foreign-policy work is unmatched, and I am going to rely heavily on him
in choosing appointees--after we're elected. I promise you that George
Kiel is going to be the most important vice president in this century.

George, say a few words."

Kiel stepped up to the microphone.

"Thank you, Will; I'm grateful for your confidence. I think you all know
what an effort we're making to win back the Senate in this election, and
I was certainly very interested in being the majority leader for a long
time to come.

But Will has offered me an opportunity that is even more important than
being majority leader, and I am very happy to accept it. I have nothing
but admiration for Will Lee and the way he has conducted himself in the
Senate and as a candidate for the Democratic nomination.

I look forward to running with him."

Zeke closed the closet door behind him, took the cover off the voice
mail system, and began soldering. It took him less than ten minutes to
run and conceal the wires. He replaced the plywood ceiling of the
closet. Later in the day, it would take him even less time to place the
explosives.

He began humming to himself, "Happy Days Are Here Again."

While the convention was nominating George Kiel for vice president, Zeke
went to the employees' lounge and, after making sure that he was alone,
opened his locker and removed the cake. Quickly, he dismembered it, put
the gelignite and two detonators into his toolbox, and disposed of the
remains of the cake in a nearby garbage can. Then he took the long walk
to the front of the Coliseum, carrying his toolbox, and walked through
the rear door under the platform.

A Secret Service agent was on duty.

"What's up, Harry?" asked the agent, who knew him by sight.

"I've just got to run a final check on the sound system," Zeke replied.

"We don't want any glitches during Lees speech."

"Right," the agent said.

"Go ahead."

Zeke walked toward the area under the podium, waving at another agent,
who was guarding the front entrance to the area. He let himself into the
electrical closet and went to work. He removed the screws from the
ceiling he had built into the closet, set the gelignite on top of the
plywood, and secured it in place with duct tape.

Then he had only to connect the previously placed wires to the two
detonators and stick them into the explosive, which had the consistency
of modeling clay. He used two detonators, in case one might be
defective. He screwed the plywood ceiling back into place and spent a
moment checking the appearance of everything, then looked at his watch.

Lee was scheduled to speak at nine o'clock, and it was 7:35. He closed
his toolbox and left the closet.

"Everything okay?" the agent asked as Zeke departed the platform.

"Everything's just perfect," Zeke replied.

George Kiel, having been introduced to the convention, took the podium
and made a rousing acceptance speech; then he introduced the vice
president and stepped away from the podium.

Joe Adams stepped to the microphone amid thunderous applause. When he
had finally quieted them, he began to speak.

"Let me begin by telling you that if I had handpicked our candidates
myself, the same two fellows would be on this platform tonight."

More applause.

Zeke was already at Los Angeles International Airport. He parked his car
in a dim corner of the long-term garage, removed his suitcase from the
trunk, changed into a business suit, then found a bottle of Windex and a
cloth and methodically sprayed and wiped every square inch of the Lexus,
inside and out. Windex had been his friend at the Las Vegas apartment
and at Rosa's house, and he had removed every trace of himself from both
places. Now the car would be just as clean. He wiped the spray bottle
clean, dropped it into the trunk with the cloth, and closed it with his
elbow; then he picked up his suitcase and headed for the check-in
counter.

On the way, he stopped in the shadows for a moment, removed an electric
shaver from his bag, popped up the trimmer, and quickly shaved off his
moustache. Then he put on a pair of horned-rimmed glasses. At the
counter he presented his ticket, which he had bought at a travel agent's
office the day before, then headed for the gate. He had plenty of time,
so he checked in again, then took a seat at the bar across from his gate
and ordered a scotch. Joe Adams was on the TV, and he had just begun his
speech. He was running a little late and long, Zeke thought. His flight
left at nine-thirty, and it was already ten minutes past. He had to make
the call before he boarded, and it was going to be tight.

Joe Adams was winding up.

"Now I present to you, and I say this with absolute certainty, the next
president of the United States, Will Lee!"

Adams stepped back, and Will came forward. The crowd went wild. Will
stood with Joe Adams as the cameras flashed and the crowd roared, then
he waved George Kiel forward to join them. The three men stood together
on the podium and waved to the crowd.

Zeke stared at the television image. They had issued a last call for his
flight, and he wanted Lee alone on the podium when he made the call, but
why not take out the three of them all at once?

Under the platform. Hank Greenbaum, the crew foreman, stepped through
the door and showed the agent in charge his ID badge.

"Have you seen Harry Grant?" he asked.

"He's one of my men, the one with the handlebar moustache."

"Yeah, he was in here, I don't know, maybe an hour ago, but I haven't
seen him since."

"Funny," Greenbaum said, "I haven't been able to find him anywhere."

He walked forward to the electrical closet and went inside.

He picked up the wall-phone receiver, punched the button for the last
line, and called the maintenance office.

"This is Greenbaum," he said.

"You seen anything of Harry Grant?"

"Last I heard of him, he was doing a final check on the sound system. I
wanted to speak to him, too."

"Hang on a minute, and I'll look around for him," Greenbaum replied. He
pressed the hold button and left the closet.

* * * Zeke punched the number into his cell phone, staring at the TV
screen and the three men. Busy signal.

"What the hell?" he said aloud.

"Huh?" the man next to him said.

"Sorry," Zeke replied.

"Mr. Warren, Mr. Warren," a woman's voice said over a loudspeaker, "your
flight has boarded and is about to depart. Please come to the boarding
gate immediately."

Warren was the name on his ticket. Redialing the number, Zeke trotted
toward the gate. Still busy. He walked down the ramp and into the
airplane, re dialing Still busy.

"I'm sorry, sir," a flight attendant said, "you'll have to turn off your
cell phone; FCC regulations."

Zeke punched off the phone and took his seat.

"How soon can I use that?" he asked, pointing at the air phone on the
bulkhead a few seats away.

"Not until we're at our cruising altitude and the seat-belt sign goes
off," she replied.

"How long will that be?"

"We're pushing back now; shouldn't be too long."

Zeke buckled himself in, staring at the air phone Will stood alone on
the podium.

"My fellow Democrats," he said, "I am honored to accept your
nomination."

The crowd roared.

Will quieted them and began his speech.

"Good evening, ladies and gentlemen; this is the first officer speaking;

the captain is pretty busy. We're climbing through twenty-five thousand
feet now, and we should be at our cruising altitude of thirty-three
thousand feet shortly."

Relief swept over Zeke. He looked at his watch: 9:45. Lee should be
right in the middle of his speech. The first officer continued his spiel
as Zeke stared at the air phone He felt the airplane level off, and he
looked up at the seat-belt sign, which was still on. The airplane began
to buck and lurch.

"We're encountering some weather this evening," the first officer said!
"so we'll be leaving the seat-belt sign on for a little longer, until
things quiet down. We could be encountering some severe turbulence, so I
must caution you to keep your seat belts tightly fastened until we're
able to turn off the seat-belt light."

Zeke flagged down a flight attendant who was struggling up the aisle.

"Miss, would you please hand me that telephone?" he asked, pointing at
the air phone

"I'm sorry," she replied, "but you'd need to place your credit card in
the phone before the receiver will release, and I have to get to my own
seat now; the turbulence is getting pretty bad."

Zeke fished a credit card out of his pocket.

"Could you do it for me?"

"All right," she said, reaching for the card.

Zeke suddenly snatched it back.

"Never mind," he said.

The woman went to her seat and buckled herself in.

He couldn't use a credit card. The name on it was Harry Grant, and the
records would tell the cops which flight he had taken.

"God damn it!" he spat.

"Sir," the woman next to him said sternly, "I know it's rough up here,
but please watch your language!"

Zeke continued to swear, but only in his head.

Will wound up his speech and, once again, called Joe Adams and George
Kiel to the podium to share in the ovation.

A little before two o'clock the following morning, a man named Walter
Edmonds stood up in a bar on Melrose Avenue and, staggering a little,
made his way to a nearby pay phone. He'd had too much to drink, and he
already had one DUI on his driving record. He'd have to call his wife to
come and get him, and she was not going to be happy about that.

He dropped a quarter into the phone and, bleary-eyed, began punching in
numbers, hardly able to see the keypad. The phone began to ring.

Suddenly a male voice said, "Welcome to the podium of the Democratic
convention."

"What?" Edmonds said, outraged that he had gotten a wrong number. He
reached into his pocket for another quarter, and as he did so, lost his
balance, falling against the phone. His shoulder struck the keypad.

The Los Angeles Coliseum was lit only by emergency lighting at this time
of night. The night watchman stopped in the high seats and inserted his
key into the time clock. Before he could turn the key, a fireball rose
from the platform at the other end of the building, and the shock wave
in the enclosed space knocked him off his feet. He sat on the floor, his
back against the wall, and tried to clear his head.

His ears ached from the noise and the shock wave. Before he could get
up, the sprinkler system came on, immediately soaking him. A moment
later, from somewhere outside, he heard sirens, and they were coming his
way. The van drove slowly down the street, past the row of neat houses.

The Secret Service agent in the front seat spotted the number first.

"That's it," he said, "but keep going." He held his radio to his lips.

"It's quiet at the house; the front door is open, but there's a screen
door that might be latched. I want two vehicles in the alley behind the
house; don't go in until you hear the word from me, and use maximum
caution. No unnecessary radio traffic." He turned to the driver.

"Make a U-turn and stop two doors short of the house."

He buckled on his helmet and zipped up his flak jacket.

Sixteen men--four agents and twelve in the LAPD SWAT team-hit the house
simultaneously from front and rear. They swarmed around the ground
floor, kicking open doors. The agent led a group up the stairs. The two
bedroom doors were open, and the agent could see a bare foot across the
doorway to one.

"All clear!" someone shouted.

The agent went into the room and looked at the body of the naked woman.

"I want an evidence team in here, and tell them to bring a rape kit. I
want swabs from the woman." He looked around the bedroom. Except for the
fact that there was a dead woman in the room and that the bed was bare
of sheets, nothing seemed amiss.

* * * The technician read from his notes: "The woman had sex, but I
can't tell you even approximately when."

"I want semen samples for DNA."

"There aren't any," the tech said.

"She was douched with something that may be window cleaner. The
bedsheets were in the washing machine downstairs, still wet, reeking of
bleach. This is one careful guy. We haven't been able to come up with a
single fingerprint that doesn't belong to the woman."

"Shit!" the agent said.

Another agent came into the room.

"Here's what we've got so far," he said, reading from a pad.

"This Harry Grant rents an apartment in Vegas; its empty and extremely
clean. He has a bank account with less than a hundred dollars in it, a
social security number, and two credit cards, and he owns a two-year-old
Lexus ES300.

Here are his drivers license and work ID photographs." He handed his
chief the pictures.

The agent looked at them.

"The big moustache will be the first to go, then he'll look like
anybody. I want renderings of the photographs clean-shaven and bearded.

My guess is his car is parked at a local airport, and it's just as clean
as this house."

"The guy is a pro," the other agent said.

The chief shook his head.

"Not just a pro, a fanatic. Run these photographs against our files on
militias, white supremacist groups, antigovernment organizations. We've
got to have something on him."

Will was lying in bed, spent and happy, having just made love to Kate.

She was singing in the shower. He could not remember when he had felt so
relaxed, so relieved, so un anxious He flicked on the television.

"...  and the atf. is saying that the explosive used at the Coliseum was
the same type that was stolen from a construction site less than a mile
away. Police and the FBI are looking for this man."

Two photographs of a sandy-haired man in his forties with a handle
bar moustache flashed on the screen.

"He is Harry Grant, of a Las Vegas address, who has been employed as a
maintenance worker at the Los Angeles Coliseum. Police and Secret
Service personnel raided the house where Grant rented a room early this
morning. His landlady, Mrs. Rosa Rivera, forty-one, was found dead at
the scene, having been strangled."

Coliseum? Will thought. What was that about the Coliseum?

Kate came into the room, wearing only a towel.

"Why do you look so funny?" she asked.

"It's something about an explosion at the Coliseum," Will said,
switching to MSNBC.

Anchorwoman Laurie Dhue came on.

"Secret Service sources have told MSNBC that the explosives planted
under the Democratic convention platform at the Los Angeles Coliseum
were probably set to go off during the speeches last night, but somehow
didn't detonate until the early hours of this morning. A Coliseum
security guard was the only witness to the explosion."

Kate sat on the bed.

"It's started," she said.

"Don't jump to conclusions," Will said, getting up.

"I will if I want to," she replied, staring at the television.

As he climbed into the shower, Will didn't doubt for a moment that he
had been the target of the explosion.

Zeke got off the bus at a crossroads, and his son, Danny, was waiting
for him in the pickup.

"Hey, Daddy," Danny said, kissing Zeke on the cheek.

"Hey, son," Zeke said, slapping the boy on the back.

"You want to go straight home?"

"That's good, but I won't be there long."

Danny put the truck into gear.

"How'd your trip go?"

"Not so good," Zeke said.

* * * The chief of Will's Secret Service detail sat across the coffee
table, explaining what they knew.

"We haven't been able to connect this man with any organization so far,
but I have no doubt that he's a member of some group. He had a complete,
verifiable identity established;

that takes time and money, and Grant had no visible means of support,
except a paper computer business."

"Do you know what flight he took last night?" Will asked.

"No. Half the people on airplanes are businessmen flying alone.

We've run down every single person who bought a ticket with cash at the
airport, but he was apparently too smart for that. We don't even know if
he actually left the city. Leaving his car at the airport could have
just been a decoy."

"Do you think he was the same man who was in Santa Fe?"

The agent nodded.

"No doubt of it; he was registered at La Fonda under the Grant name. Our
people are checking out the room, but it's been cleaned a couple of
dozen times since he was there. The parking attendant at the hotel
remembered his car."

"What's this about Santa Fe?" Kate demanded.

"There was a man on the roof of a hotel near the Plaza," Will said.

"I didn't tell you about it, because it seemed so farfetched."

"I don't want anything else kept from me," she said.

"I hope that's perfectly clear."

Will nodded.

"Is the airplane ready to leave?"

"It will be by the time we get to Van Nuys," the agent said.

"We're putting you on the Kiel campaign airplane, which takes a longer
runway than Santa Monica, and anyway, we now regard Santa Monica as
insecure. Van Nuys has an eight-thousand-foot runway, which is plenty.

We didn't think LAX was a good idea."

"All right," Will said.

"We'd better get packed."

Zeke sat in his living room, drinking coffee, surrounded by the other
men in his group. The women were in the kitchen.

"That's about it," he said.

"Somebody used the telephone line I had the stuff connected to, so I
kept getting busy signals. It's an incredibly long shot, but it
happened."

"What made it go off in the middle of the night?" one of the men asked.

"I don't know. Maybe somebody called a wrong number. Who knows?"

"I like your technique," another man said.

"We should use it again sometime."

"It didn't work," the first man pointed out.

"A fluke. I think it was brilliant, Zeke; it should have worked."

"Shoulda, woulda, coulda," Zeke said.

"Next time, I'm going to have to use more direct means."

"That's gonna be dangerous, Zeke."

"I think it was Harry Truman who said that anybody could kill a
president if he didn't mind dying himself. That goes for a candidate,
too."

"Zeke, you're no good to us dead."

"Right now, I'm not much good to you alive, either," Zeke replied.

George Kiel's airplane was one of the new Boeing business jets.

There were a bedroom and a shower aft, and an office adjacent. Up front
there were seats for thirty-four staff and press.

"Poor George," Kate said, settling into a comfortable armchair.

"Now he'll have to fly in that flea pit you were using."

"You don't know George," Will said.

"With his connections, he'll have something lined up in a hurry. I'll
bet he was on the phone to Boeing before he made his acceptance speech."

The airplane was over Kansas on the flight to Washington when the news
came that the president was dead. By the time they landed, the funeral
had already been set for two days hence.

Will and Kate arrived at the house about dark.

"I'd hoped you could just rest while the Republicans hold their
convention," Kate said. "I'll rest," Will said.

"The funeral is just one day."

Kate turned to the Secret Service detail chief.

"I don't want my husband killed at that funeral," she said.

"Don't worry, Mrs. Lee," the man replied.

"The senators detail is of presidential proportions now, and that
funeral is going to have the tightest security in the history of the
world."

"You'd better be right," Kate replied. Will and Kate were filing into
the National Cathedral for the presidents funeral. The organ was playing
a prelude as the huge crowd moved toward the pews, and the echo of their
murmurs mixed with the music to create a somber atmosphere. They were
headed toward the seats reserved for senators when Will felt a hand on
his shoulder and turned to find Freddie Wallace behind him.

"Morning, Will," the senator drawled.

"A sad day."

"Yes, it is, Freddie. How are you?"

Wallace grinned a little.

"I've been worse," he said.

"I haven't had a chance to congratulate you on your nomination. Good
going, boy."

"Thank you, Freddie," Will replied.

"Mind if I join you?" Wallace asked, sliding into a pew beside Will.

"Good morning, Kate," he said, leaning forward to speak to her.

Kate gave him a tight little smile, then turned her attention to the
pulpit.

"Kate's a little chilly this morning, isn't she?" Wallace said.

"It's a chilly time," Will said.

"Anything I can do to help you in the election?" Wallace asked.

Will turned and looked at him, astonished.

"Freddie, that's quite an offer," he said.

"Are you forgetting your party affiliation?"

"Friendship is more important than politics, son. Ben Carr and I were as
close as you can get, and I've always admired you, helped you when I
could, behind the scenes, of course."

"That's very generous of you, Freddie," Will said, not believing any of
it.

"I'll tell you what you could do that would be good for all of us."

"You name it, boy."

"Help Joe, instead of me. He's got precious little time left to serve,
and I know he'd like to leave some substantive legislation behind. Help
him get his package through."

"As much as I love Joe, Will, there's some pernicious stuff in that
program."

"It was put together with serious consultation with Republicans,
yourself among them."

Wallace shook his head.

"I don't know, Will."

"Well, then, Freddie," Will admonished gently, "the very least you can
do for him is to stop spreading nasty rumors about him."

Wallace looked shocked.

"I have no idea what you're talking about."

"Freddie, leave him alone. Let him finish his term and retire
gracefully."

"Will, I never said a word..."

"Listen to me, Freddie," Will said, and his voice was no longer gentle.

"The odds are at least fair that I'm going to be elected in November.

I'd like to think that, if I'm president of the United States, you and I
could maintain the same warm relationship we've always had, rather than
something more...  contentious."

Wallace's eyes narrowed.

"Are you threatening me, boy?"

Will lifted his eyes from the program in his hand and turned to face
Wallace.

"Yes, Freddie, I am. Joe is my friend; if you want me for an enemy, then
you have only to harm him."

Wallace was saved from replying by a sudden burst of organ music.

"Oh, look," Will said, glancing at the program.

"The first hymn is one of my favorites: "Standing on the Promises.""

The audience plunged haphazardly into the rousing old Baptist hymn, and
both men sang along without benefit of hymn book At the reception for
members of Congress that followed at the White House, Will was suddenly
presented with a new attitude toward him from people of both parties; he
was being treated more like a president than a senator. When it was his
turn to present his condolences to the first widow in the reception
line, he found himself standing next to Howard Efton. After they had
both done their duty, Efton pulled him over to a window of the East
Room.

"Congratulations on your nomination. Will," Efton said, shaking hands.

"And good luck to you at your convention. Eft. Actually, it looks as
though you won't need much in the way of luck. You seem to have it just
about sewn up."

"Well, we'll see," Efton said.

"Will, I've been hearing disturbing rumors about Joe Adams."

"I've heard about those rumors," Will replied.

"Where are you in all this?"

"I'm between Joe and anyone who wants to hurt him," Will said.

"I hear at least one columnist has the story."

"It would be a grave error for any journalist to publish an
unsubstantiated rumor of that sort, and it would be an even graver error
for any public figure to lend credence to it."

"You could be right."

"Eft, we haven't gotten over the impeachment episode yet, and this
business could have the effect of making things infinitely worse between
the parties. I, for one, would take the same umbrage to some published
report that I would to an attack on my wife." Might as well kill two
birds with one well-thrown stone, Will thought.

"I'll do everything I can to see that neither of those things happens,"
Efton said.

"I'd appreciate that."

Efton smiled.

"Of course, anything else is fair game."

Will smiled back.

"I think we should both choose our weapons wisely, lest they cut both
ways."

"That's good advice. Will," Efton said.

"Now, we'd better get back to the ladies."

The two men returned to their wives, who were chatting woodenly.

Will took Kate's elbow, and whispered.

"Rumors about Joe are rife," he said.

"I've done what I can to tamp them down."

"I've just heard that Joe is going to announce tomorrow that Jim Browner
is his choice for VP. Maybe that will take some of the strain off the
situation."

"I hope so," Will said, "but I'm not going to count on it."

Zeke logged on to the Internet and did a search for Senator Will Lee.

Immediately, he found the campaign web site and, shortly, had the
senator's travel schedule, which the site said was updated daily.

He printed the schedule and logged off.

Later, at Harv's house, he met with his group.

"Okay," he said, "I've got the senator's travel schedule for the rest of
the campaign."

"Won't it change from time to time?" one of the men asked.

"Sure. So what I want to do is to pick an event that won't be changed,
something the senator can't afford to miss."

"Any ideas?" Harv asked.

"The senator and Efton are debating three times," Zeke said.

"I reckon the last one is the most important, and it's an event the
senator wouldn't miss for anything. It's a week before the election."

"Where?"

Zeke permitted himself a small smile.

"At Ford's Theatre."

Everybody burst out laughing.

"I love it!" Harv shouted, and everybody laughed again.

Finally, they quieted down.

"How you want to do this?" Harv asked.

"I want to shoot him," Zeke replied.

"From somewhere in the theater."

"It has a certain poetry about it."

"How you going to penetrate?" a man asked. "I don't think the
maintenance-worker thing will work again after L.A.," Zeke said.

"I've thought about this, and I need an identity that's unlikely to be
questioned at all. Anybody got any ideas?"

"Catholic priest?" somebody suggested.

"I don't think I know enough about being Catholic to fool anybody I got
into a conversation with."

Harv leaned back in his chair.

"So what do you know about?" he asked.

"Electrical, carpentry, construction, that's about it."

"You know about army," Harv said.

"We all do."

"Good point," Zeke said.

"Maybe I could move around in uniform without getting questioned too
closely."

Harv turned to the youngest man in the group.

"Benny, you're our hacker. Have you ever broken into a Pentagon
computer?"

Benny nodded.

"Yeah, but you can't do it repeatedly, and you have to do it from a
remote location, not from home. The chances are too good of being
backtracked."

"How about if you checked into a motel with a computer. Could you do it
from somewhere like that?"

"What sort of files?"

"Personnel. I reckon we need an identity for Zeke that's so good it
could only be real."

"I'll have a shot at it," Benny said.

"What do you need?"

"Nothing I haven't already got. I'll take a laptop, a modem, and a
printer."

"You'll need an anonymous car with plates that can't be traced back to
us."

"Yeah, I guess so."

"What will I be looking for?"

"We need a real army officer who's serving in the D.C. area-Virginia,
Maryland, the Pentagon, maybe. He ought to be about Zeke's age, and it
wouldn't hurt if they shared a general physical description. We'll need
his jacket, basically, his personnel file."

"Okay, I'll have a shot at that. How soon?"

"As soon as possible; can you start today?"

"Sure. I'll steal a car this afternoon."

"Nah, too risky; buy one, something very ordinary."

"Okay."

Zeke spoke up.

"Harv, you were a sergeant major; what else am I going to need?"

"An ID card," Harv replied.

"I know a guy who can make you one. Then you'll need orders that will
give you some freedom of movement, if you're questioned. I can cut those
on my own computer;

nothing to it."

"What about uniforms?" Zeke asked.

"Once we get you the ID card, you can walk onto any army base in the
country, go to the PX, and buy whatever you want. We can pick up some
insignia and ribbons at a gun show."

"What sort of rank?"

"Light colonel, maybe bird colonel. High enough that nobody will give
you a hard time, but not a general; too many of them know each other.

There's lots of colonels in the D.C. area. We'll put a chicken on your
shoulder."

"I never got past buck sergeant," Zeke said.

"Chicken colonel might be nice."

"You need any weapons?"

Zeke shook his head.

"I've still got the Czech sniper rifle, and I'll load some special ammo,
something that'll take his head off."

"Good. Okay, let's get to work on this."

Zeke was out back, working with the log splitter. He enjoyed the effort,
and the growing pile of logs was a satisfying sight. Danny stacked them
against the house as they came out of the splitter.

When they were done, Zeke sat down on a bench and looked out across the
mountains. It was a wonderful view.

Danny came and sat down beside him.

"Daddy, I know I'm not supposed to ask about it, but I get the feeling
you're leaving again soon."

"That's right, son," Zeke said.

"And it's for your own good and your mothers and your sisters' good that
you don't know too much."

"That's okay; I understand."

This is a good moment for it, Zeke thought.

"Listen, son, there's a real good chance I won't be coming back from
this one."

"Is it as dangerous as that?" Danny asked.

Zeke nodded.

"I'm afraid there just isn't any other way to do it.

I'm going to have to put myself on the line for this one."

"If you don't come back, will we know what happened?"

"Yeah, I expect you will. I don't think they'll be able to trace me back
here, though; I don't think you'll be bothered."

"What do you want me to do, if you don't come back?"

"Run the place, take care of your mother and your sisters. You can
always go to Harv for advice."

Danny nodded.

"What about the movement? You've never let me have anything to do with
that."

"You're not old enough to be of much use yet, Danny. It'll be all you
can do to manage the place. After the girls are grown, it might be
different. I'll tell Harv how I feel about this; he'll respect my
wishes."

"Daddy, I was thinking I might like to go to college."

"What for?" Zeke asked sharply.

"Haven't I taught you everything you need to know?"

"Sure, Daddy, but, you know, I thought it might be good to improve my
mind. Later on, I'd like to travel some, see the world. I even thought
about the navy."

"Let me tell you something, boy," Zeke said.

"This country around here is all you need to know about. As long as you
can run this place and take care of your family, you'll be a man, and
college won't make you any better. Neither will the navy." Danny nodded,
but Zeke wasn't sure he'd made a dent in that hard head. The boy had an
independent streak. "Okay, Daddy," Danny said, rising from the bench.

"Whatever you say. You know I'll take care of the family and the place."

Zeke stood up.

"Good man," he said, clapping the boy on the back. Zeke watched as he
walked toward the barn. Jesus, he thought, I'd sure like to be around to
see how he turns out. Will stared out the window of the Boeing at the
midwestern landscape and reflected on the past weeks. The United States
Senate had met two days after the president's funeral and confirmed Joe
Adams's nomination of Senator James A. Browner as vice president.

A week later, the Republican National Convention had nominated
Representative Howard Efton as its presidential candidate and Governor
Robert Manon of Arizona as its candidate for vice president.

As a result of the attempt on Will's life, the security at the
Republican convention was unprecedented, and Will's Secret Service
detachment had tripled in size. Now there were four agents attendant on
his person at all times, while others worked the crowds and did advance
planning for the campaign. This had cramped Will's campaigns ability to
make spontaneous changes in his schedule, and, in spite of the best
efforts of the Secret Service, Will was beginning to find the agents'
constant presence oppressive. Kate was being driven to and from work by
agents, as well.

Now Will convened a meeting of his traveling staff around the conference
table in the big jet. Moss Mallet, the campaign's pollster, had joined
them at Kansas City, and they were bound for Chicago and the campaign's
second debate. Tim Coleman and Kitty Conroy sat down. "I'm dying to hear
this. Moss," Tim said.

"Me, too," Will chipped in.

"Okay," Moss said, "here it is: Bottom line, we're in some trouble."

"Be specific," Will said.

"Specifically, although we're only a point or two behind, nationally,
we've got the potential of a sizable deficit in electoral votes.

Efton could win the popular vote very narrowly and still drub us in the
electoral college."

"Where are the big electoral deficits?" Will asked.

"Illinois and California. We've got to win them both, or lose the
election. It's as simple as that."

"Thank God the debate is in Chicago," Kitty said.

"If you do well there, that could be a big, big help. Remember how the
first debate helped us in the South."

"Yeah," Will replied, "and I'm beginning to wish the third debate were
in California."

"That would be nice," Moss said.

"I don't suppose we could arrange that."

"Not a chance," Kitty replied.

"We're committed to the League of Women Voters for the Washington
debate, and so is Efton. It's been hard enough to pin him down to these
debates, without starting to ask for changes now."

The phone on the conference table rang, and Tim picked it up.

"It's Sam Meriwether," he said, handing the phone to Will.

Will took the phone.

"And how's my campaign director?" he asked.

"Happy as a clam, I hope."

"Not exactly," Meriwether said. His voice was a little scratchy on the
air phone

"What's up?"

"Two things: First, Larry Eugene Moody's appeal has been rejected by the
Supreme Court. He's scheduled to die on the Saturday night before the
Tuesday election."

"And how do you think that's going to hurt us?" Will asked.

"I don't know that it's going to; it's just a distraction. The last
debate is the night before the execution, and Efton is bound to try to
use it against you in some way."

"Eft is a big supporter of the death penalty," Will replied.

"He can't use this against me without coming off as a hypocrite."

"He's bound to harp on your competence at the trial," Sam said.

"You'd better be ready for that."

"All right, we'll be ready for it. You said two things; what else is
happening?"

"Eft has backed out of the Chicago debate."

"What?"

"He says he's too busy campaigning."

"Well, that's pretty lame. I'll give him hell about it."

"I think his people are prepared for that, or they wouldn't have pulled
him out of the debate."

"Well, shit!" Will said.

"Anything else?"

"Nope; I wish I had some good news."

"See you later, Sam." Will hung up the phone.

"What?" Tim asked.

"Eft has backed out of the Chicago debate."

Sounds of anger and outrage.

"I'll call a press conference at the airport," Kitty said.

"We'll blow him out of the water."

"I think he's ready for that," Will said.

"I guess we did too well in the Atlanta debate."

"He's scared," Kitty said.

"No," Moss interjected, "he's smart. He's obviously run the numbers and
concluded that he'll lose fewer votes by pulling out than by debating
you and seeming to lose."

"I think you're right," Will said, "and I think Eft is right, too."

"If that's the case, what's to prevent him from backing out of the
Washington debate?" Tim asked.

Nobody spoke.

"Do you really think he'd risk doing that?" Kitty asked nobody in
particular. "He would," Moss said, "if his numbers supported the
decision."

"We can't let him get out of the Washington debate," Kitty said.

"We need that one bad."

"I have to agree," Moss said, "but we can't force him to appear."

Kitty suddenly brightened.

"Maybe we can. Maybe we can force him to appear in Chicago, too."

"You going to put a gun to his head?" Moss asked.

"In a manner of speaking. Let's just go on with the Chicago debate."

Tim spoke up.

"You mean have the senator debate an empty chair? That's kind of hollow,
isn't it?"

"No, I mean a real debate--well, nearly real."

"You mean debate a substitute? Hire an actor to play Eft?"

"No, I mean have Eft play Eft."

"What are you talking about. Kitty?" Will asked.

"I mean, we go right ahead as planned. We show up at the hall, and we
rent a really big TV set and put it on the stage with you. Then we put
together a series of Eft's statements during the campaign, and play them
back as his part of the debate. Then you answer them."

Will's eyebrows went up.

"Debate a TV set?"

"It'll get a lot of play," Kitty said, "and, of course, you'd have the
advantage of knowing what Eft is going to say."

"The networks would never give us the time for a one-sided debate," Will
said, "and I don't want to see Efts clips in advance, not that that
would change their minds."

"Then we'll buy it," Kitty said, "and quick, since the networks already
have it scheduled. And, if we can make this work against Eft, he won't
dare back out of the Washington debate."

"I think its a brilliant idea," Moss said.

"It has the additional advantage of making Eft look like a fool for
backing out."

"Have we got the money to buy the time?" Will asked Tim.

"We'd have to cancel a lot of other television time," Tim replied.

"Unless you and Sam can raise a lot more money in a hurry. And it only
makes sense to buy one network, not all three. All the others will pick
up excerpts for their newscasts."

"How much air-time do we have to buy?" Will asked.

"They've scheduled ninety minutes," Kitty said, "but let's buy only
thirty. I don't think anybody would sit still for an hour and a half to
watch you debate a TV set, but they would for half an hour."

"The debate is scheduled for the day after tomorrow," Will pointed out.

"Have you got enough time to assemble the tape clips of Eft?"

"It'll be tight, but we can do it."

"Call Tom Black and get him on it, too," Will said.

"Get him to Chicago, if necessary."

Kitty picked up the phone and started dialing.

"Was that all Sam had to say?" Tim asked.

"Well, no," Will replied.

"Larry Moody is going to die in the electric chair three days before the
election. The Supreme Court turned down his appeal."

"Oh, shit," Tim said.

"We need to think about how this can hurt us," Will said.

"I'm not really sure that it will. Sam thinks Eft will try to find a way
to use it against me in the Washington debate."

"We'll be ready for that," Tim said.

"But there's something else I'm not sure we can be ready for."

"What's that?" Will asked.

"Charlene Joiner," Tim said.

"I hadn't thought about Charlene," Will admitted.

"What do you think she'll do?"

"God only knows, but you know how hot she is to save Moody's life. I
have a feeling it could be noisy. I'm not sure how we can plan for
that."

"Neither am I," Will said. Zeke Tennant was driving north through
Virginia toward Washington when flashing lights popped on in his
rearview mirror.

He pulled the Ford Taurus over to the shoulder of the interstate and
watched in his side mirror as a state trooper approached.

Zeke took a couple of deep breaths and lowered the window. His weapons
were in the trunk; he'd have to handle this with his hands, if it came
to that.

"Morning," he said.

"Good morning. Colonel," the trooper replied, seeing the eagles on the
collar of Zeke's starched and pressed camouflage fatigues.

"Can I see your license, registration, and proof of insurance, please?"

"Sure," Zeke replied. He dug his license out of a pocket and reached
into the glove compartment for the other documents. He handed them over.

"Mind if I get out?" he asked.

"I'd like to stretch my legs." He couldn't handle the man while sitting
in the car.

The trooper looked at him carefully, then at his license.

"Go ahead, Colonel."

Zeke opened the door, got out, and made a show of stretching.

"Come back here and take a look at something," the trooper said,
beckoning him toward the rear of the car.

Zeke followed him. The trooper pointed at the place where the license
plate should be.

"See the problem?"

Zeke grimaced.

"Damn dealer," he said.

"I only bought the car this morning."

"Maybe the plate is in the trunk," the trooper said.

"Shall we take a look?"

The sniper's rifle was in the trunk, and Zeke had no intention of
opening it.

"Sure; let me get the keys," he said, walking back toward the drivers
door. He was about to kick back at the trooper when he saw a brown
envelope lying on the backseat.

"This must be it," he said. He opened the door, retrieved the envelope,
and took out the plate.

"I thought they had put it on the car."

"You'd better put it on now," the trooper said.

"I don't have any tools; I'll stop at the next service station and get
it done." He wanted to get away from this guy before he was recognized.

"I've got a screwdriver in the car," the trooper said.

"Just a minute." He walked back to his patrol car, got in, and began
looking for something then he picked up a microphone and began speaking
into it.

Zeke walked slowly toward the patrol car; he'd move as the trooper got
out. Then a hand came out of the car with a screwdriver in it.

"Here you go," he said.

"Be with you in a minute; I've got a radio call."

He's recognised me, Zeke thought as he walked toward the rear of his
car. He knelt and began removing the screws from the empty license-plate
frame. In a moment, he had the plate attached, and as he rose, the
trooper approached. Zeke was ready for the fight.

"Sorry to trouble you about that, Colonel," the trooper said, "but
somebody else would have stopped you eventually." His hand came toward
Zeke.

"Can I have my screwdriver back?"

"Oh, sure," Zeke replied.

"And thanks for letting me know about the plate."

"Not at all," the trooper said.

"Drive carefully."

Zeke got back into the car, sweating.

"Fucking car salesman," he muttered to himself.

"I damn near killed that trooper."

Zeke crossed the Potomac and drove to the Fairfax Hotel, where he had
booked a room. He changed into his first-class uniform, then enjoyed a
good lunch in the Jockey Club restaurant. When he had finished and
signed the check, he went to the concierge's desk.

"Good afternoon. Colonel Waldron," the man said, glancing at the name
tag on his uniform.

"How can I help you?"

"I'm interested in Ford's Theatre, where Abraham Lincoln was
assassinated," Zeke replied.

The concierge dug out a brochure.

"Of course. They have tours there twice a day; you can still make the
afternoon one." He gave Zeke a map of the city and showed him how to get
to the theater.

"Thanks very much," Zeke said. He went to the front door and asked the
doorman for his car. He found the theater, on 10th Street NW, and parked
the car, removing the briefcase containing the sniper's rifle from the
trunk. He arrived in the lobby just as the tour was starting.

"Good afternoon," the elderly lady who was the tour guide began, "and
welcome to Ford's Theatre. Before we start the tour, I'd like to give
you a little of the rather odd history of the building. The theater
opened its doors in 1862, having been converted from a former Baptist
church. Some of the church members were disturbed that such a secular
use was being made of what had been a holy building, and someone
predicted that no good would come of it. The theater, which was
originally the Athenaeum, burned to the ground within a few months.

"Mr. John T. Ford, who owned the theater, rebuilt it, named it after
himself, and reopened the doors on August 27, 1863. After the
assassination of Mr. Lincoln, the War Department closed the theater with
the intention of never reopening it. The government bought the property
and turned it into a warehouse. In 1893 the upper floors of the building
collapsed, and twenty-two government employees were killed and many
others injured. The building was again rebuilt and used as a warehouse.

"It was not until the nineteen-fifties that Congress appropriated the
funds to restore the theater, and in 1968, it finally became a theater
again. Now, if you'll follow me, I'll show you the box where Mr. Lincoln
was shot, then we'll go backstage, after which you can see the little
museum in the basement. Then you may wish to visit the Peterson House,
across the street, where Mr. Lincoln died of his injuries."

The woman led the little group of people upstairs. Zeke hung back at the
rear and allowed the group to leave him behind. He walked back to the
rear of the theater, checking sight lines, and then he saw a small sign
pointing up another flight of stairs. It read projection booth. He
followed the stairs and came to a door, which was ajar. Across the
little hallway was a men's room.

He pushed the projection-room door open and found a light switch. Two
large 35mm projectors filled most of the room. There was also a table
with two cranks mounted for rewinding reels, and next to the projector
was a single theater seat, where the projectionist could sit and watch a
movie through his own window. Zeke looked carefully at the ceiling and
found a large air-conditioning duct. He stood on a chair, took out a
Swiss Army knife, and unfolded a screwdriver blade. In a moment he had
the grating off; then he took the briefcase and slid it into the duct,
where it fit very nicely. He replaced the grate, switched off the light,
and left the room. As he departed, he noted a ladder fixed to the wall.

He climbed and pushed open a trapdoor in the ceiling. He stuck his head
up and looked around the roof. Maybe he wouldn't have to die after all.

He rejoined the group, which was just leaving Lincoln's box.

"Oh, did we lose you?" the guide asked.

"I was just looking for the men's room," he replied. As the group walked
back toward the stairs, Zeke stepped into Lincoln's box and stood,
looking over the theater. John Wilkes Booth, he knew, had slipped into
the box as Lincoln watched a performance of a comedy, Our American
Cousin. He had crept behind Lincoln and fired a single bullet into the
back of his head from close range.

Soon, Zeke mused, he would add another interesting page to the history
of Ford's Theatre. He'd give the tour guides something new to talk
about. THE WILL & EFT SHOW Part Two By our political editor Last night,
a national audience was treated to the second of two debates between the
presidential candidates, but with a difference. This time,
Representative Howard "Eft" Efton didn't show. Well, not exactly,
anyway. Mr. Efton, after taking a bit of a drubbing in the Atlanta
debate three weeks ago, backed out, citing a campaign schedule that was
too busy to include the city of Chicago, his advisors having apparently
told him that he had less to lose from canceling than from showing up.

But Senator Will Lee seems to have gotten better advice from his people.

Not only did he show up, he dragged Eft Efton in by the scruff of the
neck, as it were, and debated him whether he liked it or not. The
audience arrived for the telecast to find a big-screen TV set up on one
side of the stage (Efton's), and a lectern on the other (Lee's). A
moderator introduced both candidates, and the debate began. Lees staff
had assembled a series of Efton's statements from campaign appearances,
speeches on the House floor, and from Efton's acceptance speech at the
Republican convention. When Efton was called on to speak, he appeared on
the TV screen and made his statement; then Senator Lee was allowed to
rebut. When the process was reversed, Efton clips were chosen to state
the opposite position.

But if the audience was surprised by this turn of events, the biggest
surprise came in the way this spectacle was conducted. The Lee campaign
could have chosen Efton clips to make him look bad or to set him up for
Lee's punch lines, but they didn't do that. Instead, they treated the
Republican candidate respectfully, showing clips that Efton might have
chosen himself. The result was not just a political stunt, but something
very close to a real debate. Furthermore, the Lee staff issued a
statement claiming that Senator Lee had not been told in advance which
Efton clips would be used, so that his responses would be spontaneous.

Although Efton himself had no comment on any of this, his advisors were
incensed.

"This just shows how low Will Lee will stoop to win political points.

This was an unethical, unfair, and un-American carnival sideshow,"
Efton's campaign manager said to reporters, conveniently ignoring the
fact that Efton could have made it fair simply by showing up, as he had
promised to do.

Who won? Far be it from me to offer an opinion, but an unscientific
telephone call-in poll on the eleven o'clock news gave Lee the nod by a
twenty-point margin. We'll have to wait a day or two for the national
pollsters to do their work and tell us how much Lee really benefited, if
at all.

But one thing Will Lee seems to have accomplished is to pretty much
guarantee that Eft Efton will not duck out of the final debate from
Ford's Theatre in Washington next week. And that may have been his
intention all along.

Kitty put down the newspaper, from which she had been reading aloud.

"And what's more," she said, grinning, "we've pulled in more than a
dozen editorials from major newspapers around the country, saying pretty
much the same thing."

Will smiled and sipped his coffee.

"You're a very smart woman, Kitty," he said.

"We're redoing the schedule for the last week," Tim Coleman said.

"All your appearances are going to be in Illinois and California, with
one or two others on the way to or from. Its driving the Secret Service
advance men crazy, but they're getting with the program."

Will turned to Moss, his pollster.

"You think this is the right thing to do, then?"

"Will, it's the only thing to do. My newest numbers project that Efton
can win if he takes either Illinois or California, but for you to win,
you have to take both."

Will shrugged.

"Let's do it, then."

Zeke was at the office of the League of Women Voters two hours before it
opened, and a line had already formed. He cursed himself for not getting
up earlier. His plan was all worked out, but in order to make it happen,
he had to get inside the theater on the night of the debate, and that
meant getting a ticket.

The doors opened, and the line inched forward. Finally, there was only
one person ahead of him, a small woman with a child in tow.

"This is the absolutely last one?" she asked, holding aloft the ticket.

"The very last," the woman behind the counter responded.

"You're very lucky."

"But what about my husband?" the woman demanded.

"My husband has to be there, too."

"I'm sorry, ma'am," the woman replied, "but you're holding the very last
ticket available to the public. The rest have already been issued to the
two campaigns and the press."

Zeke wanted to strangle the woman and take her ticket.

"Why does this always happen to me?" the woman wailed.

"I don't know," the woman behind the counter said.

"Do you want it, or not?"

The woman turned and faced Zeke.

"Here, soldier," she said, holding out the ticket.

"You take it."

Zeke accepted the ticket with a big smile.

"Congratulations, Colonel," the woman behind the counter said.

"Now if you'll just step over there and give the Secret Service agent
some information." She pointed to a man behind the desk.

Zeke walked over.

"The lady told me to see you," he said to the man.

"Right," the agent replied.

"I'll need your name, your date of birth, and your social security
number. You'd better give me your military serial number, too."

Zeke was happy to give the man all of that. As the Boeing set down at
Van Nuys airport. Will braced himself against the shower wall. There was
something very strange, he thought, about a shower that moved around.

Plumbing was supposed to be in a fixed position. As the airplane taxied
toward the FBO, Will got into trousers and a shirt and toweled his hair
as dry as he could get it. There was a knock at his cabin door.

"Come in."

Tim Coleman walked in.

"Senator, we've got a little problem," he said.

"How little?"

"I'm not sure. Charlene Joiner is standing at the bottom of the boarding
steps, and she insists on seeing you."

Will winced.

"Tell the Secret Service to shoot her."

"I'd like nothing better, but I think you'll have to let her on board."

"And let her be photographed here?"

"She's already been photographed," Tim said.

"There's the usual media greeting party outside; she's chatting them up
and getting interviewed now."

Will thought for a moment.

"All right, get all the traveling press off the airplane, then show her
into the office area. After three minutes, interrupt us with the
greatest possible urgency, and get me off the airplane. Tell the crew to
keep her on until we've driven away and the press has followed us."

"Got it," Tim replied, then left.

Will was tying his necktie when Charlene arrived, so she was unable to
embrace him. She looked sensational in a tailored suit that still
managed to show a considerable amount of creamy cleavage.

"Hi, there," Will said.

"What brings you to Van Nuys? Its a long way from Malibu."

"Will, I've got to talk to you," she said, leaning against a desk and
giving him a better view of the cleavage.

"Better hurry; I've got to be out of here in just a minute. I've got
sixteen campaign stops in the L.A. area before noon tomorrow, and I have
to be back in Washington for the debate tomorrow night."

"It's about Larry Moody."

He'd thought it would be.

"Oh?"

"His appeal has been turned down by the Supreme Court."

"Oh? They didn't think I was incompetent?"

"Apparently not. Now Larry's only hope of living is a commutation of his
death sentence to life by the governor of Georgia."

"Hmmm," Will said.

"I've got a plan to get the governor to change his mind," Charlene said!
"but I need your help."

"Charlene," Will said, getting into his jacket, "Bill MacKey is a
Republican; I have zero influence with him."

"Just call him, Will; it might help."

"Charlene, if I get elected, Bill MacKey is going to take the greatest
delight in appointing someone I despise to my Senate seat, possibly even
himself. He and I have absolutely nothing to say to each other."

Charlene put her hands on her knees and pushed her shoulders forward,
turning what had been cleavage into an inspiring view of her breasts.

"Will, I read that there's a bed on this airplane; any truth to that?"

She kept her chin down and raised her eyes to his, evoking in Will a
memory of a photograph of Grace Kelly with John F. Kennedy many years
before. "Ah, now." Will laughed.

"That could work."

"Huh?"

"That look, that angle on the boobs, that invitation. Bill MacKey
reputedly has a Clintonesque weakness for women, and he's not accustomed
to encountering many as beautiful as you. That's your best shot,

Charlene, believe me."

Tim Coleman burst into the office.

"Senator, you've got to leave right now! The Secret Service say there's
some sort of threat against you!"

"Good God!" Will said.

"I'm sorry, Charlene, but I have to go. You stay aboard the airplane
until we're gone, and the crew says it's okay to leave; I don't want you
to get shot at. Bye." He sprinted up the aisle, and Tim closed in behind
him, leaving Charlene staring after them.

Will dived into the car.

"Very good, Tim," he said.

"Or was there really a threat?"

"The threat is still on the airplane," Tim said as the motorcade sped
away. THE VIEW FROM HERE by HOGAN PARKS It's been one hell of a run. Not
since the Nixon-Humphrey contest in '68 has a presidential race been so
tight. As we come down to the final of the three campaign debates (well,
two and a half) tonight, Howard "Eft"

Efton still seems to have a razor-thin margin, but it could go either
way.

My sources in both campaigns agree that the race is going to be won or
lost in Illinois and California. For some weeks it has been clear to
pollsters that either state could give Efton the margin of victory,
while Lee would need to win both, but since Efton stumbled by pulling
out of the Chicago debate, and Lee so masterfully capitalized on his
nonappearance, Illinois seems to have shifted narrowly in Lee's favor.

Which means that California, with its fifty-four electoral votes, is now
the 400-pound gorilla in this race.

If any further evidence of that fact were necessary, one need only look
at the campaign schedules of the two opponents. Neither has drawn a
breath outside California for the past four days.

Perhaps the most interesting aspect of this race is how Eft Efton, at a
time when the Democrats seem likely to win at least the House, and maybe
the Senate, has managed to run so strongly nationally. He has done it by
seeming less a Republican than a centrist independent, coopting
Democratic positions wherever he could and downplaying the traditional
Republican rhetoric on tax cuts and abortion.

Efton has touted a plan to save Social Security that is almost
indistinguishable from one proposed by the Democrats more than a year
ago;

he has rejected an across-the-board tax cut and opted, instead, for
targeted reductions, mostly to the middle class; he's come out for new
expenditures on education, although he wants school districts to spend
it as they see fit, instead of being made to use the money to build and
repair schools. And, most un-Eft-like, he has restrained himself from
personal attacks on Lee and, especially, on Lee's wife, an important CIA
official, something voters seem to appreciate.

Lee, whose political positions have often been undercut by Efton's
sidestep toward the center, has chosen to campaign almost as though
Efton didn't exist, touting his New Center as the way to go for the 21st
century and ignoring Efton's attempts to join him in the middle of the
road. Lee's great strength has been his personal charm, which, although
it falls short of the kind of animal magnetism Bill Clinton projected,
has done much to make him stick in the minds of voters. He has also
proved an agile wiggler. When some right-wing Republicans tried to hang
movie diva Charlene Joiner around his neck like a latter-day Gennifer
Flowers, he managed to tap-dance his way around their insinuations by
the simple device of being innocent of the charges, except for a single
dalliance when they were both single. I'm told there is even some
polling evidence to indicate that white males' opinion of Lee was lifted
by the fact that he once slept with someone who is now a movie star.

All of which brings us back to Ford's Theatre tonight and the debate
that Lee supporters hope will give him the final push he needs,
especially in California, to edge past Efton and into the presidency.

Look for Efton to give us more of the same, and for Lee, perhaps, to
inject some fireworks into the proceedings. And look for both to offer
some special incentives for California voters.

Kitty put down the Washington Post.

"Well, that's depressingly close to the truth, isn't it?"

"We can always rely on Hogan Parks to state the obvious, can't we?"

Will sighed.

"Now let's get back to work on these debating points. We either blow Eft
out of the water tonight, or we sink trying."

Charlene Joiner got off the Centurion Studios G-V jet at Atlanta's
Dekalb Peach tree airport, and, unspotted by the press, got into a
waiting limousine.

"Take me to the governor's mansion," she said to the driver. Zeke
prepared carefully. First, he dressed in civilian clothing and went out
and bought a car, a late-model Toyota Camry, metallic beige in color,
using another well-prepared identity. He parked it near Fords Theatre,
then took a taxi back to his hotel. He showered, shaved, and packed,
then went over the hotel room, wiping every surface with window cleaner,
after which he dressed in a pair of lightweight black trousers and a
long-sleeved navy blue, T-shirt.

Over that he put on the freshly pressed first-class army uniform, with
its ribbons, insignia, and name tag. Finally, he packed all the uniforms
into a single B-4 bag and his civilian clothes in another bag, then
checked out of the hotel, mentioning to the desk clerk that he had a
plane to catch at Reagan National.

He drove to Ford's Theatre and parked the Taurus in a parking lot
nearby. Leaving the bag containing the uniforms in the trunk, he walked
to the new Toyota and put his civilian clothes into that car's trunk.

Finally, with everything ready and half an hour to spare, he walked to
Ford's Theatre and got into the ticket holders' line. Secret Service
agents were everywhere, watching everything. They walked down the line
of waiting people and cut several people out of the group for a chat,
checking tickets and IDS. A deranged-looking man was taken away in a
car. Zeke noticed that the people getting the most attention from the
agents were unaccompanied men, but when they came to him, the agents
simply nodded and went on. The uniform worked.

At twenty minutes before the hour the doors were opened and the crowd
admitted. Zeke immediately made for the stairs to the balcony and found
a seat on an aisle, only a few steps from the staircase to the men's
room and the projection booth. Now he had only to wait.

Will sat in his dressing room and tried to hold still for the makeup
lady, while continuing to go over debating points with Tim and Kitty.

A television set was tuned to MSNBC, and the mention of Larry Moodys
name stopped all conversation. Everyone turned to watch.

"In just a minute we'll be going live to the Georgia governor's mansion,
where the governor is about to make a statement on the Larry Moody case.

Moody is scheduled to go to the electric chair at Reidsville State
Prison tomorrow night. We've had a report that the actress Charlene
Joiner, visited with the governor last night and again this afternoon,
leaving the mansion around five o'clock. Our reporter caught up to her
at a local airport as she was boarding a private jet."

Charlene appeared on camera at the door of the Centurion Studios
airplane.

"I visited with the governor last evening and again today and talked
with him about Larry's case. I believe he spent the day alone at the
mansion, reviewing the case in detail, and I hope for a favorable
announcement soon. This is Larry's last chance to live."

She turned and boarded the airplane, and a steward closed the door.

The camera moved from the taxiing jet to the reporter.

"Sources tell MSNBC that, after her arrival last night, Ms. Joiner was
not seen to leave the governor's mansion until late this afternoon. The
governor's wife is out of town, and his staff was kept at arm's length
all day as he and Ms. Joiner discussed the case. Back to the studio."

Anchorwoman Laurie Dhue came on screen.

"We go now to the governors mansion for the governors statement."

The governor was seen to approach a cluster of microphones.

"You think Charlene was with him all night and all day?" Tim Coleman
asked.

"He looks pretty tired to me," Kitty replied.

The governor began to speak.

"I have been reviewing in great detail the clemency request of Larry
Eugene Moody, whose final appeal was recently turned down by the Supreme
Court. I have concluded after much study and thought that, although Mr.
Moody is certainly guilty of the crime with which he was charged, his
defense by then senatorial candidate Will Lee with regard to the death
penalty was a thoroughly incompetent one. I have therefore decided to
commute Mr. Moody's death sentence to life in prison, and I signed the
appropriate papers a few minutes ago. That's all; thank you." The
governor turned to go as the gathered reporters shouted questions.

"Did the visit by Charlene Joiner have anything to do with your
decision?" one yelled.

The governor turned.

"Ms. Joiner is one of the people I talked with about this."

"How long did you spend with her?" another reporter demanded.

"Is your wife still out of town?" a woman's voice shouted.

"Good night, ladies and gentlemen," the governor said, then walked back
into the mansion and closed the door.

Will turned to the makeup lady.

"All finished?"

"All finished," she said.

"Then would you excuse us, please?" He waited until the door had been
closed.

"I don't believe it," he said.

"I actually suggested this to Charlene."

"Suggested what?" Kitty asked.

"She was aboard the airplane in Van Nuys, looking all sexy, and I said,
why don't you turn that on the governor? I'm damned if she didn't!"

Tims mouth dropped open.

"You mean you think that Charlene spent all night and all day screwing
the governor?"

"Didn't you see the bags under his eyes?" Kitty asked.

"She's certainly capable of that," Will said, "and you heard that his
wife was out of town."

"And that he spent the day alone," Kitty added, "but Charlene didn't
leave until this afternoon. This has got to be a first in the
administration of justice."

"You just have to wonder," Tim said, "what Charlene was administering."

"You notice he got in a good punch at you, Senator," Kitty said.

"Two to one. Eft is going to come at you on this."

"Let him come," Will replied.

There was a knock at the door, and a Secret Service agent came in.

"They're ready for you, Senator," he said.

"You're on the air in five minutes."

"Let's do it," Will said. Will followed a young woman to the wings at
stage left. Looking across the stage, he could see Eft Efton, and they
exchanged a wave.

Will thought Efton was smiling rather smugly.

Zeke had to stand up to let a man into his row of seats; the man took
the seat next to him, then glanced at Zeke's ribbons.

"You were in "Nam, were you?"

"Right," Zeke replied.

"My name's Dave Waters," the man said, offering his hand.

"Henry Waldron," Zeke replied, shaking the man's hand.

"What outfit were you in?"

Zeke told him.

"You guys saw a lot of fighting at Da Nang, didn't you?"

"You better believe it," Zeke said.

"I never got out of Saigon, myself," Waters replied.

Zeke was relieved when the lights went down and a voice came from the PA
system.

"Good evening, ladies and gentlemen, and to our national television
audience. Please welcome your moderator for the debate, Jim Lehrer of
PBS." There was a round of applause. Lehrer took the stage.

"Good evening," he said.

"Our format tonight provides for a three-minute opening statement from
each candidate, followed by a series of questions from me. After that,
the candidates will be allowed to ask each other questions, and each
will have two minutes to answer them. Finally, each candidate will have
three minutes for a closing statement. We flipped a coin earlier to
decide who would speak first, so Representative Efton will go first with
the opening statement, and Senator Lee will be first with the closing
statement. Gentlemen?"

Will came from the left wings as Efton came from the right, and they
took their positions at the lecterns, to considerable applause.

"Mr. Efton, you may begin," Lehrer said.

"I will warn you when you have thirty seconds left, and I will cut you
off sharply after three minutes, if you are still talking."

Efton cleared his throat and began to speak.

Zeke found himself to be nervous. He didn't want to sit through all
this; he wanted to get on with it. He stood up and walked toward the
staircase to the men's room and projection room. A Secret Service agent
stopped him.

"Where are you going, sir?" he asked.

Zeke placed a hand on his lower abdomen.

"To the men's room, up the stairs, there."

"You'll have to use the one downstairs in the lobby," the agent said.

Zeke frowned as though in pain.

"I'm having an intestinal problem," he said.

"I don't think I can make it that far."

"All right," the agent said, "go ahead."

Zeke began walking up the stairs, and as he did, the agent moved away,
apparently continuing on his rounds. At the top of the stairs Zeke
looked back to be sure no one was observing him, then opened the door to
the projection room and went inside, pulling on a pair of latex surgical
gloves. There was no lock on the door, so Zeke braced a chair under the
doorknob. First, he emptied his pockets, shucked off the army uniform,
and wrapped it into a ball, tying the shirtsleeves in a knot. Then he
put the pocket contents into his black trousers, switched on a small
flashlight, and, holding it in his mouth, took his Swiss Army knife and
began unscrewing the grille over the air-conditioning duct.

He removed the briefcase containing the rifle, then shoved the bundled
army uniform into the duct and replaced the grille.

Will listened patiently as Efton made his three-minute speech. The first
two minutes were bland enough; then Efton changed tack.

"As you may have heard, the governor of Georgia last night felt he had
to commute the death sentence of a murderer and rapist, because the mans
lawyer had given him an incompetent defense. That lawyer was none other
than Will Lee, and I think he should explain to us tonight why his
incompetence as a lawyer allowed a killer to escape the death penalty,
and why we should expect him to be any more competent as president."

Will hadn't expected this so early in the debate. Now he was going to
have to spend at least part of his opening statement defending himself,
putting him at an immediate disadvantage.

Dave Waters, who had been sitting next to Zeke in the balcony, was
worried, and he felt he had to do something. He got up and began looking
up and down the aisles, but he didn't see what he was looking for, so he
walked down the stairs to the lobby, where he spotted a man with a small
medallion in his lapel.

"Excuse me," he said to the man, "are you Secret Service?"

"Yes," the man replied, "what can I do for you, sir?"

"I need to speak to the agent in charge, and right away."

"What about, sir?"

Waters produced a military ID card.

"I'm General David Waters, and I want to speak to him right now."

"Yes, sir," the agent said. He raised his cupped left hand to his lips
and spoke briefly into it, then seemed to listen.

"He'll be here in just a minute, sir."

"Ten years ago I was called into a judges office in Greenville, Georgia,
the seat of my home county, and asked to defend a young man accused of
murder. I was reluctant to do so, but the judge pressed me, and I
agreed. At my first meeting with the defendant, he told me that he was
innocent of the charges and that he had never had any problems with the
law. I defended him--well, I think--then, near the end of the trial, a
witness blurted out that the defendant had once been accused of rape.

This shocked the courtroom, the prosecution took full advantage of the
situation, and the defendant was convicted as charged. Had he not lied
to me, he would probably have been acquitted. During the trial, I
received a cash fee from an anonymous supporter of the defendant. Later,
I learned that the money had come from a right-wing militia group, the
kind which has so often supported Representative Efton in his campaigns,
so I donated the fee to an organization of African-American lawyers. The
defendant later claimed, in his appeals, that he received an incompetent
defense, a claim that was thrown out by every state and federal court
that heard it, including the Supreme Court of the United States. I think
that is all the vindication I need, even if it isn't enough for Mr.
Efton."

A middle-aged man in a dark suit approached Dave Waters.

"General Waters? I'm Charles West, the agent in charge of the Secret
Service detail here. What can I do for you?"

"Agent West, just before the debate began I sat down next to an army
officer, a Colonel Waldron, in the balcony. I introduced myself and,
noticing his ribbons and insignia, I asked him what outfit he had been
with in Vietnam. He said his name was Henry Waldron, and that he had
been with my outfit. I said that I had heard the unit had been at Da
Nang, and he confirmed this. My outfit was never at Da Nang, and the
officer I knew as Henry Waldron was not the man sitting next to me. I
believe he is impersonating an army officer, and considering the
circumstances, I thought you should know about it."

"Thank you, General," the agent said. He brought a fist to his lips.

"Attention all agents," he said.

"Suspicious person in the theater, dressed as an army colonel. Locate
immediately and detain."

He turned back to Waters.

"Thank you, General," he said.

"I'd appreciate it if you'd remain here to identify the man when we find
him."

"He got up and left his seat in the balcony about five minutes ago,"
Waldron said, "but I didn't see where he went."

Will finished his statement, compressing his opening remarks in order to
stay under the time limit. As he finished, he saw a small flash of light
somewhere high up at the rear of the theater. Zeke quickly assembled the
rifle, then, judging the distance between the projection booth and the
stage, adjusted the sight.

The projectionist's window was hinged in the middle; he opened it,
rested the tip of the rifle's barrel on the sill, and brought the stock
to his shoulder.

Agent West stood in the open doorway between the lobby of the theater
and the orchestra seats, only a few seconds after broadcasting the first
warning to his agents.

"Chief, this is Robbins," a voice said through his earpiece.

"Five minutes ago, I allowed an army colonel to use the men's room at
the top of the theater. I'm on my way there now."

"Roger," West replied, then something occurred to him.

"Is that the one opposite the projection booth?"

"Affirmative," Robbins replied.

West brought the microphone concealed in his left palm to his lips.

"Maximum alert! Maximum alert! All agents on the upper level converge on
the men's room and projection booth at the top rear of the theater!

Consider suspect an assassin, armed and dangerous!"

He began running for the stairs.

* * * Zeke brought the crosshairs to bear on the head of Will Lee. As he
focused the telescopic sight, a movement at stage right caught his
attention, and he swung the rifle toward it. To his astonishment, Howard
Efton was lying on the floor behind his lectern, and a man was lying on
top of him. He swung the rifle back toward Lee, and as he did, a man
appeared from the wings and began reaching for the senator.

Zeke fired without're sighting and there was an explosion at the
lectern. Then Zeke heard the sound of running feet on the upper level of
the theater. He dropped the rifle, kicked the chair away from the
doorknob, ran into the hallway outside, and started up the ladder,
throwing open the trapdoor to the roof. As he turned to slam it behind
him he saw a man with a gun running up the stairs toward the projection
room.

Zeke sprinted across the roof, surprised that a Secret Service agent was
not waiting for him. Probably any agents on the roof had been called
inside the theater when the debate began, he reckoned.

He reached the parapet and ran along it, looking for a fire escape or a
drainpipe. Nothing. He jumped to the roof next door and, staying low,
continued along the row of buildings. Glancing back, he saw lights
playing around the roof of the theater.

On the third roof he found a drainpipe, and it took only seconds to
slide down it into the alley below. He ran down the alley toward the
street, shucking off the latex surgical gloves he had been wearing, and
as he turned the corner, he stopped running and started walking, taking
deep breaths, calming himself, trying to look like an ordinary citizen.

He turned toward where he had parked the Toyota and realized that would
take him directly past the entrance to Fords Theatre.

What the hell, he thought, they wouldn't expect him to be there.

He blended in with the other pedestrians headed in that direction, and
as he approached the theater, the front doors burst open and armed men
ran onto the sidewalk, looking in every direction.

They were looking for an army colonel, he reminded himself, and he had
left the uniform in the air-conditioning duct where he had stored the
rifle. He stopped with the other pedestrians and stared at the
commotion. Then the man who had sat next to him in the balcony came out
of the theater with a Secret Service agent. Zeke walked to the curb,
waited for traffic to ease, and, walking as casually as he could,
crossed the street. It was another block to the car, and it was going to
be a very long block.

Will sat in his dressing room, surrounded by staff and Secret Service
agents. Kitty was holding a cloth to his forehead while an agent
rummaged in a first-aid kit.

"What happened?" he asked.

"Somebody took a shot at you," an agent said.

"I already had hold of you and was pulling you toward the wings.

Apparently, the bullet hit the microphone on the lectern, and the thing
exploded.

You caught some shrapnel, but it's not serious. You may need a stitch or
two, though, and as soon as the area is secure, we're going to get you
to a hospital to get looked at."

"You think it's the same guy from L.A.?" Kitty asked.

"It's gotta be," the agent replied.

"Either him, or another member of his group, if there is a group."

"Have you caught him?" Kitty asked.

The agent held a finger to his ear, pressing on the earpiece.

"He's out of the building," he said.

"They're searching the streets for him now. Apparently, a member of the
audience can ID him."

"My wife is in the audience," Will said.

"We've already got her in a car," the agent replied.

"She'll meet you at the hospital."

Zeke got into the car, started it, and pulled into traffic. He made the
first turn possible, and he could see police halting traffic ahead of
him. He drove around the block and headed for the Beltway; he had
already memorized the route.

* * * Will lay on a table in the ER while a surgeon who had been on call
for the Secret Service stitched the wound in his forehead. Kate sat next
to him, watching closely.

"Maybe I'd better learn to do this," she said, "if people are going to
keep trying to kill you."

"Maybe the guy was trying to kill Eft," Will said.

"If he did, I'd probably win California."

"You should wish he had hit you," she said.

"Being shot is a sure vote-getter. Look at Reagan."

The following morning, Zeke drove west along the interstate at the speed
limit. He was a happy man, considering that he'd failed. He hadn't
really expected to be alive at this moment, and he found the condition
pleasing. Home lay a thousand miles ahead of him. They still didn't know
who he was. They'd never find him. He'd go home and wait for another
opportunity. Will looked out the window of the Boeing as it lifted off
from Oakland airport and turned east, toward Georgia. The lights of the
city passed under him, then vanished as the airplane climbed toward the
Sierras. It was just after 1 a.m." Tuesday morning, election day. It was
over.

He had made more than seventy campaign stops around California during
the past three days. His campaign and the party had poured every
possible cent into television advertising all over the country, but
especially in California. Efton had done the same thing, he reflected.

"What do you think?" he asked Kitty Conroy, who was sitting next to him.

"I think we're going to win, of course."

"Does Moss still think it's too close to call?"

"Yes, but he plans to do exit polling tomorrow--I mean, today."

"Tell him not to waste the money. What's the point of polling when we'll
have the answer by midnight, anyway."

"I'll tell him," she said. She got up and walked forward.

Will got out of his chair and followed her. He might as well have a last
word with the press. He passed Moss and Kitty, deep in conversation, and
opened the door to the forward compartment, summoning up a last bit
of energy. To his surprise, the cabin was dark;

bodies lay under blankets on the reclining seats; snoring could be
heard. He'd thought there'd at least be a late poker game, or people
writing their last campaign stories.

He closed the door and walked aft to his private cabin and the flying
bed that awaited him. He had one more stop, a morning appearance to
thank the campaign workers in Atlanta, then to Delano, to vote, then
back to Washington. For a while, he replayed the campaign in his mind.

There was nothing more he could do. He fell asleep.

When he finally reached the Georgetown house, Kate was already home from
work, watching CNN.

"You look exhausted," she said, kissing him and drawing him onto the
sofa next to him.

"I think that's a fair assessment of my condition," he said.

"The strange thing is, I'm not sleepy. I got a few hours on the airplane
last night, and a good nap on the way from Georgia to D.C. What does the
news say?"

"A good turnout, but not a huge one," she replied.

"Oh." They had been hoping for a large turnout, usually better for
Democrats.

"Did you vote?"

"You bet."

"Dare I ask for whom?"

"Don't push your luck, kiddo."

Will held up his hands in a defensive posture.

"I guess it's too late now."

"What time are we due this evening?" she asked.

"Ten o'clock," he replied. His campaign had taken a hotel ballroom and a
suite and had rented a lot of TV sets for election night.

"We can have a nice quiet dinner here."

"Who's cooking?" she asked.

"I had a tough day, too."

"Let's order a pizza."

Kate laughed.

"The next president of the United States orders a pizza on election
day."

Their attention was suddenly drawn to the TV set by the mention of
Will's name, and they turned to watch.

"The Secret Service and the FBI have identified a suspect in the
assassination attempt last Friday night at Ford's Theatre in
Washington," the anchorwoman was saying. A photograph of a bearded man
flashed onto the screen.

"He was identified from a fingerprint on the outside doorknob of the
projection room at the theater.

He is William Ezekiel Tennant, formerly of an address near Atlanta.

Tennant disappeared from his home some ten years ago, after he failed to
make a federal court appearance in Atlanta, and a warrant for his arrest
dates from that time. Tennant was a member of a right-wing militia group
headquartered in the Atlanta area, a member of which made an attempt on
the life of Will Lee, who was at that time a candidate for the Senate.

Tennant is rumored to be somewhere in the northwestern United States,
and authorities are already searching for him there.

"In another breaking story, CNN has learned that a South Carolina
newspaper is running a front-page story tomorrow, alleging that Senator
Frederick Wallace of that state has for many years kept an
African-American mistress, and that he has two grown sons by her. We're
attempting to locate Senator Wallace now for comment, and we'll keep you
up to date on this story."

Kate and Will burst out laughing.

"I don't know which story I like better," she said.

"Neither do I," Will agreed. Will, Kate, Peter, and Will's parents
walked into the hotel ballroom and stood for a moment, taking in the
scene. A big band was playing swing tunes, and many of the campaign
workers were dancing to the music. A movie-theater-sized television
screen had been erected, and other TV sets were scattered around the
ballroom.

Will and Kate made their way to the stage, were introduced, and Will
stepped to a microphone as the band stopped playing.

"I just wanted to speak to you for a moment," he said.

"Although we don't know the outcome yet, I'm optimistic. I want to take
this opportunity to thank you all for the hard work you've put into this
campaign. If we don't win tonight, it won't be your fault. I don't think
any candidate has ever had such an enthusiastic group of people working
for his election, and I'm very grateful to each and every one of you.

Kate and I are going to go upstairs, now, and wait for the final
returns. I'll speak to you again, after we know the result of the
election. In the meantime, have a great evening. You've earned it!"

The four of them were whisked backstage and to an elevator that took
them to a large suite on the highest floor of the hotel. There waiting
for them were Will's closest staff and a lot of big contributors to his
campaign and to the party.

Kitty ran over.

"The polls have just closed in Illinois," she said, "and the networks,
based on their exit polling, are giving it to us by two points."

"We can all thank you for that, Kitty," Will said, hugging her.

"Your idea for the debate against the TV set gave us the state."

"I hope that turns out to be true," Kitty said.

"I'll never get tired of taking credit for it."

Will deposited his parents on a comfortable sofa with drinks;

then he and Kate wandered around the huge suite, shaking hands and
talking to supporters, while the voting results mounted from around the
nation.

Tim Coleman came over to Will.

"It's going pretty much the way Moss predicted: We're neck and neck in
electoral votes; California is going to decide the election."

"Is there anything we didn't do in California?" Will asked.

"Not that I can think of," Tim replied.

"I don't think there's a hand in the state I didn't shake," Will said.

"My arm is sore to the shoulder."

"That's the way it ought to be," Tim said, laughing.

Midnight was approaching, 9 p.m. in California, when the polls would
close and the networks could announce the results of their exit polling.

The crowd in the suite were all sitting down, occupying all the
furniture and much of the carpeted floor, facing the big TV screen,
which was divided into quarters, one each for NEC, CBS, ABC, and CNN.

Kitty was switching the sound from network to network.

More coffee than champagne was being served at that hour.

"Quiet!" Kitty yelled, switching to NBC, where Tom Brokaw was speaking.

"...  the closest presidential race in American history," Brokaw was
saying, "closer than Kennedy-Nixon, in 1960, closer than Nixon Humphrey
in 1968. The polls have just closed in California, and we can now talk
about the exit polling we've been doing in that state all day, right up
to a couple of hours ago. Based on that polling we can now call the
California race. Although no more than one percentage point separates
the candidates, we can now say that California has gone to Congressman
Howard Efton. And that means that Efton takes all fifty-four of
California's electoral votes and the election.

Howard Efton is going to be the next president of the United States."

The crowd sat in shocked silence.

"Switch to ABC," Tim Coleman shouted.

"...  California gives the election to Eft Efton," Peter Jennings was
saying.

Kitty switched to CBS and Dan Rather.

"It looks as though Efton has won this election," Rather said.

Kitty switched to CNN. More of the same.

Nobody said much of anything.

Will beckoned Moss Mallet over.

"What do you make of this?" he asked.

"No other kind of polling is as accurate as exit polling," Moss said.

"They talked to people who had already voted, as they left the polling
places. Quite frankly, if even one of the networks had disagreed, I'd
say we have a chance, but they're all coming up with the same result.

I'm sorry, Will, but we've lost it."

Will stood up.

"Listen up, everybody. I'm not going to say anything now, except to
thank you for being here tonight and for your support during the
campaign. Certainly, it doesn't look good at the moment. Kate and I are
going to go home and get some sleep, now, and I suggest you do the same.

Kitty, schedule a press conference for noon tomorrow, on the Capitol
steps, and I'll make a statement then." Will took Kate's arm and started
for the door, shaking hands along the way.

Kitty appeared at his elbow.

"I'll call you if anything changes," she said.

"Don't," Will said.

"I'm going to go home and sleep the sleep of the dead, and I don't want
to be disturbed by anybody. Please see to that." He hugged her.

"I'm sorry. Kitty; I know how hard you worked and how much you wanted
this. Set up a dinner tomorrow night with just you, Tim, Moss, and Sam
Meriwether and my folks, and we'll pick over the bones and talk about
what we might have done.

I'll be in the office by eleven-thirty. Have a statement ready for me to
look at."

"All right. Senator," Kitty said, and there were tears in her eyes.

Will and Kate were quiet on the ride to Georgetown, but Billy seemed to
want to talk.

"You know," he said, "you ran one hell of a campaign, and if there were
any justice, you'd have won. But we both know there's precious little
justice in politics."

"I guess you're right. Dad," Will replied.

"I had an awful good time, though."

"So did I," Patricia echoed.

"You've got a lot to be proud of, Will."

When they got out of the car, the head of the Secret Service detail
approached Will.

"Senator," he said, "we've just had word that the FBI has tracked down
Zeke Tennant. He's in a mountain cabin in Idaho, and they're planning to
take him tomorrow morning. They're not releasing this to the media; they
don't want to alert him."

"That's good news," Will said.

"I want to thank you and all your people for your great work during the
campaign," he said.

"You saved my life more than once. I'd appreciate it if you'd put
together a list of the name of every man and woman who worked on the
detail.

I'd like to write to them."

"Of course, Senator," the agent said.

"I've had your cars brought back; they're in the garage. Our people are
already out of the house, and I'll leave a couple of men on the front
door to see that no one disturbs you tonight; in the morning, we'll be
gone."

Will let them into the house and began closing blinds.

"God, I'm tired," he said.

Kate walked to the rear hallway, switched off the telephones, then came
back.

"The agents are already gone," she said.

"They left everything as neat as a pin. Would you like something to eat?

There's still some pizza in the oven."

"No, I just want to sleep," Will said. He took her hand, and they walked
upstairs together.

"Do you folks need anything?" Kate asked Patricia.

"I might have a glass of milk after a while," Patricia replied, "but
right now I just want to get Billy to bed. He's very tired. Don't worry,
I know where the kitchen is."

"Good night, then," Kate said, kissing her.

Kate switched off the upstairs phones.

"How do you feel?" she asked.

"Numb," Will replied.

"Let's talk about it tomorrow."

They got undressed and into bed.

"You know," she said, "life will be simpler now, but I had started
looking forward to your being president. I think I'm more disappointed
than you are."

"I'll catch up with you tomorrow," he said.

Will fell asleep with Kate's head on his shoulder. Will came awake very
slowly in the darkened room. Kate wasn't there, and he could smell
coffee brewing downstairs. He rolled over and looked at the bedside
clock. Nearly seven o'clock. He'd slept through the night without even
turning over.

He got up, went to the bathroom, and brushed his teeth, using his left
hand. His right was too sore and swollen from shaking hands to make a
fist. He put on a robe over his nightshirt, got into his slippers, and
walked downstairs.

Kate looked over her shoulder from the kitchen.

"Morning. Your folks are still asleep; you want some eggs?"

"Don't mind if I do," he said, looking around.

"Did you bring in the papers?"

"Nope."

"Do we have any sausage?"

"Some in the freezer, I think. I'll nuke it."

It suddenly occurred to Will that he had lost the election, and he felt
momentarily nauseated. He drank some orange juice and felt better.

"I'll get the papers," he said.

He walked through the darkened living room, undid the latch on the front
door, opened it, and stepped out onto the porch. Suddenly, he was
blinded by a hundred flashes, and a roar of voices washed over him.

Blinking, shielding his eyes from the continuing flashes, Will looked
around him. Except for his block, the street was full of people, press,
and cameras, held at the cross street by police, and the sudden din was
amazing. The police removed the barricades, and the crowd rushed toward
the house, stopped only by another cordon of barricades at the foot of
the steps.

Kate came to the door.

"What the hell is going on?" she asked.

Kitty Conroy, Tim Coleman, Moss Mallet, and Sam Meriwether broke through
a cordon of police and rushed up the front steps of the house.

"You won!" Kitty shouted over the noise.

"What?" Will yelled back.

Kitty shouted into his ear, "There was a huge rush of after-work voters
in California, and most of the absentee ballots were for you; those two
things put us over the top. Efton is conceding even as we speak!"

She handed him a copy of the national edition of the New York Times.

"This edition went to bed at midnight." EFTON DEFEATS LEE, the banner
headline read.

Will stood, dumbfounded, staring at the newspaper. His parents joined
him on the porch, and Kate slipped an arm around him.

"Wave at the people, dear," she said.

"Try not to look semiconscious."

Will waved at the crowd and held up the newspaper, to the crowds
delight.

"Smile," Kate said.

"Presidents have to smile a lot."

Will smiled, showing all the teeth he had.

At first light, Zeke was eating a bowl of homemade granola when his son,
Danny, came down the stairs from the log cupola carrying an assault
rifle, a 9mm pistol strapped to his side. The boy was pale.

"What is it, son?" he asked.

"They're coming through the trees," Danny said, and his voice trembled.

"Wake up your mother and your sisters and get them armed," Zeke said,
"then come upstairs with me." Zeke ran up to the cupola and looked down
the hill. Men in camouflage suits were creeping up the incline in
squads, one group taking shelter and covering, while another group ran
ahead a few more yards. They were three hundred yards away, Zeke
calculated, using the distance markers he had placed. He checked the
wind sock and adjusted the telescopic sight on his rifle for distance
and windage. He heard Danny coming slowly up the steps behind him.

"Hurry up, goddammit!" he yelled.

"We've got to pick off as many as we can before they get any closer."

"No, sir," the boy said quietly. He sounded very shaky.

Zeke turned and looked at Danny. He was holding the Glock pistol out in
front of him.

"What's the matter with you?" he demanded.

"I'm not going to let you get Mama and the girls killed," Danny said.

"Nor me, neither."

"You holster that weapon and get to a gun port," Zeke commanded.

"We've spent two years preparing for this, and we're not going to screw
it up now."

"You brought this on us," Danny said, "and you're not going to stop
until we're all dead." His voice was stronger, now.

"And I'm not going to have it."

"You'll do as you're told, boy, and you'll do it right now!" Zeke yelled
at him.

"No, sir, I won't," Danny said, pointing the pistol at Zeke's head.

"Have you completely lost your mind?" Zeke shouted.

"No, sir," Danny replied, "but you have." He pulled the trigger.

It was the loudest noise Zeke had ever heard.

Down the mountainside, the FBI agent in charge heard two shots.

He picked up a handheld radio.

"Shots from the house," he said.

"Everybody hold your positions." He trained his binoculars on the house
and waited. Nothing happened for a good two minutes, then the front door
opened, and a teenage boy walked out, his hands in the air, followed by
a woman and two girls.

"Hold your fire," the agent said into the radio. He stood up and walked
up the hill, motioning a squad of agents to follow him.

He stopped ten feet short of the little group.

"Stand still, son, while my people search you," he said.

The boy and the women were quickly frisked.

"Everybody's clean," an agent said.

The agent relaxed a little.

"Good morning, folks," he said.

"Who are you?"

"My name is Danny Tennant," the boy said, "and this is my mama and my
sisters."

"Where's your father, Danny?" the agent asked.

"He's up in the cupola," Danny replied, pointing to the top of the
house.

"Is he going to give us any trouble?" the agent asked.

"No, sir; he's dead. I shot him."

The agent took a quick breath, then motioned to his men.

"Take a look inside," he said, "and be careful."

Three minutes later they returned.

"Tennants upstairs," an agent said.

"He's dead, like the boy said. There's nobody else in the house."

The agent took Danny's arm and walked him toward the front porch.

"You want to tell me what happened, son?"

"Yes, sir, I do," Danny replied, "but it's gonna take a while."

"We've got all the time in the world," the agent said. Will Lee stood
coat less in the bright January sunshine on the steps of the United
States Capitol and tried not to shiver in the stiff breeze that snapped
at the numerous American flags in his immediate vicinity. Only Kate knew
he was wearing his ski underwear.

He had been president for less than sixty seconds, and as he waited for
the roar of applause to die, he considered his position. He had a
twenty-two-vote majority in the House of Representatives, a result, he
knew of the reaction of voters to the disgraceful Republican conduct of
the Clinton impeachment proceedings. He had cleverly reduced the
two-vote Republican majority in the Senate to one, by, with George
Kiel's consent, appointing as secretary of state a Republican senator
whose home-state Democratic governor had appointed a Democrat to the
remainder of his term. Having worked for many years to befriend Senate
Republicans, he had no doubt he could swing a couple of their votes when
it counted.

He had, after a select committee had recommended her, appointed his wife
to the position of Director of Central Intelligence, and he fully
expected her to win confirmation by the Senate, on the grounds that she
had earned the job by means other than by sleeping with the president.

As a result, he reckoned, he had a better than-even chance of
discovering who had really killed Jack Kennedy and if a spaceship had
actually crashed at Roswell, New Mexico.

He glanced over his shoulder at Joe Adams, who was beaming broadly at
him as he pounded his hands together, and who looked greatly relieved no
longer to be president.

He looked at his parents, who had stopped applauding and, instead, had
their arms around each other.

He looked at Peter and, finally, at Kate, and he thought that she had
never looked happier, when sex was not involved.

All was as right with the world as it would ever again likely be, unless
he could, by force of his long experience and personal leadership, make
it even better. He was determined to do so.

He looked into the crowd of one hundred thousand inauguration attendees
and into the lenses that connected him with a hundred million other of
his countrymen.

"My fellow Americans," he began...



Acknowledgments I want to express my
deep gratitude to Gladys Justin Carr, my editor for many books, who is
retiring. During our work together she has always been very supportive,
and her acute editorial judgment has improved every manuscript I have
sent her. I wish her the happiest of retirements. Her assistant, Dierdre
O'Brien, who manages a thousand details, also has my sincere thanks.

I would also like to thank Carolyn Marino, who has taken over from
Gladys during the production and promotion stages, for her hard work on
my behalf.

My agents, Morton Janklow and Anne Sibbald, and all the people at
Janklow & Nesbit, continue to labor on my behalf, always with excellent
results, and they, as always, have my gratitude.

I want to thank Melody Miller, Deputy Press Secretary to Senator Edward
M. Kennedy of Massachusetts, who has always been there to supply the
political background and verisimilitude so necessary for novels like
this. I am grateful for her help and her continuing friendship.

My wife, Chris, is always my first reader and most fearless critic, and
I thank her for her candor and her love.